CITY OF '^W YORK BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN MARCUS M. MARKS, President BUREAU OF BUILDINGS 20th Floor, Municipal Building Centre and Chambers Streets MARCH 14, 1916 CONTENTS BUILDING CODE Pages 3 to 146 ELEVATOR REGULATIONS .... Pages 147 to 151 PLUMBING REGULATIONS .... Pages 152 to 176 PLASTERING LAW Pages 177 to 178 PLASTERING RULES Pages 179 to 185 OBSTRUCTIONS & INCUMBRANCES . Pages 166 to 188 PROJECTIONS & ENCROACHMENTS . Pages 188 to 188 SIGN STRUCTURES Pages 189 to 193 MOVING PICTURES Pages 194 to 197 CHARTER SECTIONS Pages 198 to 206 GENERAL INDEX Pages 207 to 278 (See Notice on Back Cover) CITY OF NEW YORK BQROUGH OF MANHATTAN ^ MARCUS M. MARKS, President OfTife BUREAU OF BUILDINGS 20th Floor, Municipal Building Centre and Chamb3rs Streets M3ARCH 14. 1916 CONTENTS BUILDING CODE Pages 3 to 146 ELEVATOR REGULATIONS .... Pages 147 to 151 PLUMBING REGULATIONS .... Pages 152 to 176 PLASTERING LAW ....... Pages 177 to 178 PLASTERING RULES Pages 179 to 186 OBSTRUCTIONS & INCUMBRANCES . Pages 186 to 188 PROJECTIONS & ENCROACHMENTS . Pages 188 to 188 SIGN STRUCTURES Pages 189 to 193 MOVING PICTURES Pages 194 to 197 CHARTER SECTIONS Pages 198 to 206 GENERAL INDEX Pages 207 to 278 (See Notice on Back Cover) THE O’CONNELL PRESS 176 Park Row New York 857 — ' 16— 9200 ^ LIBRARY OF THE ^ I Q, CITY OF NE#)H»\$MrY OF ILUNOIS CODE OF ORDINANCES Chapter 5 BUILDING CODE Art. 1 . 2 . 3. 4. 5. 6 . 7. 8 . 9. 10 . 11 . 12 . 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20 . / 21 . K 22 . 0 23. 24. J 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. General provisions Materials Working stresses and loads . Classification of buildings . . . Restricted areas Height, size and arrangement. Light and ventilation Exit facilities Projections beyond building line Safeguards during construc- tion or demolition Partition fences and walls . . Excavations and foundations.. Masonry construction Wood construction Iron and steel construction . . Reinforced concrete construc- tion Fireproof construction Safeguards against spread of fire Chimneys and heating appar- atus Roofing and roof structures . Miscellaneous requirements . . Frame buildings Buildings of a public character Motion picture theatres Theatres and other places of amusement (Repealed) Elevators Fire extinguishing appliances. Plumbing and other systems of piping (Repealed) Unsafe buildings and collapsed structures Enforcement of chapter Effective Page March 14, 1916 4 March 30, 1915.... . 11 March 30, 1915 , . 15 March 30, 1915.... . 21 March 30, 1915 . 24 , . 33 March 14, 1916 , . 33 March 14, 1916 . 36 March 14, 1916 . . 44 February 9, 1916.. , . 48 March 30, 1915 , . 50 September 22, 1915. . 52 October 6, 1915... . 59 March 30, 1915 . 67 March 30, 1915 . 69 October 6, 1915... . 74 October 6, 1915... . 78 February 9, 1916.. . 86 February 9, 1916.. . 93 February 9, 1916.. . 102 March 7, 1916 . 105 February 9, 1916.. . 107 March 30, 1915 . Ill March 30, 1915 . Ill March 30, 1915 . 116 March 14, 1916 . 127 March 7, 1916 . 130 March 30, 1915 . 132 March 30, 1915 . 134 November 29, 1915. . 139 3.36119 Article 1 General Provisions (In effect March 14, 1916) Section 1. 2 . 3. 4. 5. 6 . 7. 8 . 9. 10 . Scope. Definitions. Application for permits. Permits. Certificate of occupancy. Modifications. Rules. Approved materials, appliances and methods of construction. Seal of building bureau. Right of entry of officers and employees. 1 §1. Scope. 1. Short title: This chapter shall be known and cited as the Building Code. 2. Matter covered. All matters concerning, affecting or re- lating to the construction, alteration or removal of buildings or structures, erected or to be erected in the city are pre- sumptively provided for in this chapter, except in so far as such provisions are contained in the Charter, the Tenement House Law, the labor law, or the rules promulgated in accord- ance with the provisions of this chapter by the superintendents of buildings of the several boroughs. 3. Chapter remedial. This chapter is hereby declared to be remedial, and shall be construed liberally, to secure the bene- ficial interests and purposes thereof. 4. All new work to conform. No wall, structure, building or part thereof shall hereafter be constructed, nor shall the plumbing nor drainage, or other equipment, of any building, structure or premises, so far as provided for in this chapter, be constructed or altered in the city, except in conformity with the provisions of this chapter. No building already erected, or hereafter to be built in said city, shall be altered in any manner that would be in violation of any of the provisions of this chapter, or any rule or approval of the superintendent of buildings made and issued thereunder; but nothing in this chapter shall prohibit the raising or lowering of any building to meet a change of grade in the street on which it is located, provided that the building is not otherwise altered. 5. Undeveloped localities. In such parts of the city outside the fire limits and suburban limits, in which a system of streets has not been established only so much of the require- ments of this chapter shall apply as in the judgment of the superintendent of buildings may be necessary for safety of life and health; but this shall not be construed to permit the 4 erection of any building to exceed in height or area the limits fixed by this chapter for such buildings. 6. Buildings affected. All provisions of this chapter shall apply with equal force to* municipal buildings as they do to private buildings, except as may be specifically provided for by law. §2. Definitions. Unless otherwise expressly stated, 2 the following terms shall, for the purposes of this chapter, have the meaning herein indicated : a. Words used in the present tense include the future ; words in the masculine gender include the feminine and neu- ter; the singular number includes the plural and the plural the singular; the word “person” includes a corporation as well as an individual ; “writing” includes printing, and printed or typewritten matter; “oath” includes affirmation; “signature” or “subscription” includes “mark”, when the person cannot write, his name being written near it. b. The term “occupied” as applied to any building, shall be construed as though followed by the words “or intended, arranged or designed to be occupied.” c. The term “approved” as applied to any material, device or mode of construction, means approved by the superinten- dent of buildings under the provisions of this chapter, or by any other authority designated by law to give approval in the matter in question. d. The term “owner” includes his duly authorized agent or attorney, a purchaser, devisee, and any person entitled to an interest in the property in question. e. An alteration, as applied to a building or structure, is any change or rearrangement in the structural parts or in the exit facilities, or any enlargement, whether by extending ^ on any side or by increasing in height, or the moving from one location or position to another. f. The term “curb” when used in defining the height of a building means the mean curb level at that front of the build- ing which faces on the street of greatest width, or, if the greatest width occurs on more than one of the streets on which the building faces, the mean curb level at that point of the building which faces on the street of greatest width and having the highest curb. The term “curb” when used in fixing the depth of an ex- cavation, means the curb level at that point of the curb which is nearest to the point of the excavation in question. g. The term “height” as applied to a building or structure means the vertical distance, measured in a straight line from the curb level, or if the grade of the street has not been legally established or the building does not adjoin the street, from the average level of all the ground adjoining 5 such building, to the highest point of the roof beams in the case of flat roofs, and to the average height of the gable in the case of roofs having a pitch of more than twenty degrees with a horizontal plane. • h. A story is that part of any building comprised between any floor and the floor or roof next above. i. A tenement house is a building as defined in the Tene- ment House Law. j. A garage is a building, shed or enclosure, or any por- tion thereof, in which a motor vehicle, containing volatile inflammable oil in its fuel storage tank, is stored, housed or kept. 2 §3. Application for permits^ 1. For construction or alteration. Before the construction or alteration of any building, wall or structure, or any part of either, or of any platform, staging or flooring to be used for standing or seating purposes, and before the construction or alteration of the plumbing or drainage of any building, structure or premises is commenced, the owner or lessee, or agent of either, or the architect or builder employed by such owner or lessee in connection with the proposed construction or altera- tion, shall submit to the superintendent of buildings a de- tailed statement in triplicate of the specifications, on appropri- ate blanks to be furnished to applicants by the bureau of buildings, and such plans and structural detail drawings of the proposed work as the superintendent of buildings may re- quire. Such statement, constituting an application for a permit to construct or alter, shall be accompanied by a further state- ment in writing, sworn to before a notary public or commis- sioner of deeds, giving the full name and residence of each of the owners of said building, or proposed building, structure or proposed structure, premises, wall, platform, staging or flooring, and by a diagram of the lot or plot on which such construction or alteration is to be made, showing the exact location of any proposed new construction and all existing buildings or structures that are to remain. 2. Authorization of owner. If the construction, altera- tion or plumbing or drainage or the alteration thereof, is to be made or executed by any other person than the owner of the land in fee, the person intending to make such con- struction or alteration, or to construct such plumbing or drainage, shall, either as owner, lessee, or in any representa- tive capacity, accompany the application to build or alter with a statement in writing, sworn to as aforesaid, giving the full name and residence of each of the owners of the land, building, or proposed building, structure or proposed struc- ture, premises, wall, platform, staging or flooring, and re- citing that he is duly authorized to perform said work. Such 6 statement may be made by the agent or architect of the per- son hereinbefore required to make the same. 3. Notice to demolish. Before any existing building or part of an existing building is demolished, a statement in writing on appropriate blanks to be furnished by the bureau of buildings, constituting a notice to demolish, shall be sub- mitted to the superintendent of buildings by the owner or any person authorized by the owner, giving the full name and residence of each of the owners of the building to be demolished, the name and business address of the person who is to do the work and such other information respecting the building as the superintendent of buildings may require. Such notice shall be submitted not less than forty-eight hours before the work of demolition is commenced. 4. Place of filing. All applications, notices and sworn statements required by this section, and copies of the ap- proved plans shall be kept on file in the office of the super- intendent of buildings. Applications shall be promptly dock- eted as received. For purposes of identification and ref- erence all such papers shall be marked with the block and lot number of the property to which they apply, and with the street and house number when possible. 5. Amendments. Nothing in this chapter shall prohibit the filing of amendments to any application at any time be- fore the completion of the work for which permit was sought, and such amendments, after approval, shall be made part of the application and filed as such. 6. Ordinary repairs excepted. Ordinary repairs to build- ings or structures, or to the plumbing and drainage thereof, may be made without notice to the superintendent of build- ings, but such repairs shall not be construed to include the cutting away of any wall or any portion thereof, the removal or cutting of any beams or supports, or the removal, change or closing of any stairway or required means of exit, or the alteration of any house sewer, private sewer or drainage system, or the construction of any waste pipe. §4. Permits. 1. Approval of applications. It shall 4 be unlawful to construct or alter any building, structure, wall, platform, staging or flooring, or any part thereof, or any plumbing and drainage, until the application and plans required by § 3 of this article shall have been approved by the superintendent of buildings, and a written permit issued by him. The superintendent of buildings shall approve or reject any application or plan, or amendment thereto, filed with him pursuant to the provisions of this article within a reasonable time and, if approved, shall promptly issue a permit therefor. 7 2. Approval in part. Nothing in this section shall be construed to prevent the superintendent of buildings from approving and issuing a permit for the construction of part of a building or structure, when plans and detailed state- ments have been presented for the same, before the entire plans and detailed statements of said building or structure have been submitted or approved. 3. Signature to permit. Every permit issued by the su- perintendent of buildings under the provisions of this chapter shall have his signature affixed thereto, but this shall not prevent the superintendent from authorizing any subordinate to affix such signature. 4. Limitations. Any permit issued by the superintendent of buildings under the provisions of this article, but under which no work is commenced within one year from the time of issuance, shall expire by limitation. 5. Compliance with plans. The construction or altera- tion of any building, structure, platform, staging or flooring, or of any plumbing or drainage, shall be in accordance with the approved detailed statement of specifications and plans, for which the permit was issued, or any approved amend- ment thereof. The superintendent may require a certified copy of the approved plans to be kept at all times on the premises from the commencement of the work to the com- pletion thereof. 6. .^lahertnce to diagram. The location of any new build- ing or structure, or of any extension to an existing building or structure, shown on the diagram filed as required by § 3 of this article, or on any approved amendment thereof, shall be strictly adhered to. It shall be unlawful to reduce or di- minish the area of any lot or plot, a diagram of which has been filed with an application to construct or alter and has been used as the basis for a permit, unless the building or structure for which the permit was issued complies in all respects with the requirements of this chapter for buildings or structures located on plots of such diminished area, pro- vided, however, that this shall not apply to any case in which the lot area is reduced by reason of any street opening or widening or other public improvement. 7. Revocation, The superintendent of buildings may re- voke any permit or approval issued under the provisions of this article, in the case of any false statement, or any mis- representation as to a material fact in the application on which the permit or approval was based. c §5. Certificate of occupancy. 1. New buildings. No ^ building hereafter erected shall be occupied or used, in whole or in part, for any purpose whatever until a certificate of occupancy shall have been issued by the superintendent of 8 buildings certifying that such building conforrris substantially to the approved plans and specifications and the requirements of this chapter applying to buildings of its class and kind. 2. Buildings hereafter altered. No building hereafter al- tered, which was vacant during the progress of the work of alteration, shall be occupied or used, in whole or in part, for any purpose whatever, until a certificate of occupancy shall have been issued by the superintendent of buildings certi- fying that the work for which the permit was issued has been completed substantially in accordance with the approved plans and specifications and the provisions of this chapter applying to such an alteration; and when the occupancy or use of a building has continued during the work of altera- tion, the occupancy or use of the building shall not continue for more than thirty days after completion of the alteration unless such certificate shall have been issued. 3. Existing buildings. Nothing in this section shall pre- vent the continuance of the present occupancy and use of any now existing building, except as may be specifically pre- scribed by this chapter or as may be necessary for the safety of life or property. Upon written request from the owner, the superintendent of buildings shall issue a certifi- cate of occupancy for any now existing building, certifying, after verification by inspection, the occupancy or use of such building, provided that at the time of issuing such certificate there are no notices of violation, or other notices or orders pending in the bureau of buildings. 4. Change of occupancy. No change of occupancy or use shall be made in any building or part thereof, hereafter erected or altered, that is not consistent with the last issued certificate of odcupancy for such building. In case of any now existing building, no change of occupancy that would bring it under some special provision of this chapter, shall be made, unless a certificate is issued by the superintendent of buildings certifying that such building conforms to the provisions of this chapter with respect to buildings hereafter altered for the proposed new occupancy and use. 5. Temporary occupancy. Upon request of the owner or his authorized representative, the superintendent oTf buildings shall issue a temporary certificate of occupancy for part of a building, provided that such temporary occupancy or use would not in any way jeopardize life or property. 6. Contents of certificate. In addition to the certification when required by this section, as to compliance with ap- proved plans and specifications, and provisions of this chap- ter, all certificates of occupancy shall state the purposes for which the building may be used in its several parts, the maximum permissible live loads on the several floors, the 9 number of persons that may be accommodated in the several stories, in case such number is limited by any provision of this chapter or the approved specifications, and all special stipulations of the permit, if any. 7. Issuance and filing. Certificates of occupancy shall be issued within ten days after written application therefor, if said building at the date of such application shall be entitled thereto. A record of all certificates shall be kept in the bureau of buildings and copies shall be furnished, on re- quest, to any person having a proprietary interest in the building affected. 0 §6. Modifications. In exercising his powers to vary the provisions of this chapter, or any rule authorized there- under, the superintendent of buildings shall proceed in ac- cordance with the provisions of the Greater New York Char- ter establishing that power. A record of all modifications shall be kept in the bureau of buildings, properly indexed and open to public inspection during business hours. All modi- fications, including the applicant’s petition for same and the superintendent’s reasons for granting, shall be published in full in the City Record within two weeks after the super- intendent’s action, and may be cited as precedents. ^ §7. Rules. 1. Authority to adopt rules. The super- intendent of buildings shall have power to adopt such rules with respect to the materials and mode of construction, con- sistent with the provisions of this chapter, as may be neces- sary to secure the intent and purposes of this chapter and a proper enforcement of its provisions. For any provisions of this chapter referring to the rules or requiring approvals of materials or modes of construction, such superintendent shall adopt, when this section becomes effective or as the necessity may arise, such rules as are required or will estab- lish the conditions of approval. So far as practicable such rules shall be uniform in all the boroughs. 2. Procedure. No rule adopted by the superintendent of buildings shall become effective until it shall have been published in the City Record on eight successive Mondays, and until a public hearing on the same shall have been held, provided, however, that said public hearing shall not be necessary for the purposes of this chapter unless a request shall have been made for such hearing during the said period of publication. Any rule adopted and promulgated as herein provided shall have the same force and effect as any provision of this chapter. All rules heretofore legally prom- ulgated and in force at the time when this section becomes effective shall continue in force, provided they are not in- consistent with any provision of this chapter. 10 3. Amendment and repeal. The superintendent of build- ings may amend or repeal any rule by the same procedure prescribed for the adoption of new rules. §8. Approved materials, appliances and methods of g construction. Whenever any materials, appliances or methods of construction have been approved by the superintendent of buildings as conforming to tests prescribed by this chapter, or to any rules adopted thereunder, a notice to that effect shall be published in the City Rerord, including information as to the conditions under which said materials, appliances or methods of construction were tested and approved. A list of such materials, appliances and methods of construc- tion shall be kept on file in the bureau of buildings, properly indexed and open to public inspection during business hours. §9. Seal of building bureau. Each superintendent 0 of buildings may adopt a seal and direct its use in his bureau. §10. Right of entry of officers and employees. Any 10 officer of employee of the bureau of buildings, so far as it may be necessary for the performance of his duties, shall have the right to enter any building or premises in said city upon showing his badge of office. Article 2 Materials (In Effect March 30, 1915.) Section 20. Quality of materials. 21. Weights of materials. 22. Tests. 23. Brick. 24. Sand. 25. Lime. 26. Cement. 27. Mortar. 28. Concrete. 29. Hollow Building Blocks. 30. Iron and Steel. 31. Timber. §20. Quality of materials. All building materials on shall be of a quality to meet the intent of this chapter, and shall conform to such specifications, consistent with the requirements of this chapter, as may be promulgated by the superintendents of buildings. §21. Weight of materials. The weights of various 21 materials in pounds per cubic foot shall be assumed to be as follows : 11 Brickwork 120 Concrete, cinder, used for floor arches or slabs 108 Concrete, cinder, used for Ailing over fireproof floors.. 60 Concrete, stone 144 Granite, bluestone and marble 168 Limestone 156 Sandstone 144 Oak and longleaf yellow pine 48 Spruce, fir, hemlock, white pine and shortleaf yellow pine 30 22 §22. Tests. 1. When required. New structural ma- terial, or structural material not otherwise provided for in this chapter, shall be subjected to such tests, to determine its character and quality, as the superintendent of buildings shall direct. Appliances and devices required by any of the provisions of this chapter and new methods of construction shall be subjected to such tests to determine their efficiency, as the superintendent of buildings may direct. Such tests as may be required under this section shall be described in rules promulgated by the superintendent of buildings. 2. Tests of materials. All tests shall be conducted under the supervision of the superintendent of buildings, or his authorized representative. Laboratory tests shall be con- ducted at a testing laboratory of recognized standing. A superintendent of buildings conducting a test under the pro- visions of this section shall notify the superintendents of buildings of the other boroughs at least three days in ad- vance of such test. 3. Approval. Any material, appliance, or method of con- struction meeting the requirements of this chapter or the specifications authorized thereunder shall be approved within a reasonable time after the completion of the tests. All such approvals and the conditions under which they are is- sued shall be published in the City Record within a month after issuance, and a complete list of all such approvals is- sued during the year shall be included in the annual report of the superintendent of buildings. The superintendent of buildings may prohibit the use of any material or appliance failing to conform to the requirements of this chapter or to the rules adopted thereunder. 4. Conditions attaching to approvals. Materials, appli- ances or methods of construction which have been tested and approved shall be used and installed in accordance with the terms of the approval. So far as practicable all materials and appliances for which approvals have been issued shall have a distinctive brand mark for identification impressed on or otherwise attached to them. It shall be unlawful to use 12 any such brand mark on any other material or appliance than that for which the approval was issued. 5. Additional tests. The superintendent of buildings may require any tests to be repeated if there is any reason to be- lieve that the material or appliance is no longer up to the specifications on which the approval was based. §23. Brick. The brick used in the construction of 23 buildings shall be sound, well burnt brick. When old brick are used in any wall they shall be thoroughly cleaned before being used, and shall be whole and good, hard, well burnt brick. §24. Sand. The sand used for building construction shall be clean, sharp, coarse and silicious. §25. Lime. Quick lime and hydrated lime shall con- oR form to such specifications as may be promulgated by the superintendent of buildings, or, in the absence of such speci- fications, with the standard specifications of the American Society for Testing Materials. §26. Cement. Portland and natural cements shall con- 20 form to such specifications as may be promulgated by the superintendent of buildings in accordance with the provi- sions of this chapter, or, in the absence of such specifications, with the standard specifications of the American Society for Testing Materials. §27. Mortar. 1. Cement. Cement mortar shall be 27 made of cement and sand in the proportion of 1 part of cement and not more than 3 parts of sand by volume, or, in the case of bag mortars prepared under rules promulgated by the superintendent of buildings, in such proportion that the tensile strength per square inch at the age of 28 days shall be not less than 250 pounds when Portland cement is used, and 125 pounds when natural cement is used. Cement mortar shall be thoroughly mixed and shall be used im- mediately after the addition of water. Not more than 15 per cent, of the cement by volume may be replaced by an equal volume of lime. 2. Cement and lime. Cement-lime mortar shall be made of 1 part of lime, 1 part of cement and not more than 3 parts of sand to each by volume. 3. Lime. Except as may be otherwise provided, lime mor- tar shall be made of 1 part of slacked lime, lime putty or dry Iwdrated lime and not more than 4 parts of sand by volume. §28. Concrete. 1. Mixture, Except as may be other- 28 wuse provided in this chapter, concrete shall be made of 1 part of cement, and not more than 2^ parts of sand and 5 parts of coarse aggregate. 2. Aggregate. The coarse aggregate shall be granite, trap rock, gravel or other hard, durable material that may be 13 approved by a rule of the superintendent of buildings. When gravel is used it shall be thoroughly washed. Where mass concrete is used, the coarse aggregates shall be of such size as will pass through a two-inch ring. All aggregates shall be free from dust or other deleterious material. 3. Consistency. All concrete shall be a wet mixture, and shall be placed in forms immediately after mixing, and well tamped. No concrete shall be used after initial set has begun. 4. Forms. All forms and centering shall be built in a substantial manner, and with joints sufficiently tight to pre- vent leakage of the cement. They shall be properly supported and braced as to safely sustain all the load that may be placed upon them during construction. 5. Joints in concrete. Joints formed between portions of concrete placed at different times shall be made in a manner not to injure the completed structure. Before fresh con- crete is joined to concrete which has set or partially set, the surface of the old concrete shall be roughened, cleaned and thoroughly wet. 6. Precautions against freezing. No materials containing frost or that are frozen shall be used. Precaution shall be taken to prevent concrete from freezing. After it has been placed in position a temperature above 32 degrees F. shall be maintained, by artificial means if necessary, until the con- crete has its initial set. 29 §29. Hollow building blocks. 1. Concrete. Hollow building blocks of concrete shall be made of Portland cement and suitable aggregates in such proportions as to develop at the age of 28 days an ultimate crushing strength per square inch of gross area of not less than 750 pounds when tested with the cells placed vertically and 300 pounds when tested with the cells placed horizontally. 2. Terra cotta. Hollow building blocks of terra cotta shall be sound, hard and well burnt and shall develop an ultimate crushing strength per square inch of gross area of not less than 1,200 pounds when tested with the cells placed vertically and 300 pounds with the cells placed horizontally. 3. Absorption. The absorption of hollow building blocks to be used for bearing or enclosing walls shall not exceed 12 per cent, in 48 hours as an average, nor more than 15 per cent, in any case. 3Q §30. Iron and steel. 1. Cast iron. Cast iron shall be of good foundry mixture, producing a clean, tough, gray iron. It shall conform to such specifications as may be promulgated by the superintendent of buildings, or, in the absence of such specifications, to the standard specifications of the American Society for Testing Materials for medium 14 gray iron castings. Castings shall be free of serious blow- holes, cinder spots and cold shuts. 2. Cast steel. Steel castings for building construction shall be made of open hearth steel, and shall be practically free from blowholes. Except as may be otherwise prescribed by rules of the superintendent of buildings, they shall con- form to the standard specifications of the American Society for Testing Materials for soft or medium steel castings. 3. Structural Steel. All structural steel for buildings shall have an ultimate tensile strength of from 55,000 pounds to 65,000 pounds per square inch. Rivet steel shall have an ulti- mate strength of from 46,000 to 56,000 pounds per square inch. Except as may be otherwise prescribed by the rules of the superintendent of buildings, steel shall conform to the standard specifications of the American Society for Testing Materials for structural steel for buildings. §31. Timber. All timbers and wood beams used in 31 any building shall be of good, sound material, free from rot, large and loose knots, shakes or any imperfection whereby the strength may be impaired. Article 3 Working Stresses and Loads (In Effect March 30, 1915) Section 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. General provisions. Working stresses. Working stresses for columns. Loads. Wind pressure. Floor capacities. §50. General provisions. 1. Computations. The di- 50 mensions of the several materials and the form of each con- struction to be used in building shall be computed as re- quired in the various sections of this chapter. 2. Factors of safety. Where the unit stress of any ma- terial is not prescribed in this chapter the relation of al- lowable unit stress to ultimate strength shall be as 1 to 4 for metal, as 1 to 6 for timber, and as 1 to 10 for natural or artificial stones and brick or stone masonry. But wherever working stresses are prescribed in this chapter, the said working stresses shall be used. 3. Temporary supports. Every temporary support placed under any building or structure, or any part thereof, during the erection, finishing, alteration, or repairing of such build- ing or structure, or any part thereof, shall be of sufficient strength to safely carry the load to be placed thereon. 15 51 . §51. Working stresses. 1. Safe carrying capacity. The safe carrying capacity of the various materials of con- struction, except in the case of colums, shall be determined by the working stresses in pounds per square inch specified in this section. Unless otherwise indicated, net sectional areas shall be used in determining the safe carrying capacity. 2. Iron and steel, (a) In compression: Rolled steel 16,000 Cast steel 16,000 Cast iron 16,000 Steel pins in bearing 24,000 Steel rivets, shop or power driven, in bearing 24,000 Steel field rivets, hand driven, in bearing 16,000 Steel field bolts, in bearing 12,000 (b) In tension: Rolled steel 16,000 Cast steel 16,000 Cast iron 3,000 (c) In shear: Steel web plates 10,000 Steel pins and shop or power driven rivets 12,000 Steel field rivets, hand driven 8,000 Steel field bolts 7,000 Cast iron 3,000 (d) In bending, extreme fibre: Rolled steel beams and riveted steel beams 16,000 Rolled steel pins, rivets or bolts 20,000 Cast iron, compression side 16,000 Cast iron, tension side 3,000 3. Timber, (a) In compression : Oak with grain 1,400, across grain 1,000 Yellow pine, longleaf . . . . with grain 1,600, across grain 1,000 Spruce and Douglas fir. .with grain 1,200, across grain 800 White pine, shortleaf yellow pine, N. C. pine and fur — with grain 1,000, across grain 800 Locust with grain 1,200, across grain 1,000 Hemlock with grain 800, across grain 800 (b) In tension: Oak 1,200 Yellow pine, longleaf 1,200 Shortleaf yellow pine 900 Douglas fir 800 Spruce and fir 800 White pine 700 Hemlock 600 (c) In shear: Oak with grain 200, across grain 1,000 Yellow pine, longleaf with grain 150, across grain 1,000 16 Shortleaf yellow pine, N. C. pine, Douglas fir — with grain 100, across grain 1,000 White pine, spruce and fir .with grain 100, across grain 500 Hemlock with grain 100, across grain 600 (d) In bending, extreme fibre: Oak 1,200 Yellow pine, longleaf 1,600 Douglas fir, white pine and spruce ' 1,200 Shortleaf yellow pine, N. C. pine 1,000 Hemlock 800 4. Stone, in compression : Granite 1,000 Greenwich stone 1,200 Gneiss 1,000 Limestone 700 Marble 600 Sandstone 400 Bluestone, North River 2,000 Slate 1,000 5. Masonry, in compression : Grout, neat Portland cement 1,000 Grout, neat natural cement 500 Concrete, Portland cement, 1 :2 :4 500 Concrete, Portland cement, 1 :2^ :5 400 Concrete, natural cement, 1 :2 :4 210 Concrete, natural cement, 1 :2^ :5 150 Brick work in Portland cement mortar 250 Brick work in natural cement mortar 210 Brick work in lime-cement mortar 160 Brick work in lime mortar 110 Rubble stone work in Portland cement mortar 140 Rubble stone work in natural cement mortar 110 Rubble stone work in lime-cement mortar 100 Ashlar masonry, other than sandstone 600 Sandstone ashlar masonry 300 Hollow building blocks in cement mortar: Terra cotta, cells vertical, gross area 100 Terra cotta, cells horizontal, gross area 50 Concrete, cells vertical, gross area 75 Concrete, cells horizontal, gross area 30 When filled with 1 :3 :6 concrete or better 150 §52. Working stresses for columns. 1. General. In columns or compression members with flat ends, of cast iron, steel or wood, the stresses shall not exceed those specified in this section for the respective ratios of slenderness. For inter- mediate ratio of slenderness the working stresses shall be proportionate to those given. IT 2. Unsupported lengths. Columns and compression mem- bers shall not be used having an unsupported length of greater ratios than given in this section. 3. Eccentrically loaded columns. Any columns eccentrically loaded shall have the stresses caused by such eccentricity computed and the combined stresses resulting from such ec- centricity, at any part of the columns, added to all other stresses at that part, shall in no case exceed the working stresses given in this section. The eccentric load of a col- umn may be considered to be distributed equally over the entire area of that column at the next point below that at which the column is securely braced laterally in the direction of the eccentricity. 4. Cast iron and steel columns. The working stresses in pounds per square inch of cross section for cast iron and steel columns shall be, when the length divided by the least radius of gyration equals 120 7,600 for steel 110 8,300 for steel 100 9,000 for steel 90 9,700 for steel 80 10,400 for steel 70 6,200 for cast iron, 11,100 for steel 60 6,600 for cast iron, 11,800 for steel 50 7,000 for cast iron, 12,500 for steel 40 7,400 for cast iron, 13,200 for steel 30 7,800 for cast iron, 13,900 for steel 20 8,200 for cast iron, 14,600 for steel 10 8,600 for cast iron, 15,300 for steel 5. Wood columns. The working stresses in pounds per square inch of cross section for wood posts and columns shall be, when the length divided by least side or diameter equals 30 600 for longleaf yellow pine, 390 for spruce 25 700 for longleaf yellow pine, 475 for spruce 20 800 for longleaf yellow pine, 560 for spruce 15 900 for longleaf yellow pine, 645 for spruce 12 960 for longleaf yellow pine, 696 for spruce 10 1,000 for longleaf yellow pine, 730 for spruce For columns of shortleaf yellow pine, N. C. pine or Doug- las fir the working stresses shall not exceed three-fourths of the corresponding values given for longleaf yellow pine ; for columns of white pine or fir the working stresses shall be taken the same as for spruce; for columns of white oak the working stresses shall be taken the same as for long- leaf yellow pine. 18 §53. Loads. 1. Dead load. The term “dead load” means the weight of walls, partitions, framing, floors, roofs and all permanent construction entering into any building. 2. Live load. The term “live load” means all forms of loading other than the weight of the material entering into the construction of the building. 3. Floor loads. Every floor, roof, yard, court or sidewalk shall be of sufficient strength in all parts to bear safely any imposed loads, whether permanent or temporary, in addition to the dead loads depending thereon, provided, however, that no floor in any building or extension to an existing building hereafter erected, shall be designed to carry less than the following live loads per square foot of area, uniformly distributed, according as the floor may be intended or used for the purposes indicated. 40 pounds for residence purposes, 100 pounds for places of assembly or public purpose, except that for classrooms of schools or other places of instruction the floor need not be designed for more than 75 pounds, and 120 pounds for any other purpose, except that the floors of offices need not be designed for more than 60 pounds. The live loads for which any and every floor may be de- signed shall be clearly shown in the application and on the plans before any permit to erect is issued. 4. Concentrated loads. Every steel floor beam in any building hereafter erected used for any business purpose shall be capable of sustaining a live load concentrated at its centre of at least 4,000 pounds. 5. Moving loads. Running machinery or other moving loads shall be considered as increasing the live loads in proportion to the degree of vibratory impulse transmitted to the floor. 6. Roof loads. Every roof hereafter erected, shall be proportioned to bear safely a live load of 40 pounds per square foot of surface when the pitch of such roof is twenty degress or less with the horizontal, and thirty pounds per square foot measured on a horizontal plane, when the pitch is more than twenty degrees. 7. Loads on vertical supports. Every column, post or other vertical support shall be of sufficient strength to bear safely the combined live and dead loads of such portions of each and every floor as depend upon it for support, except that in buildings more than five stories in height the live load' on the floor next below the top floor may be as- sumed at ninety-five per cent, of the allowable live load, on the next lower floor at ninety per cent., and on each succeeding 53 19 lower floor at correspondingly decreasing percentages, pro- vided that in no case shall less than fifty per cent, of the allowable live load be assumed. 8. Sidewalk loads. For sidewalks between the curb and building lines, the live load shall be taken at 300 pounds per square foot. 9. Yard and court loads. For yards and courts inside the building line, the live loads shall be taken at not less than 120 pounds per square foot. 54 §54. Wind pressure, l. When considered. All buildings over 150 feet in height and all buildings or parts of buildings in which the height is more than four times the minimum horizontal dimension, shall be designed to resist a horizontal wind pressure of 30 pounds for every square foot of exposed surface measured from the ground to the top of the structure, including roof, allowing for wind in any direction. 2. Stability. The overturning moment due to wind pressure shall not exceed 75 per cent, of the moment of stability of the structure, unless the structure is securely anchored to the foundation. Anchors shall be of sufficient strength to safely carry the excess overturning moment, without exceeding the working stresses prescribed in this chapter. 3. Allowable stresses. When the stress in any member due to wind does not exceed 50 per cent, of the stress due to live and dead loads, it may be neglected. When such stress ex- ceeds 50 per cent, of the stress due to live and dead loads, the working stresses prescribed in this chapter may be increased by 50 per cent, in designing such member to resist the com- bined stresses. 55 §55. Floor capacities. 1. Estimate of floor capacity. In every building now existing or hereafter erected, occupied wholly or in part as a business building, in which heavy materials are kept or stored, or machinery is introduced, the weight that each floor will safely sustain shall be esti- mated by the owner or occupant, or by a competent person employed by the owner or occupant. Such estimate shall be filed with the superintendent of buildings properly verified by the person making the same in such manner as such superintendent may direct and shall give full information on which the estimate is based. When such estimate is found to be satisfactory and correct, the superintendent of buildings shall approve the same. If the superintendent of buildings shall have cause to doubt the correctness of said estimate, he is empowered to revise and correct the same and for the purpose of such revision the officers and employees of the bureau of buildings may enter any building and remove so much of any floor or 20 other portion thereof as may be required to make necessary measurements and examination. Any expense necessarily incurred in removing any floor or other portion of any build- ing for the purpose of making any examination herein pro- vided for shall be paid by the Comptroller, upon the requisi- tion of the superintendent of buildings, out of the fund paid over to him under the provisions of §639 of this chapter. Such expenses shall be a charge against the person or persons by v^hom or on whose behalf said estimate was made, provided such examination proves the floors of insuf- ficient strength to carry with safety the loads founds upon them when such examination was made ; and shall be collected in an action to be brought by the corporation counsel against said person or persons, and the sum so collected shall be paid over to the Comptroller to be deposited in said fund in reimbursement of the amount paid as aforesaid. 2. Posting floor capacities. Before any building hereafter erected is occupied, in whole or in part, as a business build- ing, and before any building already erected but not here- tofore occupied as a business building, is occupied or used, in whole or in part, for such purpose, the safe live load for each floor as approved by the superintendent of buildings shall be posted in a conspicuous place in the story to which it relates. When the safe live load for any existing floor, ascertained as hereinafter provided, has been approved by the superintendent of buildings, the owner or occupant shall post such approved live load in a conspicuous place or places on each story occupied for any of the purposes indicated in this section. * 3. Loading of floors. No person shall place, or cause or permit to be placed on any floor of any building any greater load than the approved safe load. 4. Safes. No safe shall be placed on a stair landing or in a stair hall, nor shall its weight be carried by any beam which also carries the floor of any landing or stair hall. Article 4 Classification of Buildings (In Effect March 30, 1915) Section 70. 71. 72. 73. Occupancy. Construction. When buildings are required to be fireproof. When buildings may be non-fireproof. §70. Occupancy. 1. Classes designated. For the purposes of this chapter all buildings or structures shall be classified, with respect to occupancy and use, as public buildings. 21 residence buildings and business buildings, as hereinafter specified and defined. 2. Public buildings. Public buildings are buildings or parts of buildings in which persons congregate for civic, political, educational, religious or recreational purposes, or in which persons are harbored to receive medical, charitable or other care or treatment, or in which persons are held or detained by reason of public or civic duty, or for correctional pur- poses, including among others, court houses, schools, colleges, libraries, museums, exhibition buildings, lecture halls, churches, assembly halls, lodge rooms, dance halls, theatres, bath houses, hospitals, asylums, armories, fire houses, police stations, jails and passenger depots. 3. Residence buildings. Residence buildings are buildings or parts of buildings in which sleeping accommodations are provided, except such as may for other reasons be classed as public buildings, including amongs others, dwellings, tene- ment houses, hotels, lodging houses, dormitories, convents, and studios and club houses having sleeping accomodations. 4. Business buildings. Business buildings are buildings, or parts of buildings, which are not public buildings or resi- dence buildings, including among others, office buildings, stores, markets, restaurants, warehouses, freight depots, car , barns, stables, garages, factories, laboratories, smoke houses, grain elevators and coal pockets. 5. Doubtful classification. In case any building is not specifically provided for, or where there is any uncertainty r as to its classification, its statu*s shall be fixed by a rule ! promulgated by the superintendent of buildings. # 6. Mixed occupancy. In case a building is occupied or | used for different purposes in different parts, the provisions I of this chapter applying to each class of occupancy shall I apply to such parts of the building as come within that Ji class; and if there should be conflicting provisions, the re- • quirements securing the greater safety shall apply. §71. Construction. 1. Classes of construction. For the purposes of this chapter all buildings or structures shall be classified, with respect to construction, as fireproof, non- fireproof and frame. 2. Fireproof. Fireproof buildings or structures are those which are constructed throughout of materials that will re- sist the action of fire and are constructed as required in Article 17 of this chapter. 3. N on-fireproof . Non-fireproof buildings or structures are those which do not conform to the requirements for fire- proof buildings or structures, but which are enclosed with walls of approved masonry or reinforced concrete. 22 4. Frame. Frame buildings or structures are those of which the exterior walls or any parts thereof are of wood, or which do not conform to the requirements for fireproof or non-fireproof buildings. § 72 . When buildings are required to be fireproof. 1. New buildings. Every building hereafter erected shall be a fireproof building, as follows: a. Every public building over 20 feet high, in which persons are harbored to receive medical, charitable or other care or treatment, or in which persons are held or detained under legal restraint; b. Every other public building over 40 feet in height, or exceeding 5,000 square feet in area; c. Every residence building, except tenements, over 40 feet in height and having more than 15 sleeping rooms ; d. Every tenement house exceeding six stories or parts of stories as provided in the Tenement House Law; e. Every residence building having more than 15 sleeping rooms and exceeding 2,500 square feet in area, unless di- vided by interior partition walls of approved masonry or reinforced concrete into sections of less than 2,500 square feet area ; f. Every other residence building over 75 feet in height; g. Every business building used as a garage within the fire limits , every garage within the suburban limits exceed- ing 600 square feet in area or 15 feet in height, or not located as provided in §91 of this chapter; and every garage, outside these restricted areas, over 40 feet in height; h. Every business building used for hazardous trade as indicated in §§171 and 212 of Chapter 10 of this ordinance; i. Every building over four stories in height used as a factory as defined in the Labor Law; j. Every building or structure within the fire limits or the suburban limits used as a grain elevator or a coal pocket ; k. Every business building oved 75 feet in height ; l. Every business building within the fire limits or the suburban limits which exceeds an area of 7,500 square feet when located on an interior lot or when facing on only one street, or 12,000 square feet when facing on two streets, or 15,000 square feet when facing on three or more streets, pro- vided that when any such building is equipped throughout with an approved system of automatic sprinklers, fireproof construction shall be required only when the areas exceed double those herein specified for the respective conditions, and provided also that when any such building is divided by approved interior fire walls, fireproof construction shall be required only when any undivided area exceeds 7,500 square feet. Buildings of greater areas than herein specified for the 72 23 respective conditions may, considering location and purpose, be constructed non-fireproof by special permission of the superintendent of buildings, provided they do not exceed two stories in height. 2. Alterations, a. By extending. When any building now existing is to be' enlarged by extending it on any side so that the enlarged building would exceed the limits of height or area specified in subdivision 1 of this section for a new building, the extension or enlargement shall be constructed fireproof, provided that, in case the existing building is not of fireproof construction, the existing and new portions of the building shall be separated by fire walls. b. By raising in height. No building now existing shall be raised in height so as to exceed the limits of height speci- fied in subdivision 1 of this section unless it is fireproof. 73 §73. When buildings may be non-fireproof. 1. New buildings. Except when required by this article to be fire- proof, or when permitted by Article 5 or Article 22 of this chapter to be frame, any building hereafter erected may be non-fireproof. 2. Alterations, Except when required by this article to be fireproof, or when permitted by Article 5 or Article 30 of this chapter to be frame, any building which shall hereafter be enlarged in any manner may be non-fireproof. Article 5 Restricted Areas (In Effect March 30, 1915) Section 90. 91. 92. 93. 94. 95. 96. Fire limits. Suburban limits. Enlarging buildings. Repair of damaged buildings. Moving buildings. Buildings in process of construction. Frame buildings permitted. §90. Fire limits. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this chapter, or as the same may be amended from time to time, no frame, wood or other combustible structure shall be hereafter built in the city within the following limits hereinafter referred to as the fire limits and no person shall maintain, occupy or use any such structure erected in viola- tion of any provision of this ordinance : 1. In the borough of Manhattan: Beginning at a point on the North river at the Battery, and running thence northerly along the pierhead line to a point 100 feet north of the northerly side of Dyckman street; thence running 24 easterly 100 feet north of and parallel to the northerly side of Dyckman street to a point 100 feet west of the westerly side of Seaman avenue ; thence running northerly 100 feet west of and parallel to the westerly side of Seaman avenue to a point 100 feet south of the southerly side of W. 215 St. ; thence running easterly 100 feet south of and parallel to the southerly side of W. 215th st., to a point 100 feet west of the westerly side of Broadway; thence running northerly 100 feet west of and parallel to the westerly side of Broadway to the bulkhead line of the Harlem ship canal ; thence easterly and southerly along the bulkhead line of the Harlem ship canal and the Harlem river to the Bronx kills; thence easterly along the bulkhead line of the Bronx kills to the East river; thence southerly along the East River to the east of Randalls, Wards and Blackwells islands and along the pierhead line of the East river to the North river, at the place of beginning. 2. In the borough of The Bronx: a. Beginning at a point on the eastern bulkhead line of the Harlem river at the intersection with the centre line of Washington bridge, thence running easterly along the centre line of Washington bridge to Aqueduct ave., thence running northerly along the centre line of Aqueduct ave. to Featherbed lane, thence running northeasterly along the centre line of Featherbed lane to Macombs road, thence running southerly along the centre line of Macombs road to 174th st., thence running easterly along the centre line of 174th st. to a point 100 feet west of the westerly side of Jerome ave., thence running northerly 100 feet west of and parallel to the westerly side of Jerome ave. to Woodlawn road, thence running south- easterly along the centre line of Woodlawn road to a point 100 feet east of the easterly side of Jerome ave., thence running southerly 100 feet east of and parallel to the east- erly side of Jerome ave. to E. 174th st., thence running easterly along the centre line of E. 174th st. to a point 100 feet west of the westerly side of Webster ave., thence run- ning northerly 100 feet west of and parallel to the westerly side of Webster ave. to a point 100 feet north of the northerly side of Gun Hill road, thence running easterly 100 feet north of and parallel to the northerly side of Gun Hill road to a point 100 feet west of the westerly side of White Plains road, thence running southerly across Gun Hill road to a point 100 feet south of the southerly side of Gun Hill road, thence running westerly 100 feet south of and parallel to the south- erly side of Gun Hill road to the westerly line of the right of way of the New York and Harlem railroad, thence run- ning southerly along the westerly line of the right of way of the New York and Harlem railroad to a point 100 feet 25 north of the northerly side of Fordham road, thence run- ning easterly 100 feet north of and parallel to the northerly side of Fordham road to the westerly boundary of Bronx park, thence running southerly along the westerly boundary and easterly along the southerly boundary of Bronx park to the Bronx river, thence running southerly along the centre line of the Bronx river to a point 100 feet north of the northerly side of Walker ave., thence running easterly 100 feet north of and parallel to the northerly side of Walker ave. to a point 100 feet west of the westerly side of Morris Park ave., thence running northeasterly 100 feet northwest of and parallel to the northwesterly side of Morris Park ave. to a point 100 feet west of the westerly side of White Plains road, thence running northerly 100 feet west of and parallel to the westerly side of White Plains road to the northerly boundary line of the city, thence running easterly along said boundary line to a point 100 feet east of the easterly side of White Plains road, thence running southerly 100 feet east of and parallel to the easterly side of White Plains road to a point 100 feet south of the southerly side of Morris Park ave., thence running southwesterly 100 feet southeast of and parallel to the southeasterly side of Morris Park ave. to a point 100 feet south of the southerly side of Walker ave., thence running westerly 100 feet south of and parallel to the southerly side of Walker ave. to the Bronx river, thence running southerly along the centre line of the Bronx river to a point 100 feet north of the northerly side of Westchester ave., thence running easterly 100 feet north of and parallel to the northerly side of Westchester ave. to the Eastern boulevard, thence running southerly across Westchester ave. to a point 100 feet south of the southerly side of Westchester ave., thence running westerly 100 feet south of and parallel to the southerly side of West- chester ave. to the Bronx river, thence running southerly along the centre line of the Bronx river to the East river, thence running southeasterly along the East river, north- westerly along the Bronx kills and northerly along the Harlem river to the point of beginning; b. Also, beginning at a point on the boundan line be- tween the boroughs of The Bronx and Manhattan in the bed of the old Spuyten Duyvil creek 100 feet west of tuc westerly side of Broadway, thence running northerly 100 feet west of and parallel to the westerly side of Broadway to the city line, thence running easterly along the city line to the east side of Broadway, thence running southerly along the easterly side of Broadway to the northerly side of Van Cortlandt park south, thence running easterly to a point 100 feet east of the easterly side of Broadway, thence 26 running southerly 100 feet east of and parallel to the easterly side of Broadway to the boundary line between the boroughs of The Bronx and Manhattan, thence running westerly along said boundary line to the point of beginning. . 3. In the borough of Brooklyn: a. Beginning at the junction of Newtown creek with the East river, thence run- ning along Newtown creek and the borough line between Brooklyn and Queens to Chauncey st., thence running south- westerly along the centre line of Chauncey st. to Central ave., thence running southeasterly along the centre line of Central ave. to the boundary line of Evergreen cemetery, thence running southerly along the boundary line of Evergreen cemetery to Highland boulevard, thence running northeasterly along the centre line of Highland boulevard to Highland park, thence running southerly along the boundary line of High- land park to Jamaica ave., thence running easterly along the northerly side of Jamaica ave. to the borough line between Brooklyn and Queens, thence running southerly along said borough line to a point 100 feet south of the southerly side of Jamaica ave., thence running westerly 100 feet south of and parallel to the southerly side of Jamaica ave. to a point 100 feet east of the easterly side of Norwood ave., thence running southerly 100 feet east of and parallel to the easterly side of Norwood ave. to Atlantic ave., thence running easterly along the centre line of Atlantic ave. to a point 100 feet east of the easterly side of Milford st., thence running southerly 100 feet east of and parallel to the easterly side of Milford st. to a point 100 feet south of the southerly side of New Lots ave., thence running westerly 100 feet south of and parallel to the southerly side of New Lots ave. to a point 100 feet south of the southerly side of Riverdale ave., thence running westerly 100 feet south of and parallel to the southerly side of Riverdale ave. to a point 100 feet west of the westerly side of E. 98th st., thence running northwesterly 100 feet west of and parallel to the westerly side of E. 98th st. to a point 100 feet south of the southerly side of Clarkson ave., thence running westerly 100 feet south of and parallel to the south- erly side of Clarkson ave. across Remsen ave. and continuing 100 feet south of and parallel to the southerly side of Clark- son ave. to a point 100 feet east of the easterly side of Flatbush ave., thence running southerly 100 feet east of and parallel to the easterly side of Flatbush ave. to a point opposite the junction of Kings highway with Flatbush ave., thence running westerly across Flatbush ave., to a point ioo feet west of the westerly side of Flatbush ave., thence running northerly 100 feet west of and parallel to the westerly side of Flatbush ave. to a point 100 feet south of the southerly side 27 of Church ave., thence running westerly 100 feet south of and parallel to the southerly side of Church ave. to a point 100 feet southeast of the southeasterly side of 14th ave., thence running southwesterly 100 feet southeast of and par- allel to the southeasterly side of 14th ave. to a point 100 feet southwest of the southwesterly side of 60th st., thence run- ning northwesterly 100 feet southwest of and parallel to the southwest side of 60th st. to New York bay, thence running northerly along the pierhead line of New York bay, Gowanus bay. Buttermilk channel and the East river to the point of beginning ; b. Beginning at a point at the intersection of the Atlantic Ocean and W. 5th st., thence running northerly along the centre line of W. 5th st. to a point 100 feet north of the northerly side of Surf ave., thence running westerly 100 feet north of and parallel to the northerly side of Surf ave. to W. 8th st., thence running westerly along the southerly side of the right of way of the Norton’s Point railroad to W. 37th st., provided that at no point along said right of way shall these limits be taken at a distance less than 100 feet north of the northerly side of Surf ave., thence running southerly along the centre line of W. 37th st. to the Atlantic Ocean, thence running easterly along the shore line to the point of beginning; 4. In the borough of Queens: a. Beginning at a point in the bulkhead line of the East River at its intersection with the centre line of Winthrop ave., thence running south- easterly along the centre line of Winthrop ave. to a point 100 feet southeast of the southeasterly side of Steinway ave., thence running southwesterly 100 feet southeast of and par- allel to the southeasterly side of Steinway ave. to a point 100 feet north of the northerly side of Astoria ave., thence running easterly 100 feet north of and parallel to the north- erly side of Astoria ave. to the Old Bowery bay road, thence running southerly along the centre line of the Old Bowery bay road to Woodside ave., thence running southerly along the centre line of Woodside ave. to Middleburg ave., thence running westerly along the centre line of Middleburg ave. to Dickson st., thence running southerly along the centre line of Dickson st. to a point 100 feet south of the southerly side of Greenpoint ave., thence running westerly 100 feet south of and parallel to the southerly side of Greenpoint ave. to Borden ave., thence running easterly along the centre line of Borden ave. to Laurel Hill boulevard, thence south- westerly along the centre line of Laurel Hill boulevard to Meeker ave., thence running southerly along the centre line of Meeker ave. to Newtown Creek, thence along Newtown creek to the East river, thence running northerly along the 28 bulkhead line of the East river to the place of beginning; (Paragraph a, as amended November 9 , 1915 ). b. Beginning at a point on the borough line between Queens and Brooklyn intersected by a line distant 100 feet north of and parallel to the northerly side of Metropolitan ave., thence running easterly 100 feet north of and parallel to the northerly side of Metropolitan ave. to a point 100 feet east of the easterly side of Fresh Pond road, thence running southerly 100 feet east of and parallel to the easterly side of Fresh Pond road to Myrtle ave., thence running southerly along the Long Island railroad to the borough line between Queens and Brooklyn, thence running northwesterly along said borough line to the point of beginning; c. Beginning at a point on the borough line between Queens and Brooklyn 100 feet north of the northerly side of Jamaica ave., thence running easterly 100 feet north of and parallel to the northerly side of Jamaica ave., to Brenton ave., thence running southerly across Jamaica ave. to a point 100 feet south of the southerly side thereof, thence running westerly 100 feet south of and parallel to the south- erly side of Jamaica ave. to a point 100 feet east of the east- erly side of Roseville ave., thence running southerly 100 feet east of and parallel to the easterly side of Roseville ave. to Mandsley st., thence running westerly across Roseville ave. to a point 100 feet west of the westerly side thereof, thence running northerly 100 feet west of and parallel to the westerly side of Roseville ave. to a point 100 feet south of the southerly side of Jamaica ave., thence running westerly 100 feet south of and parallel to the southerly side of Jamaica ave. to the boundary line between the boroughs of Queens and Brooklyn, thence running northerly along said boundary line to the place of beginning; d. Beginning at a point on the centre line of Madison street, Flushing, 100 feet west of the westerly side of Main street, thence running northerly 100 feet west of and parallel to the westerly side of Main street to Jackson ave., thence running easterly along the centre line of Jackson ave. to a point 100 feet east of the easterly side of Main street, thence running southerly 100 feet east of and parallel to the easterly side of Main street to Madison street, thence running west- erly along the centre line of Madison street to the point of beginning. § 91 . Suburban limits. Except as otherwise specifically 01 provided in this chapter, no frame or wood structure shall be built hereafter within the following areas or limits here- inafter referred to as “Suburban Limits”, and it shall be unlawful to maintain, occupy or use any such structure erected in violation of any of the provisions of this ordinance, provided, however, that nothing lierein contained shall prevent the erection, maintenance or occupancy of any frame building to be used exclusively for residence purposes with not more than 15 sleeping rooms and covering not more than 85 per cent, of the width of the lot or plot on which it is erected, and maintaining on at least one side an open space or open spaces as may be necessary to preserve such restriction, or of any one-story frame stable or garage not exceeding 600 square feet in area or 15 feet in height and erected on the same plot with a one- or two-family building and maintained on all sides at least 4 feet from any lot line. 1. In the borough of Manhattan, all that portion of the borough not included in the fire limits. 2. In the borough of The Bronx, all that portion of the borough lying between the fire limits and the following boundaries : Beginning at the Hudson river and running easterly along the boundary line between the borough of The Bronx and Westchester county to a point 100 feet east of the easterly side of Barnes avenue, thence southerly 100 feet east of and parallel to the easterly side of Barnes avenue to a point 100 feet east of the easterly side of Bronxwood avenue, continuing southerly 100 feet east of and parallel to the easterly side of Bronxwood avenue to a point 100 feet south of the southerly side of Adee avenue, thence easterly 100 feet south of and parallel to the southerly side of Adee avenue to a point 100 feet east of the easterly line of Laconia avenue, thence southerly 100 feet east of and parallel to the easterly side of Laconia avenue to a point 100 feet south of the southerly side of Waring avenue, thence east- erly 100 feet south of and parallel to the southerly side of Waring avenue to the centre of Givan’s basin, thence south- easterly and easterly along the centre line of Givan’s basin to Eastchester creek, thence southeasterly and southerly through Eastchester creek and Eastchester bay to a line 100 feet south of and parallel with the southerly side of Water- bury avenue, thence westerly along a line running 100 feet south of and parallel to the southerly side of Waterbury avenue to Westchester creek, thence southerly along the centre line of Westchester creek to a point 100 feet south of the southerly side of Lafayette avenue, thence westerly 100 feet south of and parallel to the southerly side of Lafayette avenue to a point 100 feet west of the westerly side of White Plains road, thence northerly 100 feet west of and parallel to the westerly side of White Plains road to a point 100 feet south of the southerly side of Watson avenue, 30 thence westerly lOO feet south of and parallel to the southerly Side of Watson avenue to the Bronx river. 3. In the borough of Brooklyn, all that portion of the borough lying between the fire limits and the following % ,‘he Atlantic Ocean on a linf 100 feet east of and parallel to the easterly side of Ocean parkway, running thence northerly 100 feet east of and t Parkway, to a point 100 feet south of the southerly side of Neptune avenue- sidr%^^M parallel to the southerly side of Neptune avenue, to a point 100 feet east of the easterly side of Coney Island avenue; thence southerly 100 eet east of and parallel to the easterly side of Coney Island avenue, to the Atlantic Ocean; thence easterly alLg tS me up to the Atlantic Ocean to a point 100 feet east of Thornhill street (Manhattan Beach Es- ates), running thence northerly 100 feet east of and parellel Thornhill street, continuing across Sheepshead bay till it intersects with a line drawn 100 feet north of and parallel to the northerly side of Emmons avenue, thence westerly lOO feet north of and parallel to the northerly side of Emmons avenue to a point 100 feet east of the easterly side of Batchelder street, thence north ^ to a point 100 feet north of the northerly side of Avenue Z, thence westerly 100 feet north of and parallel to the northerly side of Avenue Z to a point 100 ^ easterly side of Ocean avenue; thence northerly 100 feet east of and parallel to the easterly side ?d. f ®°“th of the southerly side of Avenue U, thence easterly 100 feet south of and parallel to the southerly side of Avenue U to a point 100 feet east of the easterly side of Nostrand avenue, thence norther y 100 feet east of and parallel to the easterly side of Nostrand avenue to a point 100 feet south of the south- erly side of Avenue N, thence easterly 100 feet south of 'ion ^ southerly side of Avenue N, to a point 100 feet west of the westerly side of East 35th street, thence southeasterly 100 feet southwest of and parallel to the southwesterly side of East 35th street to a point 100 feet southeast of the southeasterly side of Flatlands avenue thence northeasterly 100 feet southeast of and parallel to the southeasterly side of Flatlands avenue to a point 100 feet east of the easterly side of Schenectadv avenue, thence northerly 100 feet east of and parallel to the easterly side of Schenectady avenue to a point 100 feet south of the southerly side of Clarendon road, thence easterly 100 feet south of and parallel to the southerly side of Clarendon road 31 to a point 100 feet southeast of tht southeasterly side of Ditmas avenue, thence northeasterly 100 feet southeast of and parallel to the southeasterly side of Ditmas avenue to i a point 100 feet northeast of the northeasterly side of East ; 98th street, thence northwesterly 100 feet northeast of and parallel to the northeasterly side of East 98th street to a point 100 feet south of the southerly side of Vienna avenue, thence easterly 100 feet south of and parallel to the south- erly side of Vienna avenue to a point 100 feet east of the easterly side of Fountain avenue, thence northerly 100 feet east of and parallel to the easterly side of Fountain avenue to a point 100 feet south of the southerly side of Sutter avenue, thence easterly 100 feet south of and parallel to the southerly side of Sutter avenue to the boundary line of Queens borough. §92. Enlarging buildings. Except as otherwise specifi- cally provided in this chapter, or as the same shall be amended ^ from time to time, no existing frame, wood or other com- bustible structure shall be enlarged within the fire limits, or < suburban limits, except in conformity with the provisions i of this chapter with respect to new structures. j §93. Repair of damaged buildings.. 1. When prohibited. Within the fire limits any existing frame, wood, or other | combustible structures which, in the judgment of the super- ^ intendent of buildings of the borough, may be damaged ; from any cause whatsoever to an amount greater than . one-half of the value thereof exclusive of the foundations , or may be in need of structural repairs to an amount greater ^ than one-half of its value exclusive of the foundations, shall : not be repaired or rebuilt, but shall be taken down. \ 2. Surveys. In case the owner or owners of the structure | which may be damaged or in need of repairs shall be dis- ' satisfied with the decision of the superintendent of buildings ^ as to the extent of such damage or need of^ repairs, then the amount or extent of such damage or required repairs shall be determined by competent surveyors, one appointed by the superintendent of buildings, one by the owner or owners of the structure and, in case these two do not agree, one selected by them jointly. The report of the surveyors shall , be reduced \o writing and, when signed by any two of them, j shall be conclusive, l^o building the subject of survey shall be in any manner repaired, altered or rebuilt until after the.;: decision of the surveyors shall have been rendered. §94. Moving buildings. No frame, wood or other com- bustible structure shall be moved from without to within the fire limits. . xt • i. §95 Buildings in process of construction. Nothing here- in ^contained shall prevent the erection or completion of a 39 ii frame structure for which a permit has been lawfully issued at the time this ordinance shall take effect within such por- tions of the fire limits as were not heretofore included with- in the fire limits of the city; provided the work thereon shall be diligently prosecuted so that the structure shall be completed within 15 months after the passage of this or- dinance. In case any such structure shall not be completed within the said period, the holder of the permit therefor shall be deemed to have forfeited all rights and privileges thereunder and the uncompleted building or structure shall be taken down and removed within 60 days after the date of the forfeiture of such permit. §96. Frame buildings permitted. If any block situated qg within the fire limits has 90 per cent, of the buildings erected thereon constructed of frame, any vacant lot situated therein may have a frame building placed or constructed thereon, provided the same be not more than 2 stories and base- ment in height and is to be used for residence purposes only. Article 6 Height, Size and Arrangement (Not yet enacted) Section 110. Article 7 Light and Ventilation (In Effect March 14, 1916) Section 130. 131. 132. 133. 134. 135. 136. 137. Rooms in residence buildings. Rooms in business buildings. Rooms in public buildings. Bathrooms and water-closet compartments. Windows. Courts. Buildings on same plot. Alterations. 110 §130. Rooms in residence buildings. 1. Windows re- ion lutred. Except as otherwise provided in this article or )y any other law, every living room in every residence build- ng hereafter erected shall have one or more windows open- ing directly upon a street or other open public space, or ipon a court located upon the same lot or plot as the build- _ng and conforming to the requirements of this article :or courts, provided that the width of such street or open 33 public space is not less than required by this article for | courts. j 2. Size of rooms. Every such room shall be not less j than six feet wide in any part, and shall contain not less I than sixty square feet of clear floor area, and the clear | height for this minimum floor area shall be not less than eight feet. 3. Alcove rooms. Nothing in this section shall prohibit, in residence buildings occupied by not more than two families, rooms without windows as prescribed by subdivision 1 of this section, provided that every such room opens without obstruction directly into another room which has one or more windows having an aggregate aiea between stop beads of not less than twenty-four square feet and opening to the | outer air as prescribed in subdivision 1 of this section, and that the opening between such rooms is not less than sixty square feet in area. 131 §131. Rooms in business buildings. Except as otherwise provided in this article, every room in every business build- ing hereafter erected, other than rooms specifically provided for by the State Labor Law, shall, unless ventilated by ; windows opening directly upon a street or other open public * space, or upon a court located on the same lot or plot as the building and conforming to the requirements of this t article for courts, be provided with approved means of ^ ventilation consisting of transoms or similar devices opening ! into rooms ventilated directly to the outer air or of other methods capable of maintaining a carbon dioxide content of the air of not more than one part in one thousand, provided : that this requirement shall not apply to breweries or charg- I ing rooms, or other rooms where high quantities of carbon ^ dioxide are an unavoidable concomitant of the use to which i the room is put, or to rooms used exclusively for storage \ purposes, and provided further that the requirements of ] this section shall not apply to rooms in which the unoccupied 1 space exceeds five hundred cubic feet for each occupant. < 132 §132. Rooms in public buildings. Except as otherwise provided in this article or by any other law or ordinance, every room in every public building hereafter erected shall be equipped with some approved system of positive ventila- tion which, during occupancy, will provide not less than two cubic feet of fresh, uncontaminated air per minute for each square foot of floor surface, unless the unoccupied space of such rooms exceeds one thousand cubic feet for each occupant and windows are provided opening directly upon a street or other open public space, or upon a court located on the same lot or plot as the building and con- forming to the requirements of this article for courts. 34 §133. Bathrooms and water-closet compartments. Every I 33 bathroom, toilet room or other room containing one or more water-closets or urinals, hereafter placed in any building, shall be ventilated in at least one of the following ways : a— by a window, opening to the outer air as prescribed in subdivision 1 of §130 and having, between stop beads, an area of not less than ten per cent, of the floor area nor less than three square feet in any case and a width of not less than one foot ; b — by a window of the size specified in a, opening on a vent shaft which extends to and through the roof or into a court conforming to the requirements of this article for courts and which has a cross-sectional area of not less than one-fifth of a square foot for every foot of height but not less than nine square feet in any case, and, unless open to the outer air at the top, a net area of louvre open- ings in the skylight equal to the maximum required' shaft area ; c — by an individual vent flue or duct extending indepen- dently of any other flue or duct, to and above the roof and having a cross-sectional area of not less than one square foot for two or less water-closets or urinal fixtures and one-third of a square foot additional for each additional water-closet or urinal fixture ; d — by a skylight in the ceiling, having a glazed surface of not less than three square feet and arranged so as to provide ventilating openings of not less than three square feet to the outer air above the roof of the building or into a court conforming to the requirements of this article for courts, for two or less water-closets or urinal fixtures and two square feet additional for each additional water- closet or urinal fixture ; or e — by some approved system of mechanical exhaust ven- tilation of sufficient capacity to provide not less than four changes of air per hour. §134. Windows. All windows, except windows provided ]_34 for in §133 of this article, placed in any room of a resi- dence building hereafter erected for the purpose of comply- ing with the requirements of this article, shall have an aggregate area between stop beads of not less than one- tenth of the floor area of the room served thereby. Such windows shall be so arranged that when fully opened the total open space shall be not less than fifty per cent, of the total required window space. §135. Courts. In every building hereafter erected every -i oK court provided under the provisions of this article for the lighting and ventilation of any room shall have a width at every point of not less than one inch for every foot that 35 136 137 such point is distant from the lowest part of such court, but not less than four feet in any case. Every such court shall be open and unobstructed for the required widths from its lowest point to the sky, except for the ordinary pro- jections of window sills, belt courses and similar ornamental projections to the extent of not more than four inches. When a court is located along a side of a lot or plot the lot line shall be deemed an enclosure of such court, ex- cept that when a court opens on a street or open public space, such street or open public space may be considered as part of that court. §136. Buildings on the same plot. If more than one building is hereafter placed on any lot or plot, or, if any build- ing is placed on the same lot or plot with an existing build- ing, the several buildings, may, for the purposes of this article, be considered as a single building. Any structure, whether independent or attached to a building, shall for the purpose of this article, be deemed a building or part of a building. §137. Alterations. No building shall hereafter be altered ^ so as to reduce either the size of any room or the amount of window space, to less than that required for buidings , hereafter erected, or so as to create any additional room or rooms unless such additional room is made to conform t to the requirements for rooms in buildings hereafter erected, i except that such rooms may be of the same height as exist- ? ing rooms in the same story. No building shall hereafter be enlarged nor shall the lot or plot on which it is located be diminished so that the dimensions of any court required for light or ventilation as in this article provided, shall be less than prescribed for buildings hereafter erected. # Section 150. 151. 152. 153. 154. 155. 156. 157. 158. 159. 160. 161. 162. Article 8 | Exit Facilities ■ (In Effect March 14, 1916) ] 4 Definitions. Application of article. Exits. Interior stairs. Exterior stairs. Fire towers. Horizontal exits. Hallways. Doorways. Miscellaneous requirements. Alterations. Existing buildings. Fire escapes. 36 § 150 . Definitions. For the purpose o£ this article: 150 a — a floor area is any floor space enclosed on all sides by either the exterior walls, fire walls, or fire partitions; b — a stair exit is a direct connection of any floor area to a stairway constructed in accordance with the require- ments of this article for required stairs ; c — a horizontal exit is the connection of any two floor areas, whether in the same building or not, by means of a vestibule, or by an open air balcony or bridge, or through a fire partition or fire wall; d — the term “sprinklered” means equipped with an ap- proved system of automatic sprinklers throughout the build- ing, and the term “unsprinklered” means not so equipped. § 151 . Application of article. Unless otherwise specifi- 151 cally stated in this article, the provisions thereof shall apply to buildings hereafter erected, except tenement houses com- ing under the provisions of the Tenement House Law, factories coming under the provisions of the Labor Law] motion picture theatres coming under the provisions of article 24 of this chapter, theatres and other places of amusement coming under the provisions of article 25 of this chapter, and residence buildings occupied exclusively by one or two families or having not more than fifteen sleep- ing rooms. 8152 . Exits. 1 . Kind. Every building hereafter erected 152 shall have one or more exits as required in this section, con- sisting of interior or exterior stairs, fire towers, or hori- zontal exits, constructed and arranged as specified in this article, with the necessary hallways and doorways. 2. Number of occupants. For the purposes of this article, when the number of persons to be accommodated by the exits is not stated in the application for a permit to con- struct, such number of persons within any floor area shall be taken, according to the use of such floor area, as one person. a— for every ten square feet in dance halls, lodge rooms and places of assembly; b— for every fifteen square feet in court rooms, restau- rants and classrooms in schools and colleges; c — for every twenty-five square feet in stores, markets, lodging houses and reading rooms; d — for every thirty-two square feet in workrooms; e — for every fifty square feet in offices and show rooms; f — for every one hundred square feet in hospitals, hotels, asylums, furnished room houses, studios and other residence buildings; g — for every one hundred and fifty square feet in ware- houses and garages. 37 It shall be unlawful to occupy any floor area by a greater number of persons than that for which exits have been provided in accordance with this article. 3. Number, a. From rooms. Every room having an occupancy of more than seventy-five persons shall have at least two doorways, remote from each other, leading to an exit or exits. b. From ground floor. Every floor area having direct exit by doorways or hallways to a street and having an occupancy of more than seventy-five persons, shall have at least two means of exit. c. From floor areas. Every other floor area above or below the ground floor shall have at least one interior stair- way or fire tower connected thereto. Every such floor area shall have at least one additional exit when it exceeds two thousand five hundred square feet in area. d. Fire towers required. In business buildings exceeding eighty-five feet in height, at least one stairway shall be a fire tower, provided that in sprinklered buildings in which' two or more stairways are required under the provisions ol this article, such fire tower shall not be required unless the, building exceeds one hundred and twenty-five feet in height.' 4. Location. Exits shall be so located that no point in' any floor area served by them shall be more than one hun-j dred feet distant along the line of travel from an exit,i except that when any floor area is subdivided into smallen areas, such as rooms in hotels and office buildings, the distance from the door of any such room, along an un-' obstructed hallway, to an exit, shall be not more than one hundred and twenty-five feet. Where more than one exit; is required to any floor area, the exits shall be placed re-# mote from each other. ^ 5. Stairway exits. Every required stairway shall lead<; to a street. At least one stairway shall continue to the^ roof, and when there are more than two stairways, at leasfl two shall continue to the roof. ' 6. Engineers' ladders. Every building, including tenement houses, factories, theatres and motion picture theatres, in which high pressure steam boilers are placed below the curb level shall have stationary iron ladders or stairs from such story leading directly to a manhole through the sidewalk or other outside exit, unless exit is provided by a'n enclosed stairs or a horizontal exit. §153. Interior stairs. 1. Construction. a. Strength. All stairs, platforms, landings and stair halls shall be of suf- ficient strength to safely sustain a live load of not less than one hundred pounds per square foot. 38 b. Materials. All stairs and stairways serving an exit shall be constructed of incumbustible material throughout, exeept in frame and non-fireproof buildings not exceeding forty feet in height and occupied by not more than fifty persons above the first story, and except when the stairs are enclosed in fireproof partitions, in frame and non-fireproof buildings not exceeding fifty feet in height. c. Support for treads and landings. When treads or land- ings are of slate, marble, stone or composition, they shall be supported for their entire length and width by a solid steel plate at least one-eighth of an inch thick, securely fastened. When stairs are of fireproof construction, the treads and landings may be solidly supported for their en- tire length and width by the materials of which such stairs are constructed. The treads and landings shall be con- structed and maintained in such manner as to prevent per- sons from slipping thereon. 2. When to he enclosed, a. Fireproof enclosures. In buildings exceeding forty feet in height or occupied by more than fifty persons above the first story, interior required stairways shall be enclosed with fireproof partitions or walls of approved masonry. b. Non-fireproof enclosures. In buildings not exceeding forty feet in height and occupied by not more than fifty persons above the first story, interior required stairways which are not enclosed in fireproof partitions or wall of ap- proved masonry shall be enclosed in partitions of wood studs firestopped at every story with incombustible material, and wire-lathed or covered with approved plaster boards on both sides, and in each case plastered with at least one- half of an inch of mortar on all exposed surfaces, or of other approved equally slow-burning material and construc- tion. c. Stairs of ornamental character. Nothing in this sec- tion shall require the enclosure of the flight of a required stairs, when ornamental in character, from the main en- trance floor to the floor next above, provided that such stairs ire not the only required stairs, that all other required stairs n the same story are enclosed as in this section prescribed, md that some other required stairs is accessible from the ipper part of the stairs in question. d. ^ Open stair wells. Except as in this section otherwise )rovided, not more than two stories in any building shall be connected by an open well or unenclosed stairway. e. Openings in enclosures. No openings shall be per- hitted in the stair enclosures required by this section, other jhan doorways, and such windows as are necessary for proper 'ighting. The doorways shall he equipped with approved 39 self-closing fire doors, except that in non-fireproof enclosures substantial self-closing hardwood, metal or metal covered doors may be used. Windows, opening on the interior oi the building, shall be stationary fire windows. 3. Width. No stair or stairway required by this article a* an exit shall have an unobstructed width of less than forty- four inches throughout its length, except that hand-railj may project not more than three and one-half inches intc such width. The aggregate width of stairs in any story o; the building shall be such that the stairs or the stairway: may accommodate at one time the total number of person; ordinarily occupying or permitted to occupy the largest floo; area served by such stairs or stairways above the flight o: flights of stairs under construction, on the basis of one per son for each full twenty-two inches of stair width and on< and one-half treads on the stairs, and one person for eaci three and one-half square feet of floor area on the land ings and halls within the stairway, provided that the num, ber of persons to be accommodated as herein provided ma^ be assumed at one-half of such total number of persons or dinarily occupying or permitted to occupy any floor are* when the building is sprinklered and at one-third of sue} total number when a horizontal exit is provided in accord ance with this article, and at one-fourth of such total num«' ber when the building is sprinklered and a horizontal cxi is provided. 4. Treads and risers. Except where winders are per mitted the treads and risers of stairs shall be so proportionec that the product of the tread, exclusive of nosing, and th; riser, in inches, shall be not less than seventy nor more fhal seventy-five, but risers shall not exceed seven and three! quarter inches in height, and treads, exclusive of nosing shall be not less than nine and one-half inches wide. Treadi other than winding treads, and risers, shall be of unifon| width and height in any one flight. The use of winders ij prohibited, except for stairs of an ornamental charactei having a width of not less than five feet. The treads o winders, exclusive of the nosings, shall have a width of nd less than seven inches at any point nor more than ten inche average width. 5. Landings. No flight of stairs shall have a vertical ris< of more than twelve feet between floors or landings, pro vided that in stairs serving as an exit from places of as sembly such vertical rise shall not exceed eight feet. Thi distance between risers on landings in straight runs of stairi shall be not less than forty-four inches. 6. Hand rails. Stairs shall have walls or well secure balustrades or guards on both sides, and shall have handrailj 40 on both sides. When the required width of a flight of stairs exceeds eighty-eight inches, an intermediate hand-rail, continuous between landings, substantially supported and terminating at the upper end in newels or standards at least six feet high, shall be provided. 7. Space under stairs. The space under any stairs built in whole or in part of combustible materials shall be left entirely open and kept clear and free from encumbrance. §1.54. Exterior stairways. Required stairs which may 154 be permitted on the outside of a building shall be con- structed of incombustible materials and shall conform in other respects, except as to enclosure, to the requirements of this article for interior stairs. Exterior stairs shall be con- nected to each story which they serve by means of self- closing fire doors. Doors and windows opening on such stairs shall be protected by approved self-closing fire doors or automatic fire windows. Metal mesh or other rigid guards at least six feet high shall be provided on each unenclosed side of such stairways throughout. §155. Fire towers. Interior stairways constructed 155 and arranged as follows shall be known as fire towers. The enclosing walls shall be of brick or reinforced concrete not less than eight inches thick, and without openings, except for doors or windows opening on a street, or on a yard or court not less than one hundred square feet in area. Access to the stairway shall be provided at each story served by a fire tower through outside balconies or fireproof vestibules having solid floors or incombustible materials and provided with substantial railings. Such balconies or vestibules shall be level with the floors of the building and platforms ot the stairs connected by them, and shall be separated therefrom by self-closing fire doors. The clear width of such connect- ing balconies and vestibules shall be not less than that re- quired for a hallway. The stairs in fire towers shall com- ply in all respects with the requirements of this article re- lating to interior stairs. §156. Horizontal exits. No horizontal exit shall be 156 deemed satisfactory under this article unless the floor area on either side of such horizontal exit is sufficient to hold the joint occupancy of both floor areas, allowing not less than three and one-half square feet of clear floor space per per- son, and at least one interior stairway or fire tower con- forming to the requirements of this article is provided on each side of such horizontal exit. When vestibules or open air balconies are used they shall conform to the requirements for vestibules or open air balconies of fire towers. When bridges are used they shall be constructed of incombustible material. All doorways or windows opening on such vestibules. 41 balconies or bridges shall be equipped with self-clos- ing fire doors or automatic fire windows. Where there is a difference in level between the connected floor areas, gradients shall be provided of not more than one foot in ten teet. 157 §157. Hallways. When serving as an exit from or in connection with one or more stairways, the clear width of any hallway or passageway shall be not less than the aggre- gate required clear width of all stairs leading to it. The clear width of every hallway or passageway leading to an exit shall be not less than forty-four inches for the first fifty persons to be accommodated thereby, and six inches addi- tional for each additional fifty persons or fraction thereof ; when the number of persons to be accommodated thereby is less than fifty, the clear width of such hallway or passage- way shall be not less than thirty-six inches. -CQ §158. Doorways. 1. Width. The aggregate clear width of ^Oo doorways serving as an exit from any room or floor area to a hallway, stairs or other means of exit, shall be not less than thirty-six inches for the first fifty persons to be accommo- dated thereby, and six inches additional for each additional fifty persons or fraction thereof. The aggregate clear width of doorways serving as an exit from any stairway, hallway or passageway, shall be not less than the required width for such stairway, hallway or passageway. No single exit door- way shall have a clear width of less than thirty inches, pro- vided that, when the total number of persons to be accom- modated exceeds fifty, the clear width shall be not less than thirty-six inches. 2. Hanging of doors. The doors of any doorway required by this section shall be so hung and arranged that when opened they shall not in any way obstruct the required width of hallway, stairs, or other means of exit and, in the case of doorways leading directly to a street, shall not, in any posi- tion, project more than eighteen inches beyond the building line. Doorways serving as exits to a street from required stairways of any building, or to a yara, court or open pas- sageway communicating with a street, shall have the doors, including the doors of vestibules, so hung as to swing out- wards when opening; but this requirement shall not be con- strued to prohibit the use of doors swinging both inwards : and outwards, nor of sliding doors in stables and garages, and in the shipping and receiving rooms of business build- i ings. 3. Door fastenings. The fastening on any exit door with- J in the scope of this section shall be such that the door may ! be readily opened from the inside without the use of keys, j provided that this requirement shall not apply to the doors of 5 rooms where persons are under legal restraint. i 42 §159. Miscellaneous requirements. 1. Exit signs. All 159 exits from iioor areas accommodating more than fifty per- sons shall be plainly marked by approved exit signs and red lights. 2, Lighting. Provision shall be made for the adequate lighting by artificial light of all stairways, hallways and other means of exit required by this article. 3. Exits to be kept clear. No doorway, hallway, pas- sageway, stairs, or other means of exit, required by this article, shall be obstructed or reduced, except as to hand- rails, beyond its required width in any manner whatsoever. §160. Alterations. No building shall hereafter be ][0Q altered so as to reduce the number or capacity of exits to less than required for buildings hereafter erected. . exits hereafter installed in any building shall be installed in conformity to the requirements for exits in new buildings, unless such exits are installed to comply with a notice is- sued under the provisions of § 161 of this article. §161. Existing buildings. Every building now existing which is not provided with exit facilities as prescribed in this lol article for new buildings and in which the exit facilities are inadequate for the safety of the occupants, shall be provided with such good and sufficient fire escapes, stairways, or other means of egress in case of fire as shall be directed by the superintendent of buildings; and said superintendent shall have authority within said city to direct fire escapes and other means of egress to be provided upon and within such buildings or any of them, except as may be otherwise pro- vided by law. If the owner of any building affected by any order issued under this section, or his agent, shall, within forty-eight hours, Sundays and holidays excluded, after personal service of such order has been made, file with the superintendent of buildings a written appeal from such order, the superintendent of buildings shall appoint a board of sur- vey, as provided for in § 633 of this chapter for unsafe buildings, upon whose findings a new order shall be based and issued. §162. Fire escapes. 1. Construction. All fire escapes hereafter erected shall be constructed of incombustible ma- 162 terials and of sufficient strength to safely sustain a superim- posed load of one hundred pounds per square foot. The owner or lessee of any building upon which a fire escape is erected shall keep the same in good repair. 2. Incumbering fire escapes. No person shall at any time place any incumbrance of any kind whatsoever before or upon any fire escape, balcony or ladder. 3. Notice against incumbrances. In constructing all bal- cony fire escapes, the manufacturer thereof shall securely 43 fasten thereto, in a conspicuous place, a metal plate having suitable raised letters on the same, to read as follows: “Notice: Any person placing any incumbrance on this bal- cony is liable to a penalty of $10 and imprisonment for ten days.” 4. Duty of firemen and policemen. Any fireman and policeman who shall discover any fire escape, balcony or lad- der of any fire escape incumbered in any way shall forthwith report the same to the commanding officer of his company or precinct, who shall forthwith cause the occupant of the premises or apartment to which said fire escape, balcony or ladder is attached, or for whose use the same is provided, to be notified, either verbally or in writing, to remove such in- cumbrance and keep the same clear. 5. Punishment for violations. If said notice shall not be complied with by the removal forthwith of such incumbrance, and keeping said fire escapes, balcony or ladder free from incumbrance, then the said commanding officer shall apply to the nearest police magistrate for a summons for the oc- ’ cupant of the said premises or apartment of which the fire escape forms a part, and, on conviction, the said occupant , shall be fined not more than ten dollars for each offense, or ' may be imprisoned not to exceed ten days, or both, in the ‘ discretion of the Court. t Article 9 J Projections Beyond Building Line \ (In Effect March 14, 1916) ’ Restrictions. ! Permits revocable. 1 Alterations. Existing encroachments. I Action of Board of Estimate and Apportion- ment. ? §170. Restrictions. 1. General. Except as herein- 1 after otherwise provided in this article no part of any build-j ing hereafter erected, or of any enlargement of an existing, building shall project beyond the building line so as to en-" croach upon a public street or public space. 2. Projections removable. Any part of a building per- mitted to project beyond the building line under the provi- sions of this article shall be so constructed that its removal may be made at any time without causing the building or any part thereof to become structurally unsafe. 3. Structural support. No part of any building hereafter erected or of any enlargement of an existing building that is Section 170. 171. 172. 173. 174. 44 necessary for the structural safety of the building or an en- largement thereof shall project beyond the building line so as to encroach upon a public street or public space, but this shall not be deemed to prohibit the projection beyond the building line to the extent of not more than twelve inches of the footings of street walls provided such projecting parts of footings are not less than eight feet below the sidewalk level. 4. Permissible projections, a. Areas, meaning thereby open spaces below the ground level immediately outside the building and enclosed by substantial walls, may project be- yond the building line not more than one-fifteenth of the width of the street, but not more than five feet, except where entirely prohibited by § 160 of chapter 23 of the Code of Ordinances, provided, however, that every such area shall be covered over at the street level by an approved grating of metal or other incombustible material of sufficient strength to carry safely the pedestrian street traffic. b. Steps, leading up or down at entrances and included between ornamental columns, pilasters or cheek pieces at least three feet high on the sides of such entrances, may project beyond the building line not more than two and one-half per cent, of the width of the street, but not more than eighteen inches in any case, except where prohibited entirely by § 160 of chapter 23 of the Code of Ordinances, provided that the aggregate width of such steps shall not exceed twenty per cent, of the actual street frontage of any one building, when such frontage is twenty-five feet or more nor more than five feet when such frontage is less than twenty-five feet. c. Columns, pilasters and ornamental projections, includ- ing their mouldings and bases, erected purely for the enhance- ment of the beauty of the building from an artistic stand- point, may project beyond the building line not more than two and one-half per cent, of the width of the street, but not rrore than eighteen inches in any case. • d. Balustrades of an ornamental characteer, including the sills and brackets on which they rest, may project beyond the building line not more than five per cent, of the width of the street nor more than twenty-two inches in any case, provided that every part of such balustrade is not less than ten feet above the sidewalk. e. Moulamgs, belt courses, cornices, lintels, sills, pediments and similar projections of a decorative character may project beyond the building line not more tnan one and one-fourth per cent, of the width of the street nor more than ten inches in any case. 45 f. The main cornice, meaning thereby a moulded projection at or near the top of the street wall, may project beyond the building line not more than five per cent, of the width of the street nor more than five feet in any case, provided such main cornice is not less than twelve feet above the sidewalk at any point. g. Base courses may project beyond the building line not more than one and one-fourth per cent, of the width of the street nor more than ten inches in any case, provided they do not extend more than five feet above the highest point of the sidewalk. h. Rustications and quoins may project beyond the build- ing line not more than four inches. i. Awnings and marquises, extending wholly or in part across the sidewalk, in connection with entrances to build- ings, shall be not less than ten feet above the sidewalk at all points, except where prohibited by § 160 of chapter 23 of the Code of Ordinances, provided they are constructed of iron and glass or other incombustible materials, and securely sup- ported from the building, and are properly drained, and pro- vided further that, except on streets that may by ordinance be designated as market streets, no awning or marquise shall extend along the street wall of a building for more than seventy-five per cent, of the length of such wall, nor, in any case, more than fifty feet, and there shall be a clear distance of not less than four feet between any two awnings on the same building. j. Fire escapes and balconies to fire towers or other re- quired exists, constructed of steel or other incombustible material, when required on the fronts of buildings, may pro- ject beyond the building line not more than four and one- half feet, but no part of such fire escapes or balconies shall be less than ten feet above the sidewalk, provided that noth- ing in this section shall prevent the use of movable ladders or stairs to the sidewalk, so arranged that they are within ten feet of the sidewalk only when in actual use. k. Vaults, entirely below the sidewalk level and conforming to the requirements of article 17, chapter 23 of the Code of Ordinances, shall not extend beyond the curb line. Open- ing in the roofs of vaults, between the building line and curb, shall be provided with substantial covers, flush in all parts with the sidewalk, of incombustible material, and so con- structed and maintained as to be normally kept closed and when open thoroughly safeguarded, and to prevent persons from slipping thereon. 46 1 . Hose connections for interior fire extinguishment equip- ments and fresh air inlets for plumbing systems may project through a street wall not more than twelve inches beyond the building line, except that where there is an angle formed by the street wall and a cheek piece or the base of a column, pilaster or ornamental projection, provided as in this section specified, they may be so located that no part extends more than fifteen inches from either side of such angle. 5. Rules governing projections. Nothing in this article shall be deemed to abridge the powers and duties of the borough presidents or the commissioners of parks within their respective jurisdictions, to adopt additional rules as may be necessary with respect to the construction or disposition of parts of buildings projecting beyond the building line. The borough presidents or commissioners of parks may, when deemed necessary or desirable, fix further restrictions as to the extent of projections beyond the building line, but no projection greater than in this article specified shall be permitted. §171. Permits revocable. Any permission, express or 171 implied, to construct part of a building so as to project be- yond the bundling line, under the provisions of this article, is revocable by the Board of Aldermen or the Board of Estimate and Apportionment at will. §172. Alterations. No alterations or enlargement shall be made to any existing part of a building now pro- jecting beyond the building line, except in conformity with the provisions of this article so far as it affects new con- struction. §173. Existing encroachments. Such parts of build- 173 ings which already project beyond the building line may be maintained as constructed until their removal is directed by the Board of Aldermen or the Board of Estimate and Ap- portionment, provided, however, that nothing contained in this article shall be deemed to abridge the right of The City of New York, or any of its officers, to continue any action for the removal of any unauthorized projection beyond the building line or for the collection of any penalty heretofore incurred in connection therewith. §174. Action of Board of Estimate and Apportionment. 174 . Nothing in this article shall be deemed to authorize * any projection beyond the building line on those streets on which the removal of projections has been heretofore or may be hereafter directed by the Board of Estimate and Ap- portionment, except in conformity to resolutions by such Board. 47 Article 10 Safeguards during Construction or Demolition (In Effect February 9, 1916) Section 190. Enforcement of article. 191. Sidewalk sheds. 192. Temporary fence. 193. Roofs and skylights of adjoining buildings. 194. Scaffolding. 195. Floors to be filled in or covered over. 196. Protection of floor openings. 197. Weather protection. 198. Cellar drainage. 199. Overloading prohibited. 200. Precautions during demolition. 190 §190. Enforcement of article. Except as may be other- wise provided by any law or ordinance, the provisions of this article shall be enforced by the superintendent of build- ings, and all safeguards required by the provisions of this article or by any rules authorized thereunder shall be sub- ject to the supervision of the bureau of buildings. The superintendent of buildings shall, from time to time, adopt such rules, consistent with the provisions of this article, as may be necessary to secure fully the protection of persons and property. In case any safeguard shall not be provided as prescribed by this article, the superintendent of buildings shall cause a notice to be served personally upon the per- sons whose duty it may be to provide the same or upon the owners of the buildings affected, requiring such safeguard and specifying the manner in which the same shall be erected. If such safeguard is not provided as required in such notice, within three days after the service thereof, the superintendent of buildings shall have full power and authority to provide or cause the same to be provided as herein specified. All expenses connected with same may become a lien on the prop- erty inclosed or protected, which lien may be created and en- forced in the same manner as now provided in § 652 of this chapter. 191 §191. Sidewalk sheds. Whenever any building or part thereof, within ten feet of the building line, is to be erected or raised to exceed forty feet in height, or whenever such a building more than forty feet in height is to be demol- ished, the owner or the person doing or causing such work to be done shall erect and maintain during such work a sub- stantial shed over the sidewalk in front of said building and extending, so far as practicable, from building line to curb. Such shed shall remain in place until the building is enclosed, 48 or, in case of a demolition, until the building has been re- duced to twenty feet in height. Every such shed shall be kept properly lighted at night. §192. Temporary fence. In any building operation i qo that does not require a sidewalk shed as provided in Sec. 191 of this article, the owner or person doing or causing such work to be done, shall, unless relieved by a general rule of the superintendent of buildings or a special permit from him, erect and maintain in front of the building during such building operation, a substantial fence not less than eight feet high, of wood or other suitable material. Such fence may extend not more than six feet into the highway, and shall be built solid for its full length except for such openings, pro- vided with sliding doors or doors swinging inwards, as may be necessary for a proper prosecution of the work. §193. Roofs and skylights of adjoining buildings. 103 When any building is to be carried above the roof of an ad- joining building, proper means for the protection of the sky- lights and roof of such adjoining building shall be provided, at his own expense, by the person constructing or causing the construction of such building, provided that if the owner, lessee or tenant of the adjoining building should refuse per- mission to have the roofs and skylights so protected, the responsibility and expense for the necessary protection shall devolve on the person refusing this permission. §194. Scaffolding. All scaffolds used in connection 194 with the erection, alteration or demolition of any building shall be constructed in a manner to secure the safety of the workmen on them and of all persons passing under or near them. All scaffolds used on or about buildings at a height of more than twenty feet above the street or ground level, or a floor, except scaffolding wholly within the interior of a building and covering the entire floor space of any room therein, shall be provided along the outer edges and ends with substantial railings or enclosures of wire mesh or other Suitable material, extending at least three feet above the working platform. §195. Floors to be filled in or covered over. If the 195 floors of any building are to be of fireproof construction the floor filling shall be completed as the building progresses If the floors consist of wood beams the under-flooring, when idouble flooring is to be used, shall be laid on each story as [the building progresses ; when double floors are not to be [used, the floors two stories below the story where the work iis being performed shall be kept planked over. If the floor ibeams are of iron or steel, the entire tier of iron or steel teams on which the structural Iron or steel work is being erected, except such spaces as may be reasonably required 49 for the proper construction of such iron or steel work, and for the raising or lowering of materials to be used in the construction of such building, or such spaces as may be designated by the approved plans for stairways and shafts shall be thoroughly planked over. 196 §196. Protection of floor openings. All floor open- ings within a building in the course of construction shah be enclosed or fenced in on all sides by a barrier of suitable height, except on those sides which may be used for the hand- ling of materials hoisted through such openings, or at which stairs or ladders land, provided, that such sides, other than landings, shall be guarded by an adjustable barrier not less than three nor more than four feet from the floor and not less than two feet from the edge of such opening. 197 §197. Weather protection. Whenever permission has been given under any of the provisions of this chapter to enter any adjoining building the person who receives such permission or who is responsible for the work requiring such permission, shall provide for such adjoining building ade- quate protection against the weather. 198 §198. . Cellar drainage. Before the foundation walls of any building are completed provision shall be made to ; prevent water accumulating in the excavation or cellar to the injury of the foundation, and if there is a sewer in the street the cellar shall also be connected therewith. 199 §199. Overloading prohibited. No building or part ' thereof, or any temporary support or scaffolding in connec- tion therewith, shall be loaded during erection, alteration or demolition in excess of its safe carrying capacity. 200 §200. Precautions during demolition. In demolish- ing any building or part thereof, story after story shall be completely removed. No material shall be stored upon a floor of any building in the course of demolition, but old material shall be lowered to the ground immediately upon displacement. The material to be removed shall be properly wet to lay the dust incident to its removal. Article 11 Partition Fences and Walls (In Effect March 30, 1915) Section 210. 211 . 212. 213. 214. 215. Construction and maintenance of fences. Retaining walls. Regulation of lots. Neglect to maintaain. Disputes. Enforcement. 50 §210. Construction and maintenance of fences. All 210 partition fences, unless erected under some special agree* ment, shall be so built that the dividing line between the properties shall run through the center of such fence in each case, and they shall be built and maintained at the joint expense of the owners of the land on each side. §211. Retaining walls. 1. To conform to street regu- 211 lotion. When the regulation of a lot, in conformity with the street or streets on which it is situated, shall require the ground on such lot to be raised and kept higher than the ground of the adjoining lot or lots (provided the ground of such adjoining lot or lots is not maintained at a grade lower than in conformity with the street or streets on which they are situated) and a retaining wall for supporting the same shall be necessary, such retaining wall shall be made and maintained jointly by the owners of the land each side and shall stand one-half upon the land of each owner; but, if the owner of the lot or lots having the lower grade shall’ bear and discharge the entire cost and expense of the mak- ing, such retaining wall shall be built entirely upon the lot having the higher grade and shall thereafter be maintained jointly by the owners of the land on both sides thereof. 2. To support adjoining earth. Where an excavation has been made or a fill placed on any lot, but, as the case may be, not below or above the legal grade in conformity with the street on which that lot fronts, and the land ad- joining it has no building or permanent structure thereon, other than frame sheds or structures of like character, and where a retaining wall shall be necessary to support the ad- joining earth, such retaining wall shall stand one-half upon the lot of each owner and shall be made and maintained jointly by the owners of the land on each side; provided, that, if the owner of the lot having the lower grade shall bear and discharge the entire cost and expense of the mak- ing,^ such retaining wall shall be built entirely upon the lot having the higher grade and shall thereafter be maintained jointly by the owners of the land on both sides thereof. 3. Surplus wall. Where any owner shall insist on main- taining his ground either higher or lower than the legal regu- lation as hereinafter provided, except in a case herein other- wise specifically provided for, the surplus retaining wall, which may be necessary to support such height or provide for such excavation, shall be made and maintained at the .sole expense of such owner. I 4. Construction. All retaining walls, required under this (section shall be constructed in accordance with the pro- visions of this chapter. 5. Removal. Any retaining wall erected or provided 61 under this section, standing partly on the land of each owner, may be removed by either owner when the necessity for such retaining wall no longer exists. §212. Regulation of lots. The regulation of lots, in conformity with the street or streets on which they are situ- ated, shall be calculated at an ascent of 2 inches in every 10 feet, measured from the curb in a direction at right angles or normal thereto; provided that, in the case of a lot having more than one street frontage, when so situated that the street frontages intersect, the curb along the longest street frontage shall be used, and, when so situated that the street frontages do not intersect, the curb along each frontage shall be used to one-half the depth of the lot be- tween street frontages. A lot, as referred to in this section, shall be deemed and construed to mean a parcel of land not over 25 feet by 100 feet, in one ownership, whether adjacent land be in the same ownership or not ; but, for the purpose hereof, no land in the same ownership may be divided into lots smaller than 25 feet by 100 feet. §213. Neglect to maintain. If any person, whose duty ^ it may be to jointly make or repair any partition fence or ’ retaining wall or any part thereof, in pursuance of the ] provisions of this article, shall neglect so to do, or to joia in so doing, for 6 days, after being requested, in writing',^ j by the owner or owners of the adjoining ground, the owner i of such adjoining ground may make or repair such partition '< fence or retaining wall, or cause the same to be done, and may • recover from such person such share of the expense of mak- * ing or repairing so much thereof as is necessarily made or « repaired by him, with costs, in any court having jurisdiction. \ §214. Disputes. * In case of any dispute between par- i ties, as to what part or portion of the expense shall be j borne and discharged by either of them, for building or main- | taining any partition fence or wall, and in all cases of dis- \ pute concerning the sufficiency of any fence or wall, the con- 1 troversy shall be determined by the superintendent of build- j ings of the borough in which the fence or wall may be situated. §215. Enforcemient. The superintendent of buildings in each borough may, in order to effect the purposes ot this article, notify in writing any owner of any requirement; ; under any provision thereof. Any person who shall fail, to proceed, within 10 days, in accordance with such notice, or* to comply therewith, within such reasonable time thereafter- as shall be allowed or permitted by the superintendent of; buildings, shall be liable to a penalty of not less than $10,., nor more than $50, and, in addition, he shall be liable to a i further penalty of $1 for each and every day that his default; shall continue, after due notice thereof, 52’ Article 12 Excavations and Foundations (In Effect September 22, 1915) Section 230. 231. 232. 233. 234. 235. 236. 237. Excavations. Soil, bearing capacity. Foundations, generally. Footings. Foundation piers and caissons. Pile foundations. Foundation walls. Retaining walls. §230. Excavations. 1. Safeguarding generally, Un- 230 til provision for permanent support has been made, all ex- cavations shall be properly guarded and protected so as to prevent the same from becoming dangerous to life or limb and shall be sheet-piled, braced or shored, where necessary to prevent the adjoining earth from caving in, by the per- son causing the excavation to be made. 2. When retaining wall required. When an excavation is made on any lot, and provision for the support of adjoin- ing earth is not otherwise made in accordance with law, the person making such excavation or causing it to be made shall, at his own cost and expense, except as may be provided in article 11 of this chapter or as hereinafter provided in this section, build a retaining wall to support the adjoining earth; and such retaining wall shall be carried to the height of the adjoining earth, and be properly protected by coping. 3. Support of neighboring walls, a. When excavation exceeds ten feet. Whenever an excavation is intended to be, or shall be carried to the depth of more than ten feet below the curb, the person causing such excavation to be made shall at all times, if afforded the necessary license to enter upon the adjoining land, and not otherwise, at his own expense, preserve and protect from injury any wall, building or struc- ture, the safety of which may be affected by said excavation, and support the same by proper foundations, whether the said wall, building or structure is down more or less than ten feet below the curb. If the necessary license is not ac- corded to the person making such excavation, then it shall be the duty of the owner refusing to grant such license to make such wall, building or structure safe, and to support the same by proper foundations ; and, when necessary for that purpose, such owner shall be permitted to enter upon the premises where such excavation is to be made. b. When excavation does not exceed ten feet. If such excavation is not intended to be, or shall not be, carried to 53 231 a depth of more than 10 feet below the curb, the owner of any wall, building or structure, the safety of which may be affected by said excavation, shall preserve and protect the same from injury, and support the same by proper foun- dation ; and, when necessary for that purpose, shall be per- mitted to enter upon the premises where such excavation is to be made. In case such wall, building or structure, how- ever, is so located that the curb to which it is properly re- ferred is at a higher level than the curb to which the excava- tion is referred, such part of any necessary underpinning or foundation as may be due to the difference in curb levels shall be made and maintained at the joint expense of the person causing the excavation to be made and the owner of such wall, building or structure. 4. Support of party wall. In case an adjoining party wall is intended to be used by the person causing the excava- tion to be made, and such party wall is in good condition and sufficient for the uses of the existing and proposed build- ings, the person causing the excavation to be made shall, ’ at his own expense, preserve such party wall from injury and ^ support the same by proper foundations, so that said party wall shall be and remain practically as safe as before the ex- ; cavation was commenced. 5. Superintendent of buildings may act. If the person tj whose duty it shall be under the provisions of this chapter to properly guard and protect an excavation, or to prevent ^ adjoining earth from caving in, or to preserve or protect any wall, building or structure from injury, shall neglect or fail so to do after having had a notice of 24 hours from the superintendent of buildings, such superintendent may enter i upon the premises and employ such labor, and furnish such i materials and take such steps as, in his judgment, may be | necessary to prevent adjoining earth from caving in or to < make such wall, building or structure safe and secure, or i to prevent the same from becoming unsafe or dangerous, ■ at the expense of the person whose duty it is to keep the ' same safe and secure. The City of New York or any per- son doing the said work, or any part thereof, under and by direction of a superintendent of buildings, may bring and maintain an action against the person last herein referred to, to recover the value of the work done and materials furnished, in and about the said premises, in the same manner as if he had been employed to do the work by the said person. §231. Soil, bearing capacity. 1. Indicative statement required. Applications for permits for new buildings, and when necessary, for alterations to existing buildings, shall 54 contain a statement of the character of the soil at the level of the footings. 2. Presumptive capacities. In the absence of a satisfac- tory test of the sustaining power of the soil, different soils, excluding mud, shall be deemed to safely sustain the follov/- ing loads to the superficial foot, namely: Soft clay 1 ton Wet sand 2 tons Firm clay 2 tons Sand and clay, mixed or in layers 2 tons Fine and dry sand 3 tons Hard dry clay 4 tons Coarse sand 4 tons Gravel 6 tons Soft rock 8 tons Hard pan 10 tons Medium rock 15 tons Hard rock 40 tons In case the soil under the footings of any one building is partly rock and partly yielding soil, the bearing capacity of the yielding soil shall be taken at not more than one-half of the capacity otherwise allowed. i 3. Soil tests. When a doubt arises as to the safe sus- taining power of the soil upon which a building is to be erected, the superintendent of buildings may order borings to be made, or he may direct the sustaining power of the soil to be tested in accordance with the methods established by the rules of the superintendent of buildings, by and at the expense of the owner of the proposed building. Where a test is made of the sustaining power of the soil, the super- intendent of buildings shall be notified so that he may be present in person or by representative. The record of the 'test shall be filed in the bureau of buildings. §232. Foundations, generally. l. General require- ments. Every building, except buildings erected upon solid 232 rock or upon wharves or piers on the water front, shall have foundations of brick, or other approved masonry, iron or steel, laid not less than four feet below the surface of the earth, on the solid ground or level surface of rock, or upon piles or ranging timbers when solid earth or rock is not found. 2. Protection of metal work. Where metal is incorpo- rated in or forms part of a foundation, it shall be thor- oughly protected from rust by paint, asphaltum, concrete, pr by such materials and in such manner as may be ap- proved by the superintendent of buildings. 55 I 233 234 235 §233. Footings. 1. Materials. The footings oi foundation walls shall consist of footing stones, concrete, reinforced concrete construction or steel grillages. Wood footings may be used if they are entirely below the per- manent water level. 2. Footing stones. Footing stones shall not be less than 2 by 3 feet, they shall not be less than 8 inches in thickness for walls, nor less than 10 inches in thickness under piers, columns or posts. Footing stones shall be well bedded and laid crosswise, edge to edge. 3. Concrete footings. Concrete footings shall be not less than 12 inches thick, except that for frame buildings the thickness may be not less than 8 inches. 4. Steel grillages. When grillage beams, resting on a proper concrete bed, are used, they shall be provided with separators and bolts and shall be inclosed and filled solid between with concrete. 5. Pressure under footings. For the loads exerting pres- sure under the footings of foundations the full dead loads and the figured live loads on the lowest tier of columns, piers or walls shall be taken. For this purpose the reduced, live loads permitted by subdivision 7 of § 53 of this chapter may be used. 6. Design. Footings shall be so designed that the loads they sustain per unit of area shall be as nearly uni-: form as possible and within the bearing capacities of soils established by this article, and that the stresses in the mate- rials shall not exceed those fixed by this chapter. In propor- tioning the areas of footings for any building the dead* loads alone shall be considered, provided, however, that in| no case shall the pressure under the footings, as determined^ in subdivision 5 of this section, exceed the safe load on the< soil established by this article. c' §234. Foundation piers and caissons. The founda-^ tions of any building may be carried down to rock or hard' pan by isolated piers of approved masonry or reinforced con- crete, or by open or pneumatic caissons, so designed that the working stresses in the materials and the loads on the rock or hard pan do not exceed those established by this chapter. §235. Pile foundations. 1. General requirements. Piles intended to sustain a wall or building, or any part thereof, shall be driven to a solid bearing, if practicable to do so, and the method of driving shall be such as not to im- pair their strength. No pile or group of piles shall be loaded eccentrically. Any type of pile construction not provided for in this section shall meet such requirements as may be prescribed by the rules of the superintendent of buildings. 56 2. Wood piles, a. Quality and size. Wood piles shall be of approved timber, sound and straight. The diameter at the point shall be not less than 6 inches. The diameter at the butt shall be not less than 10 inches for piles not over 25 feet in length, and not less than 12 inches at the butt for piles of greater length. b. Allowable loads. The safe sustaining power of any wood pile in tons shall be taken as twice the weight of the hammer in tons multiplied by the height of the fall in feet, divided by the average penetration of the pile in inches under the last five blows, plus one, when a drop hammer is used for driving, and as twice the weight of the hammer in tons multiplied by the height of the fall in feet, divided by the average penetration in inches under the last five blows, plus one-tenth, when a steam hammer is used for driving, provided that the driving has reached such a point when successive blows produce approximately equal penetra- tion. No wood pile, however, shall be weighted with a load exceeding 20 tons. c. Construction. The distance between wood piles shall be not more than thirty-six nor less than twenty inches on centers. The tops of wood piles shall be cut off below the permanent water level. When ranging and capping tim- bers are laid on piles for foundations, they shall be of hard wood not less than six inches thick and properly joined together, and their tops laid below the permanent water level. d. Meadow land construction. When wood piles are used under frame buildings built over the water or on salt meadow land, they may project above the water a sufficient height to raise the building above high tide, and the building may be placed directly thereon without other foundation. 3. Concrete piles, a. Concrete filled steel tubes. For piles consisting of steel tubes filled with concrete, the tubes shall have a diameter of 9 inches or more and a thickness of not less than 5-16 of an inch. The ends of each tube shall be faced perpendicular to its axis. Splices shall be of an approved design and not more than one splice shall be used in the total length of the pile. The length of any such pile shall not exceed forty times the inside diameter of the tube. Such piles shall be driven to a full bearing on rock. The allowable load on any such pile shall not exceed 500 lbs. per square inch on the concrete and 7,500 lbs. per square inch on the steel, provided that in computing the effective area of the steel the outer 1-16 inch of thickness shall be de- ducted from the thickness of the tube. No interior steel rein- forcement shall be used. 57 b. Piles moulded before driving. Concrete piles moulded and cured before driving shall not be provided with more than 4 per cent, of longitudinal reinforcement. The diame- ter or lateral dimension of such a pile shall be not less than 8 inches at the foot and shall not average less than 12 inches in the length of the pile. The length shall not exceed twen- ty times the average diameter when the pile is driven to rock nor forty times the average diameter in any case. When driven to rock the allowable load on any such pile shall not exceed 500 lbs. per square inch on the concrete at the aver- age cross-section and 6,000 lbs. per square inch on the longitudinal reinforcement. If driven to rock, the foot shall be provided with a metal shoe. c. Piles moulded in place. Concrete piles cast in place shall be so made and placed as to insure the exclusion of any foreign matter, and to secure a perfect full-sized shaft. The average diameter of any such pile in place shall not be less than 11 inches and the diameter of the foot shall be not less than 6 inches. The length shall not exceed thirty times the average diameter. The allowable load shall not exceed 350 lbs. per square inch on the concrete. d. Allowable loads. When concrete piles are not driven to rock they shall be treated as friction piles and their carry- ing capacities shall be determined by test in accordance with rules established by the superintendent of buildings; but the stresses herein given for the materials composing them shall not be exceeded in any case. e. Concrete. The concrete for concrete piles shall be mixed in the proportion of 1 part Portland cement to not more than 2 parts of clean, coarse sand, and 4 parts of broken stone or gravel of a size passing through a 1-inch ring, with sufficient water to produce a plastic or viscous consistency. 4. Tests. When any doubt exists as to the safe sustain- ing power of piles upon which a building or structure is to be supported, the superintendent of buildings may order a test of the same to be made at the expense of the owner of the proposed building or structure or the person causing the piles to be driven. The record of every such test shall be filed in the bureau of buildings. 230 §236. Foundation walls. 1. Definition. Foundation walls shall be construed to include all walls and piers built below the curb level or the nearest tier of beams to the curb, which serve as supports for walls, piers, columns, or other structural parts of a building or structure. 2. Materials. Foundation walls shall be built of approved masonry, reinforced concrete or steel protected by masonry. All masonry foundation walls shall be laid in cement mortar. 58 3. Thickness. If built of rubble stone, foundation walls shall be at least 8 inches thicker than the walls next above them, but not less than 18 inches in any case. If built of brick, concrete or hollow building blocks, they shall be at least 4 inches thicker than the walls next above them, but not less than 12 inches thick in any case. For each additional 10 feet, or part thereof, below the depth of 12 feet below the curb level, the thickness shall be increased 4 inches. 4. Brick. When brickwork in foundation walls is stepped up from the footings, the offsets, if laid in single courses, shall not exceed lYi inches, or if laid in double courses, shall not exceed 3 inches. 5. Stone. Rubble stone masonry, unless built in dressed, level courses, shall not be used for buildings exceeding 75 feet in height. 6. Hollow building blocks. Foundation walls of hollow blocks may be used only when the upper walls are of frame or hollow building block construction. The hollow spaces in the blocks shall be filled, as the construction progresses, with concrete of not less than 1 part of cement to 9 parts of aggregate. §237. Retaining walls. All walls built to retain or support adjoining earth or rock, including foundation walls subjected to pressure from adjoining earth or rock, shall be constructed of approved masonry or reinforced concrete and so designed that in resisting the pressures to which they are subjected, including any water pressure that may exist, the working stresses of the materials shall not be exceeded, the soil shall not be overloaded and the stability of the wall shall be insured. Article 13 Masonry Construction (In Effect October 6, 1915) Section 250. Definitions. 251. Construction. 252. Brick masonry. 253. Stone masonry. 254. Hollow building block masonry. 255. Ashlar. 256. Mortar. 257. Wall thicknesses. 258. Existing walls. 259. Parapet walls. 260. Hollow walls. 261. Recesses and chases. 262. Miscellaneous requirements. 263. Masonry arches. 237 59 250 §250. Definitions. For the purposes of this chapter: a. Approved masonry means masonry constructed in ac- cordance with the requirements of this article, of the mate- rials specified therein ; b. Bearing wall means any wall which carries any load other than its own weight ; c. Height, as applied to a wall, means the vertical dis- tance to the top measured from the foundation wall, or from a girder or other immediate support of such wall. 251 §251. Construction. 1. Materials. Approved masonry shall be constructed of brick, stone, concrete, or hollow build- ing blocks, or a combination of these materials as provided in this article. It shall be properly and solidly bonded with joints filled with mortar. 2. Protection against freezing. No masonry shall be built when the temperature is below 28 degrees F. on a rising temperature or 32 on a falling temperature at the point where the work is in progress. No frozen materials shall be. built upon. 3. Wetting brick. All brick shall be thoroughly wet just previous to being laid, except in freezing weather, when ' they shall be thoroughly dry. ' 4. Erection of walls and piers. Masonry walls and piers ^ shall be built to a line and carried up plumb. In each story j the walls shall be carried up full thickness to the top of the? beams above. No wall of any building shall be built up more than two stories in advance of any other portions of the ■ walls of the building, provided that where walls are carried . independently by girders at each floor this provision shall not ; apply. All walls that meet or intersect shall be bonded or an- . chored to each other in an approved manner. Any pier • having less than four square feet of cross section when \ located at an intersection with a wall shall be bonded into i and built as part of that wall. ^ 5. Piers. Every pier supporting a girder, arch, column f or a lintel spanning an opening over 10 feet, upon which a wall rests, shall be built of approved masonry. Every such pier having a height of more than ten times its least dimen- sion, and every isolated pier built of brick or hollow build- ing blocks, having less than 9 square feet of cross section shall, at vertical intervals of not more than 30 inches, have built into it bond stones not less than 4 inches thick, or ap- proved perforated steel or cast iron plates of the full size of the pier. Isolated piers shall not exceed in height ten times their least dimension. 6. Arches and lintels. Door and window openings in . walls shall be spanned by arches, or lintels having a bearing; 60 at each end o£ not less than 5 inches. In walls of non-fire- proof buildings, when the thickness of the lintel is less than the thickness of the wall to be supported, a timber lintel may be placed on the inside of the wall resting at each end not more than 2 inches on the wall, and chamfered or cut to serve as centre for a rowlock or keyed arch. When the opening is more than 6 feet in width, templates shall be provided under the ends of lintels resting on the walls, un- less the pressure under the lintel does not cause a working stress in the masonry greater than specified in article 3 of this chapter. 7. Timber in walls. No timber, except lintels, provided for in subdivision 6 of this section, and nailing blocks not over 8 inches in length, shall be placed in any masonry wall. 8. Bracing during construction. The walls and beams of every building during erection or alteration shall be strongly braced from the beams of each story, and when required shall also be braced from the outside until the building is enclosed. §252. Brick masonry. Except when laid in flemish 252 I bond or faced with running bond, every sixth course in brick walls shall be a heading course. When running bond I is used, every sixth course shall be bonded into the backing I by cutting the course of the face brick and putting in diagonal headers behind the same, or by splitting the face brick in half and backing the same with a continuous row of headers. Where face brick is used of a different thickness from the brick used for backing, the courses of the face brick and backing shall be brought to a level at intervals of not more than six courses in height of the backing, and the face brick shall be properly tied to the backing by a full heading course of the face brick or other approved method. Face brick shall be laid at the same time as the backing, and shall in no case be laid after the backing is in place. §253. Stone masonry. l. Workmanship. No stone 253 shall be laid in a wall in any other position than on its natural bed. Stones shall be firmly bedded in cement mortar and all spaces and joints thoroughly filled. No stone shall be used that does not bond or extend into the wall at least 6 inches. All headers shall be at least 12 inches in width and 8 inches in thickness, and consist of good flat stones. 2. Bond. All stone walls 24 inches or less in thickness shall have at least one header extending through the wall in [every 3 feet in height from the bottom of the wall, and in ievery 3 feet in length, and if over 24 inches in thickness, ijshall have one header for every 6 superficial feet on both fisides of the wall, laid on top of each other to bond together, ('and running into the wall at least 2 feet. 61 254 255 256 3. Limitation. Rubble stone walls, except for foundations, shall not be used in buildings over 60 feet high. §254. Hollow building block masonry. 1. Construc- tion. Where walls of hollow building blocks are decreased in thickness, the blocks in the top course of the thicker wall shall be filled solidly with concrete or covered with slabs of hard burned terra cotta or concrete at least 1 inch in thick- ness. Terra cotta or concrete templates of approved size and thickness shall be placed under all floor beams and gir- ders to properly distribute the loads. 2. Veneering. Hollow building blocks of terra cotta used in exterior walls shall be extra hard burned or veneered with brick, architectural terra cotta, or stone, or covered on the exposed surface with at least three-quarters of an inch of Portland cement stucco. When walls of hollow building blocks are veneered with brick, the facing shall be bonded to the backing with headers every sixth course of the brick- work. 3. Limitation. Walls of hollow building blocks shall not be used in buildings over forty feet in height, except that in buildings of skeleton construction terra cotta blocks with shells and webs not less than one inch thick, faced with at least four inches of brickwork properly bonded as specified in this section, may be used. §255. Ashlar. Stone, architectural terra cotta or other approved material, used for the facing of any wall and known as ashlar, shall be not less than 4 inches thick. Such ashlar shall be anchored to the wall in an approved manner. Within the fire limits ashlar shall not be used in any wall the total thickness of which is less than 12 inches. §256. Mortar. In the following masonry construction no mortar other than cement mortar shall be used : a. Foundation walls and footings; b. Rubble stone walls; c. Hollow building block construction ; d. Walls faced with ashlar; e. Isolated piers ; f. Curtain walls ; g. Exterior walls of skeleton structures; h. Parapet walls; i. Chimneys above roofs; j. Linings of existing walls. OK7 §257. Wall thicknesses. 1. Application. a. The * thickness of masonry walls shall in all cases, irrespective of any other requirements of this section, be suflicient to keep the stresses in the masonry within the working stresses pre- scribed by this chapter, 62 b. The heights herein specified, unless otherwise clearly indicated, are the heights of walls as defined in §250. c. In all cases the wall thicknesses herein specified shall be applied to the nearest tier of beams to the height specified. d. Nothing in this section shall prevent the use in any wall of the same amount of material in piers and buttresses as is required for the thicknesses herein prescribed. e. The unsupported height of any wall or part thereof shall not exceed twenty times the thickness of such unsup- ported part, unless reinforced by adequate cross-walls, but- tresses or columns. 2. Residence buildings. Except as hereinafter provided, the thicknesses of masonry walls of residence buildings here- after erected shall be not less than the following : a. When over 75 feet in height, 12 inches for the upper- most 25 feet, 16 inches for the next lower 35 feet, 20 inches for the next lower 40 feet, with a 4-inch increase for each additional lower section of 40 feet; b. When not over 75 feet in height, 12 inches for the uppermost 55 feet, and 16 inches below that. 3. Public and business buildings. Except as hereinafter provided, the thickness of masonry walls of public and busi- ness buildings hereafter erected shall be not less than the following : a. When over 75 feet in height, 16 inches for the upper- most 25 feet, 20 inches for the next lower 35 feet, 24 inches for the next lower 40 feet, and increasing 4 inches for each additional lower section of 40 feet; b. When over 60 feet and not over 75 feet in height, 16 inches for the uppermost 50 feet, and 20 inches below that ; c. When over 40 feet and not over 60 feet in height, 12 inches for the uppermost 20 feet, and 16 inches below that ; d. When not over 40 feet in height, 12 inches throughout. 4. Increased thickness, when required, a. Every bearing wall with face brick bonded with clip courses or ties, and every bearing wall faced with ashlar shall have a total thick- ness of at least 4 inches more than otherwise required unless the ashlar is at least 8 inches thick in every alternate course iand bonded to the wall. ^ b. Every wall built of rubble stone shall have a thickness at least 4 inches more than required by subdivisions 2 and 3 of this section, but no such stone wall shall be less than 18 inches thick. c. When the clear span between bearing walls is over 26 feet, such walls shall be increased 4 inches in thickness for every 12^ feet or part thereof that said span is over 26 feet. 63 d. All walls over 105 feet long between cross-walls or proper piers or buttresses, shall be increased in thickness over the minimum requirement at least 4 inches for every 105 feet, or part thereof, over 105 feet in length. e. If the horizontal section through a bearing wall shows more than thirty per cent, area of flues and openings, such part of the wall where the excessive openings exist shall be increased four inches in thickness over minimum requirements for every fifteen per cent, or fraction thereof, of flue or open- ing area in excess of thirty per cent., provided that if such wall be laid up in Portland cement mortar the increase in thickness shall be required only when the area of flues and openings exceeds forty-five per cent.; or, instead of increas- ing such wall in thickness, adequate piers or buttresses shall be provided. f. In case any wall is increased in thickness in accord- ance with one of the requirements of this subdivision, it will not be necessary to further increase the thickness to meet another requirement of this subdivision, unless, in the judg- ment of the superintendent of buildings, the safety of the wall demands it. • 5. One-story buildings. In one-story buildings the walls may be 8 inches thick, provided that no such wall exceeds , 50 feet in length between cross-walls or adequate buttresses, j 6 . Small residence buildings. In any residence building ^ outside the fire limits and in any residence building not more ' than twenty feet in width within the fire limits, bearing walls of brick may be eight inches in thickness, provided such : buildings are not more than forty feet in height and that ! the eight-inch walls do not exceed fifty feet in length between ^ cross-walls or adequate buttresses, except that when the walls i are not pierced by openings of any kind such length may be I sixty feet. 1 7. Residence buildings outside the fire limits. Outside the ] fire limits the thicknesses of walls of hollow building blocks ‘ shall be not less than 8 inches for the uppermost 20 feet, 10 inches for the next lower 10 feet, and 12 inches for the next lower 10 feet. 8. Non-bearing walls. The thicknesses of non-bearing ' walls of residence buildings, or of public and business build- ^ ings, may be 4 inches less than those specified, respectively, j in subdivisions 2 and 3 of this section for walls of corres- 1 ponding height, provided that no such wall shall be less than | 12 inches thick nor extend for more than 55 feet in height without any increase of thickness. i 9. Curtain walls. Non-bearing walls built between piersi or metal columns shall be not less than 12 inches thick fori 64 the uppermost 60 feet of height, increasing 4 inches in thick- ness for each next lower section of 60 feet. 10. Walls of skeleton structures. Masonr}^ walls sup- ported at each story by girders may be 12 inches thick for the entire height of the building. 11. Interior walls. a. In residence buildings, interior walls of brick or concrete, whether bearing or non-bearing walls, may be 8 inches thick for the uppermost 55 feet and 12 inches for the next lower 20 feet, provided that no such wall shall exceed 75 feet in height nor 30 feet in length be- tween cross-walls or buttresses. b. Inte.rior walls over 75 feet in height may be reduced in thickness in such proportion to the number of cross-walls, piers or buttresses, and their nearness to each other, as may be deemed safe by the superintendent of buildings, provided, however, that such walls shall be not less than 12 inches thick at the top, and shall be gradually increased in thickness to the bottom. §258. Existing walls. 1. When use is permitted with- 258 out change. Walls heretofore built, whose thickness at the time of their erection was in accordance with the require- ments of the then existing laws, but which are not in accord- ance with the requirements of this chapter, may be used with- out change, if in good condition, in buildings hereafter erected or altered, provided the stresses in the masonry do not exceed the working stresses prescribed by this chapter and the height of such walls be not increased except in so far as may be necessary to make the height uniform. 2. Lining walls. In case it is desired to use and increase the height of any existing wall which is less in thickness than required by this chapter, such wall shall be reinforced by a ining of brickwork so that the combined thickness with the pld wall shall be not less than 4 inches more than the thick- less required for a new wall corresponding with the total leight of the wall when increased in height, provided that )Uch lining shall not be used to a greater height than forty :eet and that such wall shall not be increased to exceed ;eventy-five feet in height. Such lining shall be supported on )roper foundations, and shall be not less than eight inches in hickness, and thoroughly anchored to the old wall with .uitable anchors, placed two feet apart and properly fastened )r driven into the old wall in rows, alternating vertically ind horizontally with each other, the old wall being first tleaned of plaster or other coatings where any lining is to >e built against the same. No wall, however, shall be lined llinless in good condition and not until the approval of the uperintendent of buildings has been given. 65 259 §259. Parapet walls. All exterior and division orj party walls of masonry over 15 feet high, except in detached buildings with overhanging roofs, or where such walls are to be finished with cornices, gutters or crown mouldings, shall have parapet walls carried above the roof. For resi- dence buildings parapet walls shall be not less than eight inches thick and carried at least two feet above the roof, ex- cept that in party walls between buildings of the same height and not over forty feet in height, such parapet shall be not less than eight inches above the roof. For public and busi- ness buildings parapet walls shall be not less than twelve inches thick, and carried at least three feet above the roof. All parapet walls shall be coped with stone, terra 'cotta, con- crete or cast iron. 260 §260. Hollow walls. In all walls that are built hollowl the same amount of masonry shall be used in their construc- tion as if they were built solid, as in this chapter provided, and no hollow wall shall be built unless the parts of same are connected by proper ties, either of brick, stone or iron, placed not over 24 inches apart. < 261 §261. Recesses and chases. 1. Stairway and elevator^ recesses. Recesses for stairways or elevators may be left in the foundation walls of buildings, but in no case shall the! wall be of less thickness than the walls of the fourth story, un-^ less reinforced by additional piers with iron or steel girders,- or iron or steel columns and girders, securely anchored to^ walls on each side. 2. Alcoves. Recesses for alcoves and similar purposes shall have not less than 8 inches of brickwork at the back o^ such recesses, and such recesses shall be not more than ^ feet in width, and shall be arched over or spanned with iroi^ or steel lintels, and not carried up higher than 18 inches be-< low the bottom of the beams of the floor next above. 3. Pipe-chases. No chase for pipes or other purpose shall extend into any wall more than one-third of its thickness.' No horizontal chase in any wall shall exceed 4 feet in length. No chase shall be made within the required area of any pier. Chases shall not be cut in walls of hollow block construc- tion, but may be provided by properly formed l)iocks. Chases shall be filled up with solid masonry within the floor thick- ness at each story. 4. Limitations. The aggregate area of recesses and chases in any wall shall not exceed one-fourth of the whole! area of the face of the wall on any story. No recess shall be made within a distance of 6 feet from any other recess! in the same wall. | 262 Miscellaneous requirements. 1. Hollow brick. The inside 4 inches of walls may be built of hard-burnt 66 hollow brick, properly tied and bonded into the walls and of the dimensions of ordinary bricks. 2. Furring. Where hollow blocks of any kind are used as furring for walls, they shall not be included in the meas- urement of the thickness of such wails. •3. Fire stops. In all walls furred with wood, the brick- work between the ends of wood beams shall project the thick- ness of the furring beyond the inner face of the wall for the full depth of the beams. §263. Masonry arches. All masonry arches shall be OfiO capable of sustaining the weight and pressure which they are to carry, and the stress at any point shall not exceed the working stresses prescribed by this chapter. I'ie rods shall be used where necessary to resist the thrust. Article 14 I i Section 280. j 281. I 282. I 283. i 284. Wood Construction (In Effect March 30, 1915) Wood beams and girders. Wood columns and posts. Bolting. Stud partitions. Fire stops. I §280. Wood beams and girders. 1. Width of beams. ORft Mo wood floor or roof beam used in any building hereafter irected within the fire limits shall be less than three inches hick. 2. Supports. Every wood beam, except header and tad teams, shall have bearings of at least four inches. The inds of all such beams, where they rest on brick walls, shall >e cut to a level of three inches in their depth. In no case, ixcept in frame buildings, shall either end of a floor or roof -earn be supported on stud partitions. All wood trimmer, eader and tail beams over four feet in length, unless sup- orted on a wall or girder, shall be hung in approved metal tirrups or hangers. 3. Bridging. All wood floor and roof beams shall be roperly braced with cross bridging. The distance between ridging or between bridging and bearing shall not exceed ight feet. 4. Anchoring, a. Beams in walls. Each tier of beams lall be anchored to the walls at intervals of not more than ‘X feet with approved steel or wrought iron anchors. b. Beams on girders. The ends of wood beams resting pon girders shall be butted end to end and strapped by eel or wrought iron straps in the same beam as the wall 67 anchors, or they may lap each other at least 12 inches anc be well spiked or bolted together where lapped. c. Girders. Wood girders shall be anchored to the wall; and fastened to each other by suitable steel or wrought iror straps. d. Anchor strips. Each tier of wood beams running par allel to enclosing walls shall be anchored to such walls witi approved anchor strips, and similarly to every pier. 5. Fire prevention, a. Trimming around flues. All wood beams shall be trimmed away from all flues and chimneys The header and trimmer beams shall not be less than ^ inches from the outside face of the chimney. Any headei beam supporting a trimmer arch in front of a fireplace shall be not less than 20 inches from the face of the chimney breast. b. Separation in walls. Every wooden beam in any ma- sonry or fire wall shall be separated from any other beam in the wall by at least four inches of solid masonry. 281 §281. Wood columns and posts. All wood columns and posts shall be squared at the ends perpendicular to tlieiii axes, and cap and base plates shall be provided. Where the cap plate of a wood column or post supports a wood girderj any column above shall bear directly on the cap and shall not rest on the girder. Additional iron or steel cheek platesj shall be placed between the cap and base plates and bolted to the girders, when required to transmit the loads with safety. : 282 §282. Bolting, All bolts in wood construction shall be provided with washers of such proportions that the compres- sion on the wood at the face of the washer will not exceed; the working stresses prescribed in this chapter. ^ 283 , §283. Stud partitions. Stud partitions which rest! directly over each other and are not parallel with wood floor beams shall run down between the wood floor beams! and rest on the top plate of the partition below, and- shall have the studding filled in solid between the uprights to the depth of the floor beams with suitable incombustible materials. i 284 §284. Fire stops. 1. Studded-off spaces. Where walls are studded-off, the space between the inside face of the wall and the studding directly over such space shall be fire- stopped with fireproof material, for a depth of not less than 4 inches, securely supported ; or the beams directly over the studded-off space shall be deafened with not less than 4 inches of fireproof material. 2. Wainscoting. The surface of the wall or partition be- 1 hind wainscoting shall be plastered flush with the grounds and down to the floor line. I 68 Article 15 Iron and Steel Construction (In Effect March 30, 1915) Section 300. Cast iron columns. 301. Steel columns. 302. Column bases. 303. Lintels, beams and girders. 304. Framing and connecting. 305. Trusses. 306. Riveting. 307. Bolting. 308. Tie rods. 309. Templates. 310. Protection against corrosion. 311. Protection against fire. 312. Metal fronts. 313. Use of old materials. §300. Cast iron columns.. 1. Dimensions. Cast iron columns shall not have a smaller outside diameter or side than 5 inches, nor shall they have an unsupported length greater than that allowed by §52 of this chapter. 2. Thickness of metal. The thickness of metal shall be not less than one-twelfth the diameter or least dimension of cross section, but never less than three-fourths of an inch. When necessary, the thickness shall be increased near the end so that the core of a column below a joint shall not be larger than the core of the column above, in which case the metal may be tapered down for a distance of not less than 6 inches; or a joint plate may be inserted of suffic- ient strength to distribute the load. Wherever the core of a cast iron column has shifted more than one-fourth the thick- ness of the shell, the thickness of the metal all around shall be assumed equal to the thinnest part. 3. Workmanship, a. Joints. Cast iron columns shall be machine faced at the end to a true surface perpendicular to the axis. They shall be bolted together with at least four bolts, not less than three-quarters of an inch in diameter, passing through the flanges, the bolts being of sufficient [length to allow the nuts to be screwed up tightly; and as each column is placed in position, the bolts shall also be placed in position and the nuts shall be screwed up tightly. : b. Flanges. Where cast iron columns rest one on top ot [another, the top flange of the lower column shall project on all sides not less than three inches from the outer sur- faces of the column, and the shape and dimensions of the 300 60 301 bottom flange of the upper column shall be the same as those of the top flange of the lower column, except that when a column is placed on a lot line, the flanges on the side toward such lot line may be omitted, if not required for bolting. Flanges shall be at least one inch in thickness when finished, and reinforced by fillets and brackets when necessary. c. Bolt holes. All holes in cast iron columns shall be drilled. The diameter of the holes shall not exceed that of the bolts by more than one-sixteenth of an inch. 4. Limitation. Cast iron columns shall not be used in any case where the load is so eccentric as to cause tension in the cast iron. Nor shall they be used for such parts of the structural frame of buildings which are required to resist stresses due to wind. 5. Inspection. No cast iron column shall be set in place until it has passed an inspection satisfactory to the superin- tendent of buildings. Wherever blowholes or imperfections are found in a cast iron column which reduce the area of the cross section at that point more than 10 per cent, such col- umns shall be condemned. Cast iron columns not cast with one open side or back, shall have three-eighths inch holes drilled in the shaft, to exhibit the thickness of the castings, as may be required by the superintendent of buildings. Cas| iron columns shall not be painted before inspection. §301. Steel columns. 1. Length. No steel columns shall have an unsupported length greater than that allowed by § 52 of this chapter. 2. Design. No part of a steel column shall be less than one-quarter of an inch thick. No material, whether in the# body of the column or used as a lattice bar or stay platen shall be used of less thickness than one thirty-second of it? unsupported width, measured between centers of rivets trans{ versely, or one-sixteenth the distance between centers oi rivets in the direction of the stress. Stay plates are to have not less than 4 rivets, and are to be spaced so that the ratio of length to the least radius of gyration of the parts con- nected does not exceed 40, the distance between nearest rivets of two stay plates in this case being considered as length. In built-up columns the thickness of any outstanding member shall not be less than one-twelfth the width of the outstand- ing portion. 3. Joints. The ends of all columns shall be faced to a plane surface at right angles to the axis of the columns. Wherever practicable the connection between them shall be made with splice plates. When splice plates cannot be used a connection formed of plates and angles, designed to proper- ly distribute the stress, may be used. Where any part of 70 the section of a column projects beyond that of the column above or below, the difference shall be made up by filling plates secured to the column by the proper number of rivets. All column connections shall be riveted. §302. Column bases. Whenever necessary to properly 302 distribute the load, iron or steel shoes shall be used under the bottom tier of columns. Cast iron bases or shoes shall be not less than one inch thick in any part. If any side of the bed plate exceeds three feet in length, a reinforcing flange at least four inches high shall be provided around the outer edges. All cast iron bases or shoes shall be planed on top, and, when resting on steel girders, on both top and bottom. Bases or shoes of steel plates and shapes shall be designed to meet the requirements of § 301 of this chapter. Nothing in this section shall prevent iron or steel bases being made as a part of the columns. §303. Lintels, beams and girders. 1 . Cast iron lin~ 3 Q 3 I tels. Cast iron lintels shall not be less than three-quarters of an inch in thickness at any point, and shall not be used 1 for spans exceeding six feet. 2 . Double beams as girders. When rolled steel beams are used in pairs to form a girder, they sifall be connected to- gether by separators at intervals of not more than 5 feet. All beams 12 inches and over in depth shall have at least 2 bolts to each separator. 3. Riveted girders. The thickness of the web in riveted girders shall be not less than one-one hundred and twentieth of the distance between flange angles, and in no case less than one-quarter of an inch. If the unsupported depth of the web plate exceds 60 times its thickness, stiffeners shall be used at intervals not exceeding 120 times the thickness of the web. Stiffeners of sufficient strength shall also be pro- vided over supports and under concentrated loads. i 4. Lateral bracing. The compression flanges of steel I beams and girders shall be secured against buckling, if the dength exceeds twenty times their width unless the working 1 stresses in such flanges are proportioned to the ratio of length to width as provided for steel columns in § 52 of this chapter. §304. Framing and connecting. All columns, beams, 304 trusses and all other iron or steel work shall be suitably 1 framed and connected together and to the walls. All beams 'framed into and supported by other beams or girders shall be connected thereto by angles or knees of a proper size and thickness with sufficient bolts or rivets to transmit the en- tire load, or by seats of sufficient strength and the necessary 71 angles or knees to hold the beam in place. Beams resting on girders shall be securely riveted or bolted to the same. §305. Trusses. 1. General design. Trusses shall be of such design that the stresses in each member can be cal- culated. 2. Lateral bracing. All trusses shall be held rigidly in posi- tion by efficient systems of lateral or sway bracing. 3. Tension members. For tension members, the actual net area only, after deducting rivet holes one-eighth inch larger than rivets, shall be considered as resisting the stress. 4. Compression members. Compression members in pin- connected trusses shall be designed so that the stresses shall not exceed 75 per cent, of the permissible working stresses for columns. 5. Eye bars. The heads of all eye bars shall be made by upsetting or forging. No weld will be allowed in the body, of the bar. Steel eye bars shall be annealed. Bars shall be straight before boring. Eyes and screw ends shall be so' proportioned that upon test to destruction, fracture will take! place in the body of the member. ♦ 6. Pins. All pins shall be accurately turned. All pin- holes shall be bored true and at right angles to the axis of! the members, and must fit the pins within one-thirty-second* of an inch. §306. Riveting. 1. When required. All component, parts of built-up columns, girders and trusses, including any, splices in the same, shall be riveted. ; 2. Spacing of rivets. The pitch of rivets shall never bej less than three diameters of the rivet, nor more than 6 inches.. In the direction of the stress it shall not exceed 16 times thei least thickness of the outside member. At right angles to the] stress it shall not exceed 32 times the least thickness of thef outside member. 1 3. Distance from edge. The distance from centre of a rivet hole to the edge of the material shall not be less than : ^ of an inch for j4-inch rivets; 1 inch for 54-inch rivets ; 1% inches for 54“inch rivets; 1^4 inches for ^-inch rivets; 1^ inches for 1-inch rivets. 4. Length. The lengths of rivets, between heads, shall not exceed five times the diameters. 5. Driving. All shop rivets, wherever practicable, shall be machine driven. Rivets shall fill the holes completely. Rivet heads shall be hemispherical and concentric with the axis of the rivet. 72 §307. Bolting. 1 . When permitted. Where riveting 307 is not required by the provisions of this chapter connections may be effected by bolts, of mild steel, with United States standard threads. The threads shall be full and clean, the nut shall be truly concentric with the bolt, and the thread shall be of sufficient length to allow the nut to be screwed up tightly. 2 . Suspenders. When the bolts are used for suspenders, the working stress shall be reduced to 9,000 pounds per square inch of net area, and the load shall be transmitted into the head or nut by suitable washers. §308. Tie rods. Whenever tie rods may be required by 308 the provisions of this chapter in connection with iron ana steel construction they shall be at least three-fourths of an inch in diameter. Holes for tie rods in floor arches shall be placed as near the thrust of the arch as practicable. The distance between tie rods in floors or roofs shall not exceed 8 times the depth of the beams nor 8 feet in any case. §309. Templates. When any lintel, beam, girder or 3 Q 9 truss is supported at either end by a wall or pier, it shall be properly anchored thereto and shall rest upon a template or shoe of cast iron, steel or stone of such design and dimen- sions as to safely distribute its load on the masonry, except that when beams, not exteeding 6 inches in depth, are placed not more than 30 inches on centres, no templates shall be required. §310. Protection against corrosion. 1. Painting. All o-irj structural iron and steel work shall be cleaned of all scale, dirt and rust and be thoroughly coated with one coat of paint before erection, except that cast iron columns shall not be painted until after inspection. Where surfaces in riveted work come in contact, they shall be painted before assembling. After erection all work shall be painted at least one addi- tional coat of a different shade than the first. 2. Subaqueous work. All iron or steel used under water shall be encased in concrete. §311. Protection against fire. Any iron or steel con- q-i i struction hereafter placed in any building to suuport a wall or part thereof or a sidewalk, shall be protected with not less than two inches of fireproof material securely applied, except that in non-fireproof buildings such protection shall not be required for columns immediately above the sidewalk level supporting walls fronting on streets. §312. Metal fronts. Metal fronts or facias hereafter 312 erected on the exterior of buildings over one-story high shall be backed up or filled in with masonry not less than 8 inches thick. 73 313 §313. Use of old materials. Nothing in this article shall prevent the use of old steel or wrought iron shapes, provided that the working stresses used do not exceed three- fourths of those specified in this chapter for steel, and that the provisions of this article are otherwise complied with. Article 16 Reinforced Concrete Construction (In Effect October 6, 1915) Section 330. Definitions. 331. Application. 332. Concrete. 333. Reinforcement. 334. Working stresses. 335 Slabs and beams. 336. Use of fillers in floor construction 337. Columns. 338. Walls. 339. Protection of reinforcement. 340. Load tests. 341. Rules. 330 § 330 . Definitions. For the purposes of this article: ! a. Reinforced concrete means any construction in accord- ] ance with the provisions of this article, of approved concrete • in which steel is imbedded in such a manner as to increase its 1 strength ; s b. The span of beams and slabs means the distance from f centre to centre of supports, but not necessarily exceeding | the clear span plus the depth of beam or slab, provided that V brackets shall not be considered as reducing the clear span ; 1l c. The length of columns means the maximum unsup- ported length ; | d. The effective area of a concrete column with lateral! reinforcement means the area of concrete within the Hoops] or bands. I 331 332 § 331 . Application. Reinforced concrete may be used for all types of construction, provided the material and de-] sign conform to the requirements of this article and sucli rules as may be adopted by the superintendent of buildings to secure safety in construction and uniformity in practice § 332 . Concrete. 1. Mixture. The concrete for rein- forced concrete structures shall consist of a wet mixture of one part of Portland cement to not more than six parts of aggregate, fine and coarse, either in the proportion of one j 74 part of cement, two parts of fine aggregate and four parts of coarse aggregate, or in such proportion that the resistance of the concrete to crushing shall not be less than two thou- sand pounds per square inch after hardening for twenty-eight days. 2. Aggregate, a — Fine. Fine aggregate shall consist of sand, crushed stone or gravel screenings, passing when dry a screen having one-quarter-inch diameter holes, and not more than six per cent, passing a sieve having one hundred meshes per lineal inch, and of such quality that mortars com- posed of one part Portland cement and three parts fine ag- gregate by weight when made into briquettes will show a tensile strength of at least two hundred and forty pounds per square inch at twenty-eight days. b — Coarse. Coarse aggregate shall consist of crushed stone or gravel which is retained on a screen having one-quarter- inch diameter holes and graded in size from small to large particles. The maximum size shall be such that all the ag- gregate will pass through a one-and-one-quarter-inch diame- ter ring. All aggregate shall be clean, hard, durable, and free from deleterious material. §333. Reinforcement. The steel reinforcement shall 333 conform to such requirements as may be adopted by the superintendent of buildings, or, in the absence of such re- quirements, to the standard specifications of the American Society for Testing Materials for steel reinforcement bars. Nothing herein contained shall prevent the use of steel wire or fabric for the reinforcement of slabs, for lateral rein- forcement of columns, or for resistance to shrinkage and temperature stresses. §334. Working stresses. Reinforced concrete struc- OQJ. tures shall be so designed that the stresses in pounds per square inch shall not exceed the following: Extreme fibre stress on concrete in compression . . . 650 Concrete in direct compression 500 Shearing stress in concrete when all diagonal tension is resisted by steel 150 Shearing stress in concrete when diagonal tension is not resisted by steel 40 Bond stress between concrete and plain reinforcement 80 Bond stress between concrete and approved deformed bars 100 Tensile stress in steel reinforcement 16,000 Tensile stress in cold drawn steel wire or fabric, 35 per cent, of the elastic limit but not more than 20,000 75 In continuous beams the extreme fibre stress on concrete in compression may be increased fifteen per cent, adjacent to supports. The ratio of the moduli of elasticity of 1 : 2 : 4 stone or gravel concrete and steel shall be taken as one to fifteen. The ratio of the moduli of elasticity of 1 : 1}4 : 3 stone or gravel concrete and steel shall be taken as one to twelve. 335 §335. Slabs and beams. 1. Thickness. Slabs shall not be less than four inches in thickness for floors and three and one-half inches for roofs. 2. Tee-beams. Where adequate bond between slab and web of beam is provided, the slab may be considered as an integral part of the beam provided its effective width shall not exceed on either side of the beam one-sixth of the span length of the beam nor be greater than six times the thick- ness of the slab on either side of the beam, the measure- ments being taken from edge of web. 3. Placing of reinforcement. All reinforcement shall be accurately located and secured against displacement. The reinforcement for slabs shall not be spaced farther apart than two and one-half times the thickness of the slab. 336 337 4. Web reinforcement. Members of web reinforcement shall be so designed as to adequately take up throughout their length all stresses not taken up by the concrete. They shall not be spaced to exceed three- fourths of the depth of the beam in that portion where the web stresses exceed the allowable value of concrete in shear. Web reinforcement, unless rigidly attached, shall be placed at right angles to the axis of the beam and carried around the tension members. §336. Use of fillers in floor construction. When hol- low tile, concrete blocks or other acceptable fillers are used in any reinforced concrete floor construction, the reinforced con- crete members of such floor construction shall be designed in accordance with the provisions of this article to take the entire loads, provided, however, that when the fillers do not exceed sixty per cent, of the construction, not more than two and one-half inches of concrete shall be required over the fillers. §337. Columns. 1. With longitudinal reinforcement only. In concrete columns, having not less than one-half nor more than four per cent, of vertical reinforcement secured against displacement by one-quarter-inch steel ties placed not farther apart than fifteen diameters of the vertical rods nor more than twelve inches, the allowable load shall be five hundred pounds per square inch on the concrete, plus seven thousand five hundred pounds on the vertical rein- forcement. i 76 2. With longitudinal and lateral reinforcement. In con- crete columns, having not less than one-half nor more than two per cent, of hoops or spirals spaced not farther apart than one-sixth of the diameter of the enclosed column nor more than three inches, and having not less than one nor more than four per cent, of vertical reinforcement, the al- lowable load shall be five hundred pounds per square inch on the effective area of the concrete, plus seven thousand five hundred pounds per square inch on the vertical reinforce- ment, plus a load per square inch on the effective area of the concrete equal to two times the percentage of lateral re- inforcement multiplied by the tensile stress in the lateral re- inforcement prescribed by § 334 of this article, the percentage of lateral reinforcement being the volume of the hoops or spirals divided by the volume of the enclosed concrete in a unit length of column. The hoops or spirals shall be rigidly secured to at least four verticals to insure uniform spacing. 3. Structural steel and concrete. In columns of struc- tural steel, thoroughly encased in concrete not less than four inches thick and reinforced with not less than one per cent of steel, the allowable load shall be sixteen thousand pounds per square inch on the structural steel, the percentage of reinfoi cement being the volume of the reinforcing steel di- vided by the volume of the concrete enclosed by the rein- forcing steel. Not more than one-half of the reinforcing steel shall be placed vertically. The reinforcing steel shall not be placed nearer than one inch to the structural steel or to the outer surface of the concrete. The ratio of length to least radius of gyration of structural steel section shall not exceed one hundred and twenty. 4. When richer concrete is used. In concrete columns the compression on the concrete may be increased twenty per cent, when the fine and coarse aggregates are carefully sel- ected and the proportion of cement to total aggregate is in- creased to one part of cement to not more than four and one-half parts of aggregate, fine and coarse, either in the proportion of one part of cement, one and one-half parts of fine aggregate and three parts of coarse aggregate, or in such proportion as will secure the maximum density. In such cases, however, the compressive stress in the vertical steel shall not exceed seven thousand two hundred pounds per square inch. 5. Eccentric loads. Bending stresses due to eccentric loads shall be provided for by increasing the section of con- crete or steel until the maximum stress shall not exceed the allowable working stress. 6. Length. In columns, the ratio of length to least side 77 or diameter shall not exceed fifteen, but in no case shall the least side or diameter be less than twelve inches. 338 §338. Walls. Enclosure walls of reinforced concrete shall be securely anchored at all floors. The thickness shall not be less than one-twenty-fifth of the unsupported height, but in no case less than eight inches. The steel reinforce- ment, running both horizontaally and vertically, shall be placed near both faces of the wall ; the total weight of such reinforcement shall be not less than one-half pound per square foot of wall. 339 §339. Protection of reinforcement. The reinforce- ment in columns and girders shall be protected by a minimum of two inches of concrete; in beams and walls by a minimum of one and one-half inches; in floor slabs by a minimum of one inch; and in footings by a minimum of four inches ol concrete. 340 §340. Load tests. The builder may be required to make load tests on any portion of a reinforced concrete structure within a reasonable time after erection. The tests shall be made under the direction of the superintendent of buildings, and shall show that the construction will sustain safely a load of one and three-quarters times the live load for which it was designed. 341 §341. Rules. The rules governing reinforced concrete in building construction, heretofore adopted by the superin- tendent of buildings, so far as they are consistent with the provisions of this article, shall remain effective until amended or repealed by the superintendent of buildings. Article 17 Fireproof Construction (In Effect October 6, 1915) Section 350. 351. 352. 353. 354. 355. 356. 357. 358. Walls. Iron and steel construction. Masonry. Reinforced concrete. Floors and roofs. Partitions. Interior finish. Exterior windows. Approvals. qcQ §350. Walls. The exterior walls or piers of fireproof buildings shall be approved masonry or reinforced concrete. 351 §351. Iron and steel construction. 1. General All metal structural members which support loads or resist 78 stresses, in fireproof buildings, shall be entirely encased in fireproofing material securely applied as hereinafter specified. 2. Columns, a. In exterior walls. Iron or steel colmuns placed within exterior walls or along the outer lines of a building shall be encased with approved masonry not less than eight inches thick on their outer and side surfaces, nor less than four inches thick on their inner surfaces. b. Interior. Iron and steel columns used in the interior of a building shall be encased on all sides with fireproofing materials not less than two inches thick. c. Lugs and brackets. The extreme outer edges of lugs, brackets or other supporting parts of columns shall not ex- tend nearer than one inch to the outer surface of the fire- proof casing. d. Protection to fireproofiing. Where the fireproofing of columns is exposed to damage from trucking or handling of merchandise, the superintendent of buildings may require such fireproofing to be jacketed for a height of three feet from the floor with a protective covering. 3. Beams and girders. Iron or steel beams and girders shall be entirely encased in fireproofing materials not less than two inches thick at any point when supporting a wall or part thereof or a sidewalk, and not less than one and one-half inches thick in any case. 4. Lintels, a. Iron or Steel. Iron or steel lintels over openings in walls shall be encased as required for beams, provided that when the. span of any such opening does not exceed four feet or such opening is spanned by an adequate masonry arch above the lintel the fireproofiing may be omitted. b. Stone. Stone lintels shall not be used in fireproof buildings unless supplemented on the inside of the wall with iron or steel lintels, or with suitable masonr}* arches. 5. Trusses, a. General. All members of steel trusses, except roof trusses hereinafter specified, shall be entirely en- cased in fireproofing materials not less than two inches thick at any point. b. Roof tnisses. The fireproofing herein required fof trusses may be omitted when such trusses support only roof loads and ceilings over interior open spaces having a clear height of at least twenty feet below the lower chords of the trusses. In such cases the fireproofing may also be omit- ted from the soffits of roof beams or purlins. 6. Fireproofing materials. The fireproofing required by this section shall consist of any of the following materials : a. Bonded brickwork laid in cement mortar; 79 b. Concrete consisting one part Portland cement, and not more than two parts of sand and four parts of gravel, stone or other approved aggregate that will pass through, a three-quarter inch ring, suitably reinforced with wire or metal fabric; c. Cinder concrete consisting of one part Portland cement and not more than two parts of sand and five parts of clean, well-burned steam boiler cinders, suitably reinforced with wire or metal fabric; d. Porous or semi-porous terra cotta blocks with shells and webs at least one inch thick, laid in cement mortar, thor- oughly bonded or secured by metal ties; e. Solid gypsum blocks, containing not more than twenty- five per cent, by weight of cinders, asbestos fibre, wood chips or vegetable fibre, laid in gypsum plaster or cement mortar, thoroughly bonded or secured by suitable galvanized metal ties or fabric; or f. Any material or form of construction that will resisi the action of flame and a heat of seventeen hundred degrees Fahrenheit for at least two hours, without raising the tem- perature of the material to be protected above five hundred and fifty degrees Fahrenheit by transmission through a thick- ness of two inches as determined by test prescribed in the rules adopted by the superintendent of buildings. 7. Prohibition. No pipes, wires, cables or other material shall be embedded in the required fireproofing of columns oi other structural members. 352 353 354 §352. Masonry. Interior walls, piers, arches and vaultings that support loads in addition to their own weight in fireproof buildings shall be constructed of approved masonry, except that stone masonry shall not be used for such purpose, or for columns or lintels unless supplemented by other approved masonry or by properly protected iron or steel construction. §353. Reinforced concrete. Reinforced concrete con- struction conforming with the requirements of article 1.6 of this chapter shall be deemed fireproof construction. §354. Floors and roofs. 1. General. The filling be- tween steel floor and roof beams in fireproof buildings shall consist of arches or slabs of brick, terra cotta, stone con- crete or cinder concrete, constructed as hereinafter specified, or of such other material or construction as may be ap- proved by the superintendent of buildings as conforming to the requirements of the fire and strength tests hereinafter prescribed. 2. Brick arches. When brick is used as floor filling it shall consist of segmental arches having a thickness of not 80 ; less than four inches for spans of five feet or less, and of rot less than eight inches for spans exceeding five feet. Such arches shall be built of good, hard common or hollow brick, laid to a line and solidly bonded. Each longitudinal line of brick shall break joints with the adjoining lines. The arches shall spring from suitable skewbacks, and shall be properly keyed. The rise shall be not less than one inch for each foot of span. The brick shall be well wet before laying, and the joints filled solid with cement mortar. 3. Terra cotta arches, a. Material. When terra cotta is used as floor filling it shall consist of hollow blocks, either hard burned or semi-porous, of uniform density and hard- ness. The thickness of shells and webs of each block shall be not less than five-eighths of an inch. Interior vertical and horizontal webs of arch blocks shall not be spaced more than four inches apart. The skewbacks shall be of such form and section as to accurately fit the beams and properly receive the thrust of the arches. The arch blocks shall be laid in cement mortar and properly keyed. b. Segmental arches. When terra cotta filling is segmental in form the blocks shall be not less than six inches in depth with at least two cellular spaces in such depth. The rise of such arches shall be not less than one inch for each foot of span. c. Flat arches. When terra cotta filling is in the form of flat arches, the depth of the blocks, unless reinforced with steel, shall be not less than one and one-half inches for each foot of span between the steel beams, exclusive of the portion of the block projecting below the underside of the beams. d. Strength of terra cotta arches. Terra cotta filling shall be so designed that it will safely sustain the superimposed loads by increasing so far as may be necessary the depth and the thickness of shells and webs of the blocks. When such filling is reinforced by wire fabric, steel rods or other steel shapes, thoroughly embedded in Portland cement mortar and bonded to the terra cotta, the strength of the construction may be determined by accepted engineering formulae. For the purposes of this section, the working stresses, in pounds per square inch, shall be taken at 500 for terra cotta in com- pression, 16,000 for steel in tension, and 100 for bond between steel and mortar and between terra cotta and mortar. 4. Concrete floor arches, a. Material. When concrete is iised as floor filling it shall consist of one part of Portland '.ement, and not more than two parts of sand and five parts ‘^f stone, gravel or cinders, reinforced in the case of slab :'onstruction with steel as herein provided. The stone or 81 gravel shall be as required for reinforced concrete in article 16 of this chapter. Cinders shall be clean, well burned steamboiler cinders. b. Reinforcement. When reinforcement is required it shall consist of steel rods or other suitable shapes, or steel fabric. The tensional reinforcement in any case shall be not less than twelve hundredths per cent, in the case of cold drawn steel fabric, nor less than twenty-five hundredths per cent, in the case of other forms, the percentage being based on the sectional area of slab above the center of the rein- forcement. The center of the reinforcement shall be at least one inch above the bottom of the slab, but in no case shall any part of the reinforcement come within five-eighths of an inch from the bottom of the slab. c. Segmental form. When the concrete floor filling is used in the form of segmental arches, the thickness shall be at least four inches at the crown. Such arches shall have rise of not less than one inch for each foot of span. d. Flat construction. When the concrete floor filling is in the form of slabs the thickness shall be not less than four inches, except as otherwise provided in this article for special roof construction. e. Strength of concrete slabs. In determining the safe carrying capacity of concrete slab floor fillings the gros^ load in pounds per square foot of floor surface shall not exceed the product of the depth in inches of the reinforce- ment below the top of the slab, by the cross-sectional area in square inches per foot of width of the tensional steel, divided by the square of the span in feet, all multiplied by the following co-efficients when cinder concrete is used| 14.000 if the reinforcement is not continuous over the sup-j ports, 18,000 if the reinforcement consists of rods or othe»‘ shapes securely hooked over or attached to the supports, and; 26.000 if the reinforcement consists of steel fabric continu-^ ous over the supports, and, when stone concrete is used; 16,000, 20,000 and 30,000, respectively. In determining the safe carrying capacities of concrete floor fillings segmental in form, the compressive stress in pounds per square inch in the concrete shall not exceed 300 for cinder concrete or 500 for stone concrete. Nothing in this section shall prevent the determination of the safe carrying capacity of any form of concrete floor fill- ing approved as fireproof under the provisions of this article, by the usual methods of calculation, provided the stresses used, in pounds per square inch, shall not exceed 300 for cinder concrete in compression, 16,000 for steel in tension, and 50 for bond between cinder concrete and steel, or in the case of stone concrete, the values fixed by article 16. 82 5. Test of floor fillings, a. Fire tests. In testing the fireproof qualities of any floor filling, at least one panel of the proposed maximum span, carrying a live load of at least one hundred and fifty pounds per square foot, shall be sub- jected to a fire continuous for four hours at an average temperature of seventeen hundred degrees Fahrenheit, fol- lowed by an application for not less than ten minutes’ of a hose stream from a one and one-eighth inch nozzle at sixty pounds nozzle pressure, without appreciable deterioration or the passage of flame through the floor during the test. b. Load tests. When the strength of anv floor filling cannot be determined by the methods prescribed in this sec- tion or by the application of accepted engineering formulae the safe uniformly distributed carrying capacity shall be taken as one-sixth of the total load causing failure in a full-sized construction with the load applied at two points each at one- third of the span from the ends of the span. 6. Special roof construction. For mansards and dormer^ roofs of bulkheads and roofs having a pitch of more than thirty degrees with the horizontal, blocks of terra cotta, stone or cinder concrete, or gypsum containing not more than twenty-five per cent, by weight of cinders, asbestos fibre, wood chips or vegetable fibre, not less than two inches thick, resting on steel shapes spaced not more than one foot for each inch of thickness in the block may be used instead !3t the construction prescribed by this section for floors and Proofs. 7. Tie rods. The supporting beams in fireproof floors and roofs^ shall be tied together by steel tie rods of proper 5ize, spacing and location, within the limitations fixed by ^ 308 of this chapter, provided that when the floor filling is in he form of reinforced slabs and the reinforcement is con- inuous over the supports or securely attached to the same le rods may be omitted. 8. Span of floor filling. In fireproof buildings the span j shall not exceed eight feet except when jemforced concrete or reinforced terra cotta is used. filling. In fireproof buildings the space between [he floor filling and the flooring shall be filled with concrete, onsisting of one part of cement and not more than ten parts f cinders, or with other incombustible material approved by ae rules of the superintendent of buildings. • 10. Cutting floors. After the floor filling is completed ;o opening greater than two square feet shall be cut through |aid floors unless suitable metal framing or reinforcing is irovided around the opening. When pipes or conduits pass iirough floor fillings the openings around the same shall 83 be filled in solidly with fireproof material unless approved close fitting individual sleeves, with the space around the sleeves filled solidly with incombustible material, are pro- vided. 355 § 355 . Partitions. 1. Materials. Except as otherwise provided in this section or in article 18 of this chapter, par- titions hereafter erected in fireproof buildings shall be con- structed of the materials and in the manner herein specified : a. Brick in cement mortar; b. Concrete, consisting of one part Portland cement and not more than three parts of sand and six parts of stone or gravel, not less than three inches thick if properly rein- forced with steel, nor less than four inches thick otherwise ; c. Cinder concrete, consisting of one part Portland cement and not more than three parts of sand and six parts of cinders, not less than four inches thick if properly reinforced with steel, nor less than five inches thick otherwise ; d. Hollow terra cotta blocks, laid in cement mortar, not' less than three inches thick; e. Hollow concrete blocks, of either stone or cinder con- crete, laid in cement mortar, not less than three inches thick ; < f. Solid or hollow blocks consisting of gypsum contain- ing not more than twenty-five per cent, by weight of cinders,) asbestos fibre, wood chips or vegetable fibre, laid in gypsum^ plaster or cement mortar tempered with lime, not less than' three inches thick; g. Metal lath on a steel studding covered with Portland cement mortar or gypsum plaster, of a finished thickness; of not less than two inches in the case of solid partitions' nor less than three inches in the case of hollow partitions; or h. Any material or form of construction that may be ap-( proved by the superintendent of buildings as conforming to the requirements of the fire test hereinafter prescribed. I But nothing in this section shall prevent the erection, in; the discretion of the superintendent of buildings, of partitions of pressed metal and glass or of temporary partitions of wood and glass within rooms or spaces enclosed by fireproof par- titions or walls. 2. Construction, Unless built as approved masonry walls, partitions in fireproof buildings shall be independently sup- ported at each floor. They shall be keyed, or otherwise securely fastened to the ceilings, and, when necessary, shall be stiffened with suitable steel uprights securely fastened to floor and ceiling. Partitions enclosing hallways or toilet rooms and other permanent partitions shall not rest on wood , flooring but shall start on the fireproof construction of the floor. 84 3. Tests of fireproof partitions. In testing the fireproof qualities of any partition construction a vertical panel not less than fourteen feet long and nine feet high shall be sub- jected to a fire continuous for not less than one hour at an average temperature of seventeen hundred degrees Fahren- heit during the latter half hour, followed by an application for not less than two and one-half minutes of a hose stream from a one and one-eighth inch nozzle at thirty pounds nozzle pressure, without the passage of flame during the test. §356. Interior finish.. 1. General restrictions. Ex- 356 cept as hereinafter otherwise permitted no woodwork or other combustible material shall be used in the floors, ceilings, par- titions, furrings or other interior finish of fireproof buildings. 2. Woodwork permitted, a. Floor sleepers, door bucks and grounds may be of wood provided that they are not exposed on any side; but this shall not permit the use of anything but metal lath, metal furring or forms of metal in ceilings or in ornamental plastering work. b. When the height of the building does not exceed one hundred and fifty feet the doors and windows and their frames, the trim, casings and other interior finish when filled solid at the back with fireproof material, and the flooring may be of wood. 3. Restrictions in buildings over one hundred and fifty feet high. When the height of the building exceeds one hundred and fifty feet : a. The flooring shall be of incombustible material, or of fireproofed wood, provided that in public halls and stair- ways no wood of any kind, except for handrails, shall be used ; b. The inside window frames and sash, doors, trim and other interior finish shall be of metal or wood covered with metal, or of fireproofed wood, or of any incombustible mate- rails or any combination of materials that will show a fire resistance not less than that of fireproofed wood. 4. Fireproofed wood. The superintendent of buildings shall adopt rules prescribing the tests to which fireproofed wood and incombustible materials or any combination of materials shall be subjected. Such rules shall also provide for the inspection of the materials, to insure the installation of tested and approved materials only. No wood or other material required to be tested, shall hereafter be placed in any building exceeding one hundred and fifty feet in height except in conformity to the requirements of this section. , §357. Exterior windows. When the height of a fire- 357 proof building exceeds one hundred and fifty feet, all ex- terior window frames and sash shall be of metal, or of wood 85 covered Avith metal in the manner prescribed by the rules of the superintendent of buildings. 358 § 358 . Approvals. 1 . Existing approvals continued. Any material or form of construction coming under the pro- visions of this article and heretofore approved may be used for the purposes for which it was approved, except so far as it may be inconsistent with specific provisions of this article. 2. New materials and constructions. Approvals for new materials and forms of construction shall be issued in ac- cordance with the provisions of § 22 of this chapter. Noth- ing in this chapter shall prevent the superintendent of build- ings from accepting duly auth-enticated tests by any compe- tent person, in lieu of the tests under his own supervision, provided the intent of this article is secured. 370 Article 18 Safeguards against Spread of Fire (In Effect February 9, 1916) Section 370. Definitions. 371. Fire walls. I 372. Fire partitions. ^ 373. Shafts. : 374. Existing hoistways. ■ 375. Protection of exterior openings. ’ 376. Protectives for openings. ] § 370 . Definitions. For the purpose of this chapter: J a. A fire wall is any wall built for the purpose of restrict] ing the area subject to the spread of fire; | b. A fire partition is a sub-dividing partition built for thf purpose of protecting life by providing an area of refuge; i c. A shaft is an enclosed space extending through one oj more stories of a building connecting a series of two or mott openings in successive floors, or floors and roof; d. An open shaft is one that extends through the roof ol a building and is open to the outer air at the top; e. A vent shaft is one used solely to ventilate or light, oi both, one or more water-closet compartments or bathrooms; f. An elevator shaft is one that encloses any device used for carrying persons or things upward or downward; g. A dumbwaiter shaft is an elevator shaft which has i cross-sectional area at any point of nine square feet or leal and in which the device is used only for the carrying oi things ; 86 h. The term “self-closing/* as applied to a fire door or other opening protective, means closing automatically after having been opened for use; i. The term “automatic,” as applied to a fire door or other opening protective, means normally held in an open position and automatically closing by the action of some releasing device. §371. Fire walls. 1. Construction. Fire walls shall 371 be constructed of approved masonry or reinforced concrete of the thicknesses prescribed by this chapter for the exterior walls of the building in which it is erected, but if hollow terra cotta blocks are used they shall be filled solidly with concrete. In non-fireproof buildings fire walls shall be con- tinuous from the foundation to the roof and provided above , the roof with a parapet wall, as specified in § 259 of this chapter. 2. Opening. No opening in a fire wall shall exceed eighty square feet in area, and the aggregate width of all openings at any level shall not exceed twenty-five per cent, of the length of the wall, except that in the first story of buildings equipped throughout with an approved system of automatic sprinklers larger openings and a greater percentage of wall (length may be used by the special written permission of the superintendent of buildings, stating the reason for such al-' lowance. Every opening in a fire wall shall be protected on each side of the wall with an approved automatic fire door. When any fire wall serves also as a fire partition it shall have ho openings other than door openings not exceeding forty- eight square feet in area, and one of the automatic fire doors at each opening shall be replaced by a self-closing fire door. ^ §372. Fire partitions. 1. Construction. Fire parti- 2^2 tions shall be constructed of the materials and in the man- ner herein specified, as follows : a. Approved masonry; b. Any form of fireproof partition, constructed as re- quired in § 355 of this chapter, provided (1) that such par- tition is supported on each story on fireproof construction, (2) that, unless otherwise approved after the three hours fire test herein provided, the thicknesses are not less than eight inches for brick, not less than six inches for stone or cinder concrete, or hollow blocks of terra-cotta, concrete or igypsum, and not less than four inches for stone or cinder con- ^crete if properly reinforced with steel, • (3) that, unless constructed of expanded metal or wire lath iand cement mortar of a finished thickness of not less than ,'two and one-half inches, metal lath construction shall not he used, and. 87 (4) that all openings in partitions of hollow building blocks, gypsum or metal lath construction, shall be adequate- ly reinforced with steel; or, c. Any material and form of construction that may be approved by the Superintendent of Buildings as conform- ing to the requirements of the fire test prescribed in sub- division 3, § 355 of this chapter, provided, however, that for fire partitions the duration of such test shall be not less than three hours and that such partition shall be supported at each story on fireproof construction. 2. In non-fireproof buildings. In non-fireproof buildings fire partitions, if required in any story, shall be continuous through all stories from the foundation to the roof, pro- vided that if any of the floors of the building are of fire- proof construction for their full extent and all stairways are enclosed in approved fireproof construction, fire partitions shall be required to be continuous only from one such fire- proof floor to another or to the roof. Any such fire partition shall be deemed continuous, even though the sev- eral parts are not directly over one another in successive stories, if the intervening parts of the floors at the levels where offsets occur, are of fireproof construction and all parts not supported directly on the foundations are carried on fireproof construction. Fire partitions shall be carried a{ least three feet above any non-fireproof roof. i 3. Openings. Fire partitions shall have no openings otheu than the required door openings. No such door opening shall exceed forty-eight square feet in area. If more than one door opening is required, the distance, measured along the line of the fire partition, between any door and the next one shall not be more than sixty feet. Every opening in a fir^ partition shall be protected by an approved self-closing fire door. ! 373 §373. Shafts. 1. When required. Unless otherwise specially provided by any other law or ordinance, shafts as in this section described and specified shall be provided in all fireproof and non-fireproof buildings for every series of flooi openings, except stairways, hereafter placed or constructed in any such building, whether •for air, light, elevator or any other purpose, or hereafter altered so as to enlarge any of such openings, or to change their use. The provisions of this section shall not, however, be taken to apply to ducts permitted by Article 19 of this chapter. 2. Open shafts. All open shafts hereafter placed in any building shall be constructed of approved masonry or rein- forced concrete, and of the thicknesses required for exterior walls, provided that for shaft walls not exceeding ten feet in| 88 length the thickness may be reduced to not less than eight inches for the uppermost forty feet and four inches more for each lower section of forty feet. 3. Shafts exceeding nine square feet in area. Except as hereinafter provided in this section, all shafts hereafter erected in any building and having a cross-sectional area at any point within the enclosing walls of more than nine square teet, and all existing shafts hereafter enlarged so that the cross-sectional area at any point exceeds nine square feet shall be constructed in the manner and of the material and thicknesses prescribed in subdivision 1, § 372 of this article for fire partitions, or subdivision 2 of this section for open shafts. 4. Shafts not exceeding nine square feet in area. All shafts hereafter erected in any building and having a cross- sectional area at any point of nine square feet or less, except as hereafter provided in this section, shall be constructed of approved masonry, reinforced concrete, or any material or form of construction, not less than two inches thick, per- mitted under the provisions of § 355 of this chapter as per manent fireproof partitions, set in a steel frame of proper strength or suitably reinforced with metal dowels, or in such other manner as may be approved by the Superintendent of Buildings. 5. Elevator shafts in existing residence buildings. In ex- isting residence buildings which have not more than fifteen sleeping rooms any elevator shaft hereafter erected, when the available space does not permit of the construction re- quired by subdivision 3 of this section, may be constructed as required by subdivision 4 of this section. 6. N on-fireproof shafts. Vent shafts hereafter erected in non-fireproof residence buildings, when extending through not more than one story in height, carried not less than three feet above the roof and covered with a ventilating skylight of metal and glass, and dumbwaiter shafts hereafter erected that do not extend more than three stories above the cellar or basement in residence buildings occupied by not more than two families or having not more than fifteen sleeping rooms, may be built of wood filled in solidly with brick or other approved incombustible material, or covered on the inside with plaster on plaster board or metal lath, or with sheet metal not less than one-sixteenth of an inch in thickness, provided that the part of any such dumbwaiter shaft which extends into the cellar shall be enclosed in eight-inch brick walls. 7. Existing elevators. In every non-fireproof public build- ing all elevators not already enclosed in fireproof shafts shall 89 be enclosed in walls constructed and arranged as in this sec tion required for elevator shafts. 8. Existing dumbwaiter shafts. Any existing dumbwaiter shaft which extends into the cellar or basement, except such as do not extend more than three stories above the cellar or basement in residence buildings, shall be enclosed in the cellar or basement with walls of brick eight inches thick or other fireproof construction approved by the superintendent of buildings, unless already enclosed in some form of con- struction conforming to the requirements of subdivision 4 of this section. 9. Openings, a. In open shafts having a cross-sectional area at any point of thirty-six square feet or less, hereafter erected or altered, all openings shall be protected with fire doors, fire shutters or fire windows. b. In vent shafts, hereafter erected or altered, except non- fireproof vent shafts, all openings shall be provided with fire windows. c. In elevator shafts hereafter erected or materially altered all door openings shall be protected by fire doors. No other openings shall be provided in such shafts, except window openings to the outer air. d. In dumbwaiter shafts hereafter erected or altered, there shall be no openings other than door openings protected with self-closing fire doors. e. All other shafts not provided for in this subdivision, hereafter erected or altered, shall have all openings pro- tected with self-closing fire doors. 10. Enclosure at top. All shafts hereafter erected or altered to extend into the top story of any non-fireproof building shall be carried through and not less than three feet above the roof. Every shaft extending above the roof, except open shafts, shall be enclosed at the top with a roof of fireproof construction and a metal skylight of at least three-fourths the area of the shaft in the top story, except that the skylight herein required may be replaced by a win- dow of equivalent area in the side of the shaft provided the sill of such window is not less than three feet above the roof and the window does not face a property line within ten feet. Any shaft that does not extend into the top story of the building shall have the top enclosed with fireproof construction. 11. Enclosure at bottom. The bottom of every shaft, hereafter erected or altered, except vent shafts, shall be en- closed with fireproof construction. 12. Elevator machinery compartment. When any compart- ment which contains machinery for operating an elevator 90 communicates with an elevator shaft it shall be enclosed with partitions of the same materials and construction as re- quired for the shaft, and shall have fire doors on the open- ings. 13. Number of elevators restricted in shaft. Not more than two elevators shall be placed hereafter in any one shaft, and where there are only two elevators in any building they shall be placed in separate shafts. §374. Existing hoistways. 1. Gates and trapdoors. In any existing building in which there shall be any hoist- way, elevator or wellhole not already inclosed in walls con- structed of brick or other fireproof material and provided with fireproof doors, the openings thereof through and upon each floor of said building shall be provided with and pro- tected by substantial guards or gates and with such good and sufficient trap-doors as may be directed and approved by the superintendent of buildings. When, in the opinion of the superintendent of buildings, automatic trap-doors are required to the floor openings of any uninclosed elevator, the same shall be constructed so as to form a substantial floor surface when closed, and so arranged as to open and close by the action of the elevator in its passage either ascending or descending. 374 2. Enforcement of section. Except as otherwise provided by law or ordinance, the superintendent of buildings shall have power and authority to require the openings of hoist- ways, elevators and wellholes in buildings to be enclosed or secured by trap-doors, guards or gates and railings. 3. Guards, gates and trap-doors to he closed when not in use. All guards or gates required by this section shall be kept closed at all times, except when in actual use, and the trap-doors shall be closed at the close of the business of each day, by the occupant or occupants of the building having the use or control of the same. §375. Protection of exterior openings. 1. When re- quired. Every window or other opening above the first story in the exterior walls of every fireproof and non-fireproof business building, more than forty feet in height, shall, ex- cept as may be otherwise specifically provided in this chap- ter or by any other law or ordinance, be protected by a fire door, fire window, fire shutter, open sprinkler or other ap- proved protective when such opening is distant in a direct line less than thirty feet from any opening in any other build- ing and not in the same plane with said opening, or when said opening is not more than fifty feet above a neighboring roof. 375 91 376 2. Fire shutters to he readily opened. When fire shutters are used in exterior openings at least one row in every three vertical rows of shutters on front window openings shall be arranged to be readily opened from the outside. Distinguish- ing marks, satisfactory to the fire commissioner, shall be pro- vided on these shutters. 3. Openings to fire escapes. When fire doors or fire shutters are used on exterior openings leading to fire escapes or exterior exits of any kind they shall be so arranged as not to obstruct such fire escape or exit. 4. Vertical separation of windows. In fireproof and non- fireproof business buildings hereafter erected, over forty feet in height, exterior openings above the second story that are located vertically above one another and that do not require any protective under this section, shall have not less than three feet of solid masonry between the top of one opening and the bottom of the one next above, and no such opening shall be arranged, to open within one foot of the ceiling of the story in which it is located, provided, however, that part of such masonry between openings may be replaced by wire glass in fixed metal sash and frame. 5. Closing protectives. All fire doors, fire shutters and fire windows on exterior openings, unless provided with ap- proved automatic closing devices operative from either side, shall be closed when not required to be open, and at the close of business each day by the occupant or occupants of the building having the use or control of them. §376. Protectives for openings. 1. Construction. All opening protectives required or permitted under this chapter shall be constructed as prescribed in such rules, consistent with the provisions of this chapter, as may be promulgated by the superintendent of buildings, or, in the absence of such rules, as specified in the standard requirements of the Na- tional Board of Fire Underwriters; or they may be con- structed in any manner and of any material that will com- ply with the fire test hereinafter prescribed. 2. Fire test. In testing the fireproof qualities of any opening protective a complete sample of the device of the maximum size to be approved, constructed and installed in every respect as in actual service, shall be subjected to a fire on one side, continuous for not less than one hour, at a temperature, in the case of fire doors and fire shutters in- creasing gradually from that of the outer air to eighteen hundred degrees Fahrenheit within the first half-hour and to two thousand degrees Fahrenheit during the second half-hour, and, in the case of fire windows, increasing gradually from that of the outer air to fifteen hundred degrees Fahrenheit 92 within the hour, without permitting the passage of flame or the transmission of heat to a dangerous extent. 3. Use of wire glass. When wire glass is required or per- mitted by this chapter or the rules authorized thereunder, for fire doors, fire shutters or fire windows, the panes shall not exceed seven hundred and twenty square inches in area, and shall not be less than one-quarter inch in thickness, and shall be set not less than five-eighths of an inch in the frame. When the use of glass is permitted in any fire door or fire shutter only wire glass shall be used. For the glazing of fire window only wire glass shall be used. Article 19 Chimneys and Heating Apparatus. (In Effect February 9, 1916) Section 390. General. 391. Heat producing devices. 392. Chimneys. 393. Fireplaces. 394. Metal smokestacks. 395. Cupola chimneys. 396. Underground flues. 397. Ranges. 398. Drying rooms. 399. Smoke houses. 400. Registers. 401. Vent flues. 402. Ducts. 403. Smoke pipes. 404. Steam and hot water pipes. §390. General. 1. Definitions. For the this chapter: a — a chimney is that part of a building which contains one or more flues for transmitting the products of combus- tion from some fireplace or heating device to the outer air, and includes the fireplace when there is one ; b — a flue is a passage, enclosed on all sides with solid ma- sonry or reinforced concrete and used only for the trans- mission of air, whether fresh, heated, or vitiated, or of the products of combustion from solid fuel or liquid fuel, and designated respectively vent flue or smoke flue ; c — a duct is a passage constructed of sheet metal or other approved incombustible material, and used only for the trans- mission of air, whether fresh, heated or vitiated ; d — a smoke pipe is a passage constructed of metal and used as an intermediate connection between a heat producing 390 93 device and a chimney or metal stack for the transmission of the products of combustion. 2. Notice of installation. In case heat producing appli- ances or furnaces are hereafter placed in any building, or flues and fireplaces are installed, changed or enlarged, and such installation or alteration necessitates any change in any structural parts of the building, due notice shall be given to the superintendent of buildings by the person doing such work or causing the same to be done, and a permit secured from him if necessary. 391 §391. Heat producing devices. For the purposes of I this chapter, heat producing devices shall be graded as: a — low, including bakers* ovens ; boiling vats ; candy fur- naces ; clay, coke and gypsum tripoli kilns ; coifee roasting ovens ; cooking ranges ; core ovens ; cruller furnaces ; dry- ing furnaces for spent materials ; feed drying ovens ; fer- tilizer drying ovens; forge furnaces; gas producers; gypsum’ kilns; hardening furnaces (below dark red); hot air engine: furnaces ; hot air heating furnaces ; hot water and low pres- ’ sure steam heating boilers ; japanning ovens ; ladle drying I furnaces ; lead melting furnaces ; nickel plate furnaces ; paraf- fine furnaces ; rendering furnaces ; rosin melting furnaces ; % stereotype furnaces ; sulphur furnaces ; typefoundry furnaces ; i wood drying furnaces ; wood impregnating furnaces ; ! b — medium, including alabaster gypsum kilns; charcoal fur- J naces ; direct fire heated feed driers ; direct fire heated fer- tilizer driers ; direct fire heated pulp driers ; galvanizing fur- ; naces; glass factory lehrs and glory holes; hardening fur ; naces (cherry to pale red); lime kilns; porcelain biscuit { kilns ; smoke houses ; steam boilers, other than low pressure | heating boilers ; water-glass kilns ; wood-distilling furnaces : wood-gas retorts ; ^ c — high, including annealing furnaces; bessemer retorts; i billet and bloom furnaces ; blast furnaces ; bone calcining fur- naces ; brass furnaces; carbon point furnaces; cement, brick and tile kilns ; coal and water gas retorts ; cupolas ; earthen- ware kilns ; gas blow furnaces ; glass smelting furnaces ; glass kilns; open hearth furnaces; ore roasting furnaces; porce-; lain baking and glazing kilns; pot-arches; puddling furnaces ;| regenerative furnaces ; reverberatory furnaces ; stacks, car-.v buretor or super-heating furnaces in water gas works; weld- ing furnaces ; wood carbonizing furnaces. v In doubtful cases the superintendent of buildings shall; by a rule designate the grade of any heat producing device, t being governed in doing so by the degree and amount ofj heat transmitted. f 94 I §392. Chimneys. 1. Construction. Except as in this 392 article otherwise provided, every chimney hereafter erected shall be of brick or stone laid in cement mortar, or of re- inforced concrete, extending above the highest point of the roof and at least four feet above the highest point of con- tact with the roof. Every chimney shall be properly capped with terra cotta, stone, cast iron or other approved incom- bustible, weatherproof material, except that on buildings forty feet or less in height the top courses of a brick chimney may be finished off by being carefully bonded and anchored to- gether to serve as coping. 2. Supports. All chimneys shall be wholly supported by stone, brick or self-supporting fireproof construction. No chimney shall rest or be built upon any wood construction. 3. Flues for low grade devices. The smoke flues of stoves, cooking ranges, hot air, hot water and low pressure steam heating furnaces, and all other heat producing devices graded as low, shall be encased in brickwork or concrete not less than eight inches thick, except that for smoke flues ex- clusively used for ordinary stoves, ranges or open fireplaces when no combustible studding, furring or sheathing is placed against it, such brickwork or concrete may be reduced to not less than four inches. In chimneys of stone, the stone work of such flues shall be four inches thicker than required for brick. Every flue coming under the provisions of this subdivision hereafter erected shall be lined with well-burnt terra cotta pipe, from the bottom of the flue, or from the throat of the fireplace if the flue starts from a fireplace, for the entire height of the chimney. Such lining pipes shall be built in as the flues are carried up, laid end to end in cement mortar so as to make a smooth flue. Where two or more smoke flues are contained in the same chimney, the withes shall be either brick not less than four inches thick, or con- crete or grout not less than one inch thick, provided, how- lever, that every third withe shall consist of brick. ! 4. Flues for medium grade devices. The smoke flues of |iigh pressure steam boilers, smoke houses and all other heat oroducing devices graded as medium shall be encased in brickwork or concrete not less than eight inches thick, or stonework not less than twelve inches thick, and in addition, >hall be lined with not less than four inches of fire brick, aid in fire mortar, for a distance of at least twenty-five feet Tom the point where the smoke connection of the device mters the flue. y 5. Flues for high grade devices. The smoke flues of iupolas, brass furnaces, porcelain baking kilns and all other (leat producing devices graded as high shall be built with '[ouble walls, each not less than eight inches in thickness. 95 with an air space of not less than two inches between them. The inside of the interior walls shall be of firebrick not less than four inches in thickness. 6. Certain flues required. In every building hereafter erected exceeding forty feet in height, where one or more smoke flues start from the cellar or lowest story, at least one such flue shall have an internal cross-sectional area of not less than ninety-six square inches and shall start not less than three feet below the ceiling. No flue hereafter erected shall have smoke-pipe connections in more than one story of a building. 7. Flues to he clean and chimneys safe. Upon the com- pletion of any new building or an alteration in any flues of an existing building, the flues shall be properly cleaned and left smooth on the inside. Any chimney which shall be dan- gerous in any manner whatever shall be repaired and made safe, or taken down. 8. Unlawful use of flues. It shall be unlawful to use as a smoke 'flue any flue hereafter erected or placed in any building, or any flue now existing and not already used as a smoke flue, unless it conforms to the requirements of this! section. Nothing in this article, however, shall prevent the use of approved metal flue linings for the repair or alteration', of flues in residence buildings. \ 9. Raising adjoining chimneys, a. Whenever a building,' wall or structure is hereafter erected, altered, enlarged or raised so that any of the walls, whether independent or party.^ along a property line or within three feet thereof, extends, above the top of any chimney, smoke flue or smokestack of an adjoining building or structure, the owner of the building,^ wall or structure so erected, altered, enlarged or raised, shall, J at his own expense, carry up, either independently or in his^ own building, wall or structure, all chimneys, smoke flues and! smokestacks of such adjoining building or structure within ten feet of any portion of the said wall extending above such chimney, flue or stack. The construction of such chimneys, flues or stacks shall conform to the requirements of this ar- ticle applying thereto, but in no case shall the internal area ; of any flue or stack as raised be less than that of the exist- ing flue or stack. All such chimneys, flues or stacks shall i be carried above the walls in question to the heights pre- scribed, and shall, furthermore, be so constructed, supported and braced as to be at all times safe. b. It shall be the duty of the owner of the building, wall or structure to be erected, altered, enlarged or raised to notify in writing, at least ten days before such work is be- gun, the owner of the chimneys, flues or stacks affected, of 96 his intention to carry up such chimneys, flues or stacks as herein provided, and unless released in writing he shall carry up such chimneys, flues or stacks simultaneously with the walls. §393. Fireplaces. 1. Firehacks. The firebacks of all 393 fireplaces hereafter erected shall be not less than eight inches in thickness of solid masonry. A lining of firebrick or other approved material at least two inches thick shall be provided unless the fireback is twelve inches in thickness. 2. Trimmer arches. All fireplaces and chimney breasts where mantels are placed, whether intended for ordinary 'fireplace use or not, shall have trimmer arches or fireproof construction supporting hearths. The arches and hearths shall be at least twenty inches in width measured from the face of the chimney breast. Trimmer arches shall be 'T jbrick, stone, terra cotta or reinforced concrete. The length 'of the trimmer arch shall not be less than the width of the jchimney breast, and the length of the hearth shall be not Hess than the width of the mantel. The hearths shall be of jbrick, stone, tile or other approved fireproof material. The combined thickness of trimmer arch and hearth shall at no (point be less than six inches. Wood centres under trimmer jirches shall be removed before plastering the ceiling under- leath. 3. Heaters. No heater shall be placed in a fireplace which does not conform to the foregoing requirements of this section. 4. Mantels. No wood mantel or other woodwork shall )e hereafter placed within eight inches on either side nor Within twelve inches of the top of any open fireplace. If a 'oal-burning heater of the Baltimore type is placed in a fire- place, any mantel that may be provided shall be of incom- mstible material. No combustible summer piece or fireboard shall be used in connection with any open fireplace. All ipaces back of combustible mantels shall be solidly filled in vith incombustible material. 5. False fireplaces. False fireplaces using summer pieces )r fireboards shall not be placed in any building except gainst an unfurred masonry wall or a fireproof partition. §394. Metal smokestacks. 1. Construction. Metal 394 mokestacks must be so constructed that they will be se- urely supported and that the materials entering into their onstruction or serving as support shall not be stressed be- ond the working stresses fixed by this chapter. The metal York must be riveted and of adequate thickness, but not less han No. 16 U. S. gage when the cross-sectional area is one lundred and fifty-four square inches or less, not less than 97 No. 14 U. S. gage when the cross-sectional area is more thar one hundred and fifty-four square inches and not more thar two hundred and one square inches, not less than No. 12 U S. gage when the cross-sectional area is more than two hun- dred and one square inches but not more than two hundred and fifty-four square inches, and not less than No. 10 U. S gage when the cross-sectional area is more than two hun- dred and fifty-four square inches. All metal work shall painted; galvanized metal shall not be used. Clean-out open- ings shall be provided at the base of every such stack. 2. Height. All such stacks serving high grade heat pro- ducing devices shall extend to a height of not less than ter feet above the highest point of any roof within twenty-five feet. 3 . Independent stacks. All such stacks hereafter erected, outside and independent of any building, shall be supported on substantial masonry foundations, so designed that the maximum pressure on the soil shall not exceed two-thirds of that prescribed in § 231 of this chapter. - 4 . Exterior stacks. Any such stacks, or any part thereof; hereafter erected on the immediate exterior of the building it serves shall be braced to such building at lea^t every twenty feet. It shall have a clearance of not less than four inchert from the walls of a fireproof or non-fireproof building and not less than twenty-four inches from the walls of a frame building; and a clearance of not less than twenty- four inches in any direction from any wall opening, fire escape or othei exit facility, unless such stack is insulated in some approved manner, in which case the clearances herein provided may be reduced an amount fixed by the superintendent of build-^ ings when approving the insulation. j 5 . Interior stacks. Any such stack, or part thereof, here) after erected within any building shall be enclosed in walls of approved masonry; or, if in a fireproof building, such stack, or part thereof, shall be enclosed in walls of brick; terra cotta blocks or concrete not less than eight inches thick, with a space left between the stack and the enclosing walls sufficient to render the entire stack accessible for examina- tion and repair. The enclosing walls shall be without open- ings above the story at which it starts. n. Prohibition. Smokestacks shall not be carried up in- side of vent stacks or flues connected to ranges, unless such vent stacks or flues are constructed as required by this arti- cle for smokestacks or smoke flues. 395 §395. Cupola chimneys. Chimneys or cupola furnaces.l blast furnaces and similar devices shall extend at least twenty feet above the highest point of any roof within a 98 radius of fifty feet thereof and be covered on the top with heavy wire netting or other approved spark arrester No woodwork shall be within three feet of any part of such de- vice or its chimney. §396. Underground flues. Underground smoke flues shall QQfi le covered with at least twelve inches of solid masonry or jin approved equivalent insulation. If clean-out openings are nstalled they shall be provided with approved double iron loors or covers, of which the two parts are twelve inches ipart, with the intervening space filled with insulating ma- ierial. No combustible flooring shall be laid over any such flues. §397. Ranges. 1. Kitchen ranges. When fixed ranges VYJ .re to be installed in any building hereafter erected trimmer ‘rches extending beyond such ranges not less than six inches i;n all sides shall be provided unless the floor is of fireproof 'onstruction. No such range shall be placed against a stud ijartition, a furred wall or any other combustible construction. Vhen any such range is to be placed within twelve inches of wood stud partition the said partition shall be shielded with letal from the floor to a height of not less than three feet igher than the range, provided that when the range is with- 1 six inches of the partition the studs shall be cut away nd framed three feet higher and one foot wider than the lange and filled in to the face of the said stud partition with f|rick or fireproof blocks. : 3. Hoods over ranges. All hoods and ducts for same laced over hotel or restaurant ranges shall be constructed f incombustible materials and installed in accordance with le requirements of § 403 for smokepipes. I §398. Drying rooms. Drying rooms hereafter placed qqq I’lthm any building as a part of the building shall be con- cructed entirely of incombustible materials. When the heat- :ig pipes are not placed overhead, they shall be so shielded as ') preserve at all times a clear space of not less than two iches between them and the contents. All such drying !)oms shall be ventilated directly to the outer air by vent lUes or ducts installed as specified in § 403 of this article for noke pipes. §399^ Smoke houses. All smoke houses hereafter QQQ •ected as part of any building shall be of fireproof con- ruction with walls of brick or reinforced concrete. All ?enings shall be provided with fire doors. The interior fram- g, racks, hangers and other interior fittings shall be of in- )nibustible materials. §400. Registers. All registers used in any hot-air fur- dOO iice heating system, placed in any woodwork or combustible 3or, shall rest upon stone or iron borders firmly set in 99 plaster of paris or gauged mortar. All register boxes usee in any such heating system shall be made of tin plate or gal vanized iron with a flange to fit the rabbet in the border The register box shall be enclosed in a tin or galvanized iroi casing turned under the border and spaced at least two inche from the sides of the box. Such casing shall extend fron the border to and through the ceiling below in the case o a floor register and through the partition in the case o a wall register. When a register box is placed in th' floor over a portable furnace, the space on all sides betweei the casing and the register box shall be not less than fou inches. Every hot-air furnace shall have at least one registe without valve or louvres. 401 §401. Vent flues. Flues hereafter erected for the remova of foul air or the transmission of heated air shall be en cased in masonry not less than four inches thick and shal be lined with terra cotta or other approved incombustibl material. Not more than one gas burner shall be direct connected to any flue, nor shall any such device be connected to any flue used as a smoke flue. Any flue to which ; gas burning device is direct-connected shall be constructed as required in § 392 for a smoke flue. ‘ 402 §402. Ducts. 1. General. Except as may be otherwisJ specifically permitted or prescribed, the transmission of ai^ through buildings for heating or ventilation shall be h means of ducts constructed as in this section provided. 2. Casing. No casing, furring or lath of wood shal be placed against or cover a duct of any kind ; but this shal not prevent the placing of woodwork on a covering over sue] ducts, of metal lath and plaster, plaster board or asbesto^ provided the thickness of the covering is not less than sever? eighths of an inch. < 3. In partitions. Ducts hereafter placed in combustibt partitions shall be covered with one-half inch of corrugate* asbestos or shall be constructed double with a one-half ineij air space. The asbestos covering or outside pipe shall b' j not less than one and one-half inches away from the wood^ work. In lieu of the above protection, four inches of brick i work or concrete may be placed between the duct and th woodwork. 4. In floors. Ducts hereafter placed between the floorini and ceiling of non-fireproof floors, shall be constructer , double with a one-inch air space. The outside pipe shalj be not less than two inches from any woodwork, which shal be covered with metal. 5. In closets. Ducts hereafter placed in closets or simila concealed spaces shall be double with a one and one-hal 100 I inch air space, or shall be covered with approved incombusti- ble insulation, not less than one inch thick. When con- ^jstructed double the outside pipe shall be not less than No. 18 (iU. S. gage, and not less than one inch from any woodwork. 1 6. Passing through partitions and floors. Ducts here- after placed to pass through combustible partitions or floors shall be constructed double, with a one and one-half inch iir space open at one end, or shall be covered with approved ncombustible insulation not less than one inch thick. 7. Horizontal ducts. Ducts used for hot-air furnace heat- ng, hereafter placed under cellar ceilings, shall be at least ;ix inches below wood floor beams, wood lath and plaster :eiling or other combustible materials ; but if such combusti- )le construction is protected by metal lath and plaster, plaster |)oard or one-half inch asbestos the distance may me not Jess than three inches. j 8. Cold air ducts. The cold air ducts of any heating sys- tem shall be of metal or other approved fireproof material. 9. Hot air ducts. No hot-air furnace duct shall be placed 1 any floor, partition or enclosure, of combustible construc- lon, unless it be at least eight feet distant in a horizontal lirection from the furnace. §403. Smoke pipes. 1. Restriction. No smoke pipe hall pass through any floor, nor through any non-fireproot DOf. ^ 2. Clearance. The clear distance between any smoke ipe or metal breeching and any combustible material or anstruction shall be not less than eighteen inches in the ase of low grade heat producing devices, nor less than urty-six inches for medium or high grade heat producing de- ices, except that, when such smoke pipes or breechings are rotected with not less than two inches of asbestos or in some ther approved manner, such clearances may be reduced ae-half, and that, in the case of smoke pipes used on ordi- aty ranges and stoves in tenements or other residence Hidings having not more than fifteen sleeping rooms, such earances may be not less than nine inches when the com- istible material^ or construction is protected by one-half ch asbestos or its equivalent, nor less than eighteen inches hen not so protected. 3. Protection through partitions. Smoke pipes from or- nary ranges and stoves in residence buildings may pass rough combustible partitions, provided every such pipe guarded by a double metal ventilated thimble twelve inches rger in diameter than the pipe, or by a metal tube built ■ brickwork or other approved fireproof materials, not less an eight inches thick on all sides of the tube lf)l 404 §404. Steam and hot water pipes. 1. Protection Steam or hot water pipes shall not be placed nearer tha one inch to any woodwork unless the woodwork is covere with metal, in which case the distance shall be not les than one-half inch. Every steam or hot water heating pif passing through a combustible floor or partition shall 1; protected by a metal tube one inch larger in diameter tha the pipe. Any such pipe passing through stock shelvin shall be covered with not less than one inch of approved ir sulation. All wood boxes or casings inclosing steam c hot water heating pipes, or wood covers to recesses in wal in which such pipes are placed, shall be lined with metal. 2. Pipe coverings. Any coverings or insulation used o steam or hot water pipes shall be of incombustible material Article 20 420 421 Roofing and Roof Structures (In Effect February 9, 1916) Section 420. 421. 422. 423. 424. 425. 426. 427. 428. 429. General. Roofing. Cornices and gutters. Leaders.’ Sky-lights. Scuttles. Roof houses. Slanting roofs. Tanks. Cooling towers. §420. General. Except when otherwise specificalj provided for in this chapter, all construction, other than watt tanks, hereafter placed above the roof of any part of ar, building within the fire limits or of any building more th^ forty feet in height outside the fire limits, shall be of if combustible materials. §421. Roofing. 1. Materials. Except as otherwise i this chapter specifically provided, every roof hereafter place on any building or part thereof, shall be covered with a approved roofing of brick, concrete, tile, slate, metal, asbesto slag, gravel, or other approved incombustible material. 2. Planking. When wood planking or sheathing is pel mitted in roof construction, it shall not, in any case, exten across any side or party walls. 3. Repairs. No roofiing on any existing roof shall I renewed or repaired, except in conformity with the require ments of this section, provided, however, that when A 102 renewal or necessary repairs do not constitute more than one- fourth of the roofing in any one roof surface, the new work may be made to conform to the existing roofing. §422. Cornices and gutters. 1 . Construction. All 422 cornices inclusive of those on show windows, and gutters hereafter placed on the exterior of any building except ! buildings that are permitted to be of frame construction -shall be of incombustible materials. When constructed of sheet metal they shall be riveted in the seams at intervals of not more than five inches. Cornices shall be secured to the walls with metal framing or anchors, spaced not more than four feet apart, and extending not less than four inches into the wall at top and bottom. 2. Repairs. All cornices or gutters that may now be or that may hereafter become unsafe shall be taken down, and if replaced, shall be constructed to conform to the re- quirements for new cornices, except that when any such cornice or^ gutter is not damaged to a greater extent than one-half, it may be repaired with the same material as prigmally constructed. ! §423. Leaders. All buildings shall be provided with AOO proper leaders for conducting water from the roofs. In no {..ase shall the water from leaders be allowed to flow upon jthe sidewalk, but it shall be conducted by pipe or pipes j:o the sewer. If there be no sewer in the street then the iVater from the leader shall be conducted by proper pipe or pipes, below the surface to a street gutter, or to a cesspool. S §424. Skylights. 1. Construction. All skylights 494 iiereafter placed in any building, shall have the sashes and [:rames thereof constructed of metal, except that skylights in oundnes or buildings where acid fumes are present as an ncident to the occupancy of the building may be of wood n the discretion of the superintendent of buildings. The rames and other parts of metal skylights shall be riveted or •therwise securely fastened, in addition to soldering, and hall be securely anchored to the supporting structure. 2. Glazing.^ Skylights placed over shafts of any kind shall e glazed with plain glass not less than three-sixteenths f an inch in thickness. No pane of glass in any such kylights hereafter placed in any building shall exceed seven undred and twenty square inches in area. 3. Protection. Every skylight in which plain glass is sed shall be protected by a wire screen placed not less nan four inches nor more than ten inches above the glazed prtion of the skylight at all points. Such screen shall be ot lighter than No. 12 U. S. gauge, shall have a mesh of ot less than three-fourths of an inch nor more than one 103 425 426 inch, shall extend beyond the glazing on all sides a distance not less than the height of the screen above the glazing. When any such skylight is located over any passageway or any room of public resort a similar screen shall also be placed below the skylight. §425. Scuttles. Unless- provided with some other means of access to the roof, every building more than fifteen feet high, except dwellings with peak roofs, shall have in the roof a scuttle, with a substantial iron ladder leading thereto. All scuttles shall be covered on the top and edges with sheet metal or other approved incombustible material. The scuttle openings shall be at least two feet by three feet in size. §426. Roof houses. 1. Definitions, a. The term bulkhead as used in this section includes all such enclosed structures above the roof of any part of a building as enclose only stairways, tanks, elevator machinery or ventilating apparatus, or shafts. b. The term pent house as used in this section means any enclosed structure, other than a bulkhead, extending not more than twelve feet above a roof. • 2. Bulkheads. The walls of any bulkhead hereafter erected on any roof of a fireproof building, shall be constructed dii required for fire partitions by subdivision 1, section 372 of this chapter. Such walls may be used as bearing walls of the bulkhead roofs when they do not exceed fifteen feet in height and thirty-five feet in length, and the roof span does not exceed twelve feet. The roofs of such bulkheads shalj be of fireproof construction as provided by section 354 of thi^ chapter. The walls and roofs of all bulkheads, unless con^ structed of approved masonry, shall be covered on th^ outside with incombustible, weatherproof material. ) 3. Pent houses. Every pent house shall be considered a story of the building and, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law, its construction shall conform to the requirements for buildings of a height to which such pent house is carried; provided that when any exterior wall of such pent house sets back not less than five feet from the exterior walls of the next lower story of the building | it may be constructed of brick not less than eight inchest thick, or hollow building blocks not less than six inches in thickness, covered on the outside with incombustible weather- 1 proof material, and supported by steel or reinforced con-| Crete girders. ^ | 4. Doors and windows. All doors and door frames inj the exterior walls of bulkheads or pent houses shall be metal or metal covered wood. All windows in bulkheads j 104 i or pent houses, except where otherwise specifically provided for, shall be constructed as other windows of the building similarly located. 5. Sun parlors. Nothing in this section shall prevent the erection on any roof of any building, of sun parlors or rooms for similar purposes, provided that only incombustible mate- rials are used in the construction, and the floor of such struc- ture is constructed as required for the roof of the building §427. Slanting roofs. 1. Construction. Every man- 427 sard or other slanting roof having a pitch of more than sixty degrees, hereafter placed on any non- fireproof building over forty feet high, shall be constructed fireproof as specified in Section 354 of this chapter. 2. Dormer windows. Every dormer window hereafter erected shall be constructed in the same manner as the roof on which it is placed. The sides and top shall be covered with any of the materials approved for roofing. §428. Tanks. 1. Supports. Tanks of more than 500 428 gallons capacity hereafter placed in or on any building shall be supported on masonry, reinforced concrete or steel con- struction of sufficient strength and carried to a proper founda- tion. 2. Emergency outlet. Every such tank shall have in the bottom or on the side near the bottom, a pipe or outlet, not less than four inches in diameter, fitted with a suitable quick- opening valve for discharging the contents in an emergency. 3. Location. Such tanks shall not be placed over nor near a line of stairs or an elevator shaft, unless there is a solid roof or floor underneath the tank. 4. Covers. All unenclosed roof tanks shall have covers with proper slope. 5. Hoops. When hoops are used in the construction of tanks they shall be of metal round in section. §429. Cooling towers. Cooling towers hereafter 429 erected above any roof shall be of incombustible material, except the drip bars, which may be of wood. Article 21 Miscellaneous Requirement': (In Effect March 7, 1916) Section 440. 441. 442. 443. 444. 445. 446. Cellar ceilings. Cellar floors. Cellar partitions. Waterproofing, Floor lights. Cutting beams. Bay and show window construction. 105 440 §440. Cellar ceilings. In any building hereafter erected, or altered so as to change its occupancy, except one story buildings outside of the fire limits and buildings occu- pied exclusively for residence purposes by one or two fami- lies, the wood beams over the cellar, or over the lowest story, if such story is partly below the curb or the surrounding ground level, when the curb level has not been established, shall be covered with metal lath and plaster, plaster board and plaster, or other approved incombustible material. 441 §441. Cellar floors. In all buildings hereafter erected the cellar floor or any floor resting directly on the ground shall consist of 1 : 3 : 6 stone or cinder concrete not less than four inches thick. 442 §442. Cellar partitions. In all non-fireproof buildings, except buildings occupied exclusively for residence purposes by one or two families, permanent partitions in the cellar, or in any story more than half below the curb, shall be con- ' structed of incombustible materials, unless such partitions en- . close only coal or wood bins and do not extend to the . ceiling. J 443 §443 Waterproofing. In all buildings hereafter ^ erected, the exterior walls below the ground level and floors ! below the curb level resting directly on the ground, shall, when required, be waterproofed in accordance with the rules ; adopted by the superintendent of buildings. ; 444 §444. Floor lights. Floor lights shall be constructed of i metal frames and bars or plates, reinforced concrete or other | approved incombustible materials. If any glass in same meas- i ures more than sixteen square inches, it shall be provided | with a mesh of wire either in the glass or under the same. { Floor lights shall be of the same strength as the floors in . which they are placed. Glass shall not be less than three- J quarters of an inch in thickness. ; 445 §445. Cutting beams. No beams shall be cut or pierced! in any manner that would cause the beam to be of insuffl-' cient strength for its load. 446 §446. Bay and show window construction. Bay win-1 dows and show windows that extend beyond the exterior^ walls, hereafter constructed or placed on any fireproof or^ non-fireproof building, shall be constructed of incombustible materials and in such manner as will meet with the approval of the superintendent of buildings. 106 Article 22 Frame Buildings (In Effect February 9, 1916) Section 470. Height. 471. Area. 472. Frame construction. 473. Filling in walls. 474. Roofing. 475. Towers. 476. Piazzas. 477. Minor structures. 478. Temporary structures. 479. Miscellaneous frame structures. 480. Permissible alterations. 481. Use of masonry walls. §470. Height. Except as may be otherwise specifically 470 provided in this chapter, ov in the rules authorized there- under, no frame building or structure hereafter erected or enlarged shall exceed forty feet in height. §471. Area. 1. Building area. No frame building 471 hereafter erected or enlarged shall exceed five thousand square feet in area. 2. Plot area. The combined area of frame buildings, sheds and outhouses located on any lot or plot shall not ex - ceed eighty per cent, of the area of that part of the lot or plot which is not already covered by fireproof or non-fireproof buildings. §472. Frame construction. The wood frame work of 472 all frame buildings, hereafter erected, shall consist of sills, posts, girts and plates of suitable size and materials with proper mortise and tenon framing and braced with studs at all angles, but this shall not prohibit the use of balloon fram- ing with proper sills and ribbon strip provided diagonal sheathing is used. Floor and roof beams and rafters shall be not less than two inches in thickness. No part of the wood frame work shall be built below the ground level. §473. Filling in walls. 1. Independent walls. An> ex- 473 tenor wall of frame construction, hereafter erected within three feet of a side or rear line of the lot or plot on which it is located, or hereafter erected as the side wall of any frame tenement house, shall have the spaces between the studding filled in solidly with brickwork or other approved incombustible material. 2. Party walls. Every party wall of frame construction hereafter erected shall have the studding filled in solidly with 107 brickwork or other approved incombustible material not less than four inches thick. Every interior wall of frame con- struction extending from front to rear without openings and dividing the building into separate and distinct parts, shall have the studding filled in solidly with brickwork or other approved incombustible material. 3. Extent of filling. The filling herein required in exterior or party walls of frame construction shall in all cases be carried up from the ground to the under side of the roof boards. 474 . §474. Roofing. 1. Within the fire limits. Any roof- ing hereafter placed on any frame building within the fire limits shall be of approved incombustible materials, provided that any existing shingle roof may be repaired at any time to an extent of not more than twenty-five per cent, of its surface. 2. Outside of fire limits. Nothing in this chapter shall prevent the use of wood shingles outside the fire limits on any building which, under the provisions of this chapter, is ^ permissible of frame construction. ; 475 §475. Towers. 1. On residence buildings. Outside of ! the fire limits towers, turrets or minarets of frame construc- tion may be erected on frame buildings occupied or used ' exclusively as residence buildings, provided they do not extend [ more than ten feet above the limiting height for frame ; buildings and do not cover an aggregate area of more than . fifteen per cent, of the roof area of the building, and that the greatest horizontal dimension of any one tower, turret ’ or minaret is not more than fifteen feet. ; 2. Church spires. Outside of the fire limits and the subur- { ban limits, towers or spires of frame construction may be j erected on frame buildings occupied or used exclusively as ^ churches or other places of worship, provided they do not ^ exceed a height of seventy-five feet above the curb or ground ; level. 3. Covering. All towers or other structures provided for in this section shall be covered on the exterior with approved incombustible roofing. ^ 476 §476. Piazzas. Within the fire limits and the subur- . ban limits, piazzas or balconies of wood may be erected on | residence buildings having not more than fifteen sleeping rooms, provided they do not exceed twelve feet in width, and do not extend more than three feet above the second ^ story floor beams. The roofs of all such piazzas or bal- conies shall be covered with incombustible material. 477 §477. Minor structures. 1. Sheds. Within the Are j limits and the suburban limits sheds, open on at least one 108 side, may be erected of wood, but such sheds shall not ex- ceed fifteen feet in height, shall not cover an area exceeding twenty-five hundred square feet, shall not be placed nearer than four feet to any lot line, and shall be covered on the sides and roof with incombustible materials. 2. Outhouses. Outhouses of wood to be used exclusively for privies, or for the storage of coal or wood for domestic purposes, may be erected on the lot with any residence build- ing within the fire limits or the suburban limits, provided they do not exceed eight feet in height, or one hundred and fifty square feet in area, and have the roofs covered with incombustible materials. 3. Builders* shanties. One-story buildings for the use of builders in connection with any building operation for which a permit has been issued, may be constructed of wood and placed on the lot or plot where such building operation is carried on, or on adjoining lots or plots if they do not in- terfere with the safe occupancy of any buildings thereon, or on the sheds which may be required or provided over the sidewalks in front of such building operation. 4. Fences. Fences of wood within the fire limits or the suburban limits shall not exceed twelve feet in height. §478. Temporary structures. 1. Meaning. Temporary 478 structures shall be taken to mean platforms, reviewing stands, gospel tents, circus tents and other structures that are erected to serve their purpose for a limited time. 2. Permit. Temporary structures shall not be erected un- til a permit, specifying the purpose and the period of main- tenance, shall have been obtained from the superintendent of buildings. 3. Hoifu located. Within the fire limits or the suburban limits no temporary structure which is enclosed in any man- ner shall be placed on any lot nearer than four feet to the lot line. 4. Removal. Every temporary structure shall be removed at the expiration of the period for which the permit was is- sued, unless such permit is renewed. 5. Unlawful use. It shall be unlawful to use any tempo- rar>" structure for any other purpose than that designated in the permit. §479. Miscellaneous frame structures. Frame struc- ^^9 tures which are of an unusual character and to which the provisions of this chapter do not directly apply, including among others, buildings for fair and exhibition purposes, towers for observation, amusement devices, greenhouses and lumber sheds, and temporary structures of any kind shall be erected in conformity to such rules, consistent with the 109 provisions of this chapter and securing the general intent thereof, as may be adopted by the superintendent of buildings. 480 . .^480. Permissible alterations. 1. Application. Sub- ject to the requirements of this chapter as to construction, occupancy and location, any existing frame building within the fire limits or the suburban limits occupied exclusively as a residence building and having not more than fifteen sleep- ing rooms, may be altered and enlarged of frame construc- tion as hereafter specified in this section, provided that no such building shall be altered or enlarged to be used for any other purpose. 2. Raising in height, a. Any such building situated in a row of frame buildings may be increased in height to con- form to the height of adjoining buildings. b. Any such building already exceeding twenty-five feet in height, that has a peaked roof, may be raised for the pur- pose of making a flat roof thereon, provided that the new roof is covered with incombustible material, and that, when so raised, the building shall not exceed forty feet in height to the highest part thereof. c. Nothing in this section shall prohibit one-story and base- ment residence buildings from being increased one additional story in height. 3. Extensions, a. Any such building may be extended either on the front or rear to a depth of not more than fifteen feet and not more than the width of the building and not more than two stories and basement in height. b. If any such building has an extension of less width than the main building the same may be increased in width to the full width and height of the main building. 4. Bay windows. Any such building may have bay win- dows of wood placed on any story, the roofs of which may be covered with the same material as the roof of the main building, except when such a bay window would increase the width of the building to more than eighty-five per cent, of the width of the lot. 481 §481. Use of masonry walls. In case approved ma- sonry or reinforced concrete is used for the exterior walls of any building which under the provisions of this chapter is permitted to be of frame construction, nothing in this chapter shall prohibit all other parts of the building from being constructed as though the entire building were of frame construction. 110 Article 23 Buildings of a Public Character (In Effect March 30, 1915) Section 490. Public safety. 491. Aisles and passageways. 492. Enforcement of article. 493. Exemptions. §490. Public safety. In all buildings of a public char- 490 acter, such as hotels, churches, theatres, restaurants, railroad depots, public halls, and other buildings used or intended to be used for purposes of public assembly, amusement or in- struction, and including department stores and other business and manufacturing buildings where large numbers of people are congregated, the halls, doors, stairways, seats, passage- ways and aisles, and all lighting and heating appliances and apparatus shall be arranged as the superintendent of build- ings shall direct, to facilitate egress in cases of fire or acci- dent, and to afford the requisite and proper accommodation for the public protection in such cases. §491. Aisles and passageways. All aisles and passage- 491 ways in said buildings shall be kept free from camp stools, chairs, sofas and other obstructions, and no person shall he allowed to stand in or occupy any of said aisles or passage- ways during any performance, service, exhibition, lecture, concert, ball or any public assemblage. §492. Enforcement of article. The superintendent of 492 buildings may at any time serve a written or printed notice upon the owner, lessee or manager of any of said buildings, directing any act or thing to be done or provided in or about the said buildings and the several appliances therewith con- nected, such as halls, doors, stairs, windows, seats, aisles, fire walls, fire apparatus and fire-escapes, as he may deem necessary. -r— -- §493. Exemptions. Nothing herein contained shall be 493 ''onstrued to authorize or require any other alterations to theatres existing prior to June 9, 1885, than are specified in r ^s article. Article 24 Motion Picture Theatres (In Effect March 30, 1915) Section 500. Plans. 501. Restrictions. 502. Construction. 503. Means of egress. 504. Booth for projecting-machine and film. 505. Application to existing theatres. 506. Open-air motion picture theatres. Ill 500 §500. Plans. Before the erection, construction or al- teration of a building or part thereof, to be used as a motion-picture theatre, as defined in § 30 of chapter 3 of this ordinance, there must be filed with the appropriate superin- tendent of buildings complete plans and the detailed state- ment of the specifications therefor, required by § 3 of this chapter. The plans must show clearly and fully the location and width of all aisles, passageways, exits, stairways and fire escapes; the arrangement of seats; the size of floor beams, walls and supports; the location and construction of the enclosure for the motion-picture machinery and other apparatus ; a diagram of the lot or plot upon which the theatre is to be erected or constructed, showing the outlets from all exits, and also such other statements, plans and details as may be required by the superintendent of build- ings having jurisdiction. 501 §501. Restrictions. No motion picture theatre, as de- fined aforesaid, shall be constructed in a frame building within the fire limits, nor in a hotel, tenement house or lodging house, nor in a factory or workship, except where the theatre is separated from the rest of the building by unpierced fire walls and floors, and in no case shall such a theatre be constructed or operated above or below the ground floor of any building. 502 ^ § 503 ; Construction. In all motion-picture theatres, as defined aforesaid, to be hereafter constructed, the following requirements shall be complied with, namely : 1. Ceilings. The ceilings of all theatres and of all rooms used in connection therewith shall be plastered with 3 coats of first class plaster on wire mesh or metal lath, or covered with I^^-inch plaster boards, and plastered or covered with metal. If there be a basement or cellar, the ceiling under the floor of the theatre must be plastered with 3 coats of first class plaster on wire mesh or expanded metal lath, or may be covered with metal on ^-inch plaster boards. 2. Floor-loads. The flooring of that portion of the build- ing devoted to the uses or accommodation of the publi ' must be of sufficient strength to bear safely a live load of 90 pounds per square foot. 3. Galleries and stairways. A gallery may be permitted, except in a theatre constructed on a lot less than 20 feet in width, but it shall not include more than 25 per cent, of the total seating capacity of the theatre. Entrance to and exit from the gallery shall in no case lead to the main floor of the theatre, and the gallery shall be provided with a stair- wa}^ or stairways equipped with handrails on both sides. Stairways over 7 feet wide shall be provided with centre X12 handrails. The risers of the stairways shall not exceed 7^4 inches, and the treads, excluding nosings, shall not be less than 9^ inches. There shall be no circular or winding stair- wa 3 ^s. The total -width of the stairways shall not be less than I 8 feet in the clear where the gallery accommodates 150 peo- : pie ; for every 50 people less than 150, accommodated by the I gallery, said width may be reduced 1 foot. Stairways shall be constructed of fireproof material, and such material and I the bearing capacity of such stairways shall be approved by the bureau of buildings. I 4. Gradients. To overcome any difference of level be- tween corridors, lobbies and aisles in a theatre, gradients of not over 1 foot in 10 feet, or steps having a rise not over 8 inches and a width of not less than 10 inches shall be used. 5. Walls. Tf the walls of the theatre contain wooden studs they shall be covered either with expanded metal lath or wire mesh and plastered with 3 coats of first class plaster, or with metal on ^-inch plaster boards, and all joints shall !be properly filled with mortar. I §503. Means of egress. 1 . Aisles. All aisles in a 503 motion picture theatre or m a gallery thereof must be at least 3 feet in the clear. 2 . Chair space. All chairs in such a theatre, except those iContained in the boxes, must not be less than 32 inches from back to back and must be firmly secured to the floor; no seat shall have more than 7 seats intervening between it and an aisle, and the space occupied b}’’ each person shall be separated from the adjoining space by means of an arm or other suitable device. 3. Exits. A building to be erected or to be altered for use as a motion picture theatre must be provided, on the main floor thereof, with at least 2 separate exits, one of which shall be in the front and the other in the rear of the struc- ture and both leading to unobstructed outlets to the street. Where the main floor of the theatre accommodates more than 300 people, there shall be at least 3 such exits, the ag- gregate width in feet of which shall not be less than one- twentieth of the number of persons to be accommodated therein. No exit shall be less than 5 feet in width, and there shall be a main exit, not less than 10 feet in total width. All exit doors must be fireproof and made to open outward- ly, and be so arranged as not to obstruct the required width of exit or court when opened. All doors leading to fire escapes must be not less than 40 inches wide in the clear, and shall be located at the opposite side or end of the gal- ler\^ from other exit doors. 113 504 4. Exit passageway to street. In any such building, if an unobstructed exit to a street cannot be provided at the rear thereof as herein specified, either an open court or a fire- proof passageway or corridor must be provided, extending from the rear exit to the street front, at least 4 feet in the clear for theatres accommodating 100 persons or less ; the width to be increased 8 inches for every additional 100 per- sons to be accommodated. Such passageway or corridor must be constructed of fireproof material and be at least 10 feet high in the clear. The walls forming such passageway or corridor must be at least 8 inches thick, and shall be con- structed of brick or other approved fireproof material. If there be a basement, the wall on the auditorium side should either run 1 foot below the cellar bottom, or may be carried in the cellar on iron columns and girders properly fireproofed, according to § 350 of this chapter. The ceiling of such pas- sageway must be constructed as required by § 352 of this i chapter. If unobstructed rear exits or exits to a street are provided, they must be of the same total width required for i the court, passageway or corridor above mentioned. The level ' of the open court or passageway at the front of the build-; i ing shall not be greater than 1 step above the level of the sidewalk, and the grade shall not be more than 1 foot in 10, with no perpendicular risers. \ 5. Fire-escapes. Galleries must also be provided with af least one line of fire escapes, leading to an open court, fire- proof passage or street without re-entering the same or any] other building. If the fire escape leads to a point in the court nearer the street than any exit, there must be a width of not less than 4 feet in the clear between the outer edge of the fire escape and the outer wall of the court. All fire(| escapes must have balconies, not less than 3 feet 4 inche^l in width in the clear, and not less than 4 feet 6 inches long,'fl and from said balconies there shall be staircases extending! to the ground level, with a rise of not over inches and I a step of not less than inches, and the width of the stairs' must not be less than 3 feet 4 inches. §504. Booth for projecting-machine and film. Ap- : paratus for projecting motion-pictures shall be contained tn ; a fireproof booth or enclosure constructed as required by r law. The booth in which the picture machine is operated' shall be provided with an opening in its roof, or in the upper j( part of its side walls, leading to the outdoor air, and with a 1 1 vent flue, which shall have a minimum cross sectional area J of 50 square inches and shall be fireproof. When the booth i is in use, there shall be a constant current of air passing ‘i; outward through said opening or vent flue, at the rate of not less than 30 cubic feet per minute. The requirements 1 114 of this section shall apply to portable booths and booths in Dpen-air theatres, as well as to motion-picture theatres. §505. Application to existing theatres. All the pro- 505 /isions of this article shall apply to existing places of enter- ainment where motion pictures are exhibited under common how licenses, in case the seating capacity be increased ; and, n case the seating capacity be not increased, all the provi- ions.of this article shall apply, except the provisions of §§ 00, 501 ; subdivisions 1, 3 and 5 of §502 and subdivisions 3, and 5 of §503, but the commissioner of licenses shall have lower in his discretion to enforce the provisions of subdi- isions 3 and 4 of §503, relating to exits and courts. An existing place of entertainment seating 300 persons or 3ss, where motion pictures are exhibited in conjunction with ny other form of entertainment, must comply, before a eissuance of its license, with the provisions of article 25 of bis chapter, relating to theatres seating more than 300 per- ons. But, if such existing place of entertainment shall dis- ontinue all other form of entertainment except the exhibi- on of motion pictures, it may be licensed in accordance ith the provisions of first paragraph of this section. §506. Open-air motion-picture theatres. The seating 5Q0 apacity of each open-air motion-picture theatre, as defined I §30 of chapter 3 of this ordinance, shall be such as shall ;s prescribed by the commissioner of licenses. All such leatres shall conform to the following requirements : 1. Aisles. The number and width of all aisles shall be I? prescribed by the commissioner of licenses, but no aisle ball be less than 4 feet wide; ^ 2. Exits. At least 2 separate exits, remote from each |:her, shall be provided, and no exit shall be less than 5 feet f width; for every 25 persons to be accommodated in ex- ess of 300, the total width of exits shall be increased 1 foot. II exits must be indicated by signs and red lights, and doors ust open outwardly; 3. Seats. Seats must be stationary, with backs 32 inches )art, and so arranged that no seat shall have more than 7 ats intervening between it and an aisle. Chairs must be ther securely fastened to a wood or concrete floor, or all lairs in a row must be fastened together, and at least 4 •ws must be securely fastened to 1 frame; except that, here refreshments are served, tables and unattached chairs benches used with them may be permitted ; 4. Floors. The floor must be constructed either of wood, |ith sleepers, or concrete; it must extend at least 5 feet from le seats on all sides; provided, however, that, in the discre- )n of the commissioner of licenses, a gravel floor may be i bstituted for wood or concrete. 1 115 In addition to the foregoing requirements, the provisions of subdivisions 2 and 4 of §502, and §504 of this artich shall apply to all open-air motion picture theatres. Article 25 Theatres and Other Places of Amusement (In Effect March 30, 1915) Section 520. Application of article. 521. Buildings must be approved. 522. Auditorium walls. 523. Dressing rooms. 524. Fire extinguishing appliances. 525. Heating plant. 526. Lights. 527. Means of egress. 528. Partitions and walls. 529. Proscenium construction. 530. Protective curtain. 531. Roof of auditorium. 532. Seats. 533. Stage. 534. Miscellaneous requirements. 535. Storage rooms; workshops. 536. Use and occupancy. 537. Jurisdiction of fire commissioner. 538. Saving clause. 520 §520. Application of article. Every theatre or opetl house or other building intended to be used for theatrica or operatic purposes, or for public entertainment of any kin(| hereafter erected for the accommodation of more than 30J persons, shall be built to comply Avith the requirements o* this article. No building Avhich, at the time of the passage of this ordinance is not in actual use for theatrical or opeil atic purposes, and no building hereafter erected not in con formity with the requirements of this section, shall be nsec for theatrical or operatic purposes, or for public entertain- ments of any kind, until the same shall have been made tc conform to the requirements of this article. 521 §521. Buildings must be approved. No building del scribed in the preceding section of this article shall be opence to the public for theatrical or operatic purposes, or for pub- lic entertainments of any kind, until the fire commissioner and the superintendent of buildings shall have approved tb( same in writing as conforming to the requirements of tbii article. 116 , §523. Auditorium, walls. Interior walls built of fire KOO proofing materials shall separate the auditorium from the I entrance vestibule, and from any room or rooms over the same, also from lobbies, corridors, refreshment or other rooms. ; §523. Dressing rooms. Dressing rooms may be placed KOQ in the fly galleries, provided that proper exits are secured I'therefrom to the fire escapes in the open courts, and that the partitions and other matters pertaining to dressing rooms (shall conform to the requirements herein contained, but the jstairs leading to the same shall be fireproof. All* dressing irooms shall have an independent exit leading directly into a i..ourt or street, and shall be ventilated by windows in the ■external walls; and no dressing room shall be below the istreet level. All windows shall be arranged to open, and lone of the windows in outside walls shall have fixed sashes iron grills or bars. ’ j §534. Fire-extinguishing appliances. In every building RO/l jlescnbed in §520 of this article there shall be provided : 1. Hose. A proper and sufficient quantity of 3^-inch lose, not less than 100 feet in length, fitted with the regula- i.ion couplings of the fire department and with nozzles at- 1 ached thereto, and with hose spanners at each outlet, shall always be kept attached to each hose attachment as the fire i/;ommissioner may direct. 2. Sprinkler system. A separate and distinct system of automatic sprinklers, with fusible plugs, approved by the su- )erintendent of buildings, supplied with water from a tank ocated on the roof over the stage and not connected in any manner with the stand pipes, shall be placed at each side of he proscenium opening and on the ceiling or roof over the tage at such intervals as will protect every square foot of tage surface when said sprinklers are in operation. Auto- latic sprinklers shall also be placed, wherever practicable, 1 the dressing rooms under the stage and in the carpenter hop, paint rooms, store rooms and property room. 3. ^ Standpipes. Stand pipes 4 inches in diameter shall be rovided with hose attachments on every floor and gallery s follows, namely: One on each side of the auditorium in ach tier, also on each side of the stage in each tier, and at iast one in the property room and one in the carpenter's lop, if the same be contiguous to the building. All such :and pipes shall be kept clear from obstruction. Said stand )ipes shall be separate and distinct, receiving their supply of ater direct from the power pump or pumps, and shall be tted with the regulation couplings of the fire department, id shall be kept constantly filled with water by means of 117 an automatic power pump or pumps, of sufficient capacit to supply all the lines of hose when operated simultaneousl> and said pump or pumps shall be supplied from the stree main and be ready for immediate use at all times during an performance in said building. In addition to the require ments contained in this section, the stand pipes shall als* conform to the requirements contained in §581 of this chap ter. 4. Miscellaneous. There shall also be kept in readines for immediate use on the stage, at least 4 casks full of watei and 2 buckets to each cask. Said casks and buckets shall b painted red. There shall also be provided hand pumps o other portable fire extinguishing apparatus and at least axes and 2 25-foot hooks, 2 15-foot hooks, and 2 10-foo hooks on each tier or floor of the stage. §525. Heating plant. Every steam boiler which may b required for heating or other purposes shall be located out side of the building. The space allotted to the same shall b’ inclosed by walls of masonry on all sides, and the ceiling o such space shall be constructed of fireproof materials. Aj doorways in the walls of boiler-rooms shall have fireprocj doors. No floor register for heating shall be permitted. N‘ coil or radiator shall be placed in any aisle or passageway used as an exit, but all said coils and radiators shall be place? in recesses formed in the wall or partition to receive th same. All supply, return or exhaust pipes shall be proper! incased and protected where passing through floors or nea woodwork. §526. Lights. 1. Adequacy. Every portion of tH building devoted to the uses or accommodation of the public also all outlets leading to the streets and including the opej courts or corridors, shall be well and properly lighted duriii* every performance, and the same shall remain lighted unt; the entire audience has left the premises. When interior g^ lights are not lighted by electricity, other suitable appliances to be approved by the superintendent of buildings, shall b provided. 2. Corridors and passageways. All gas or electric light in the halls, corridors, lobby or any other part of said build ings used by the audience, except the auditorium, must b controlled by a separate shut-off, located in the lobby an controlled only in that particular place. 3. Fireproofing. No gas or electric light shall be in serted in the walls, woodwork, ceilings, or in any part of th building, unless protected by fireproof materials. 4. Gas connections. Gas mains supplying the buildin shall have independent connections for the auditorium an 118 the stage, and provision shall be made for shutting off the |as from the outside of the building. 5. Nettings. All suspended or bracket lights surrounded by glass m the auditorium, or in any part of the building devoted to the public, shall be provided with proper wir*^ netting underneath. All lights in passages and corridors in said buildings, wherever deemed necessary by the superin- tendent of buildings, shall be protected with proper wire network. G. Stage lights. All stage lights shall have strong metal wire guards or screens, not less than 10 inches in diameter, so constructed that any material in contact therewith shall be out of reach of the flames of said stage lights, and must be soldered to the fixture in all cases. The foot lights, in addition to the wire network, shall be protected with a strong wire guard and chain, placed not less than 2 feet distant from said foot lights, and the trough containing them shall be formed of and surrounded by fireproof materials. All border , lights shall be constructed according to the best known methods, subject to the approval of the superintendent of buildings, and shall be suspended for 10 feet by wire rope. 7. Ventilators. All ducts or shafts used for conducting heated air from the main chandelier, or from any other light or lights, shall be constructed of metal and made double, with an air space between. i §527. Micans of egress. 1. Exits to streets. Every theatre accommodating 300 persons shall have at least 2 exits ; when accommodating 500 persons, at least 3 such exits shall be provided; these exits not referring to or including the lexits to the open court at the side of the theatre. Every such building shall have at least one front on the street, and in such front there shall be suitable means of entrance and exit for the audience, not less than 25 feet in width. The entrance of the main front of the building shall be not on a higher level from the sidewalk than four steps, unless ap- proved by the superintendent of buildings. Each exit shall ibe at least 5 feet in width in the clear and provided with doors of iron or wood ; if of wood, the doors shall be con- 'structed as hereinbefore prescribed in this chapter. All of said doors shall open outwardly, and shall be fastened with movable bolts, the bolts to be kept drawn during perform- inces. 527 2. Exits to courts. In addition to the aforesaid entrances and exits on the street, there shall be reserved for service in :ase of an emergency an open court or space in the rear and on the side not bordering on the street, where said build- ng is located on a corner lot ; and in the rear and on both no sides of said building, where there is but one frontage oi; the street as hereinafter provided. The width of such oper court or courts shall be not less than 10 feet where the seat ing capacity is not over 1,000 people, above 1,000 and no more than 1,800 people 12 feet in width, and above 1,800 peo pie 14 feet in width. Said open court or courts shall extern the full length and height of the building and across on eacl side and rear thereof where its sides or side does not abut or a street or alley, and shall be of the same width at all points and exits hereafter specified shall lead into such open courts From the auditorium opening into the said open courts o: on the side street, there shall be not less than 2 exits on eacl side in each tier from and including the parquet and eacl gallery. The said open courts and corridors shall not be usee for storage purposes, or for any purposes whatsoever, excep for exit and entrance from and to the auditorium and stage and must be kept free and clear during performances. 3. Doorways of exits. Doorways of exit or entrance fo‘ the use of the public shall be not less than 5 feet in width and for every additional 100 persons or portions thereof t( be accommodated, in excess of 500, an aggregate of 20 inchej additional exit width must be allowed. All doors of exit o' entrance shall open outwardly and be hung to swing in suc| a manner as not to become an obstruction in a passage q corridor, and no such doors shall be closed and locked durin|j any representation, or when the building is open to the pub lie. 4. Foyers, lobbies and corridors. The foyers, lobbies, cor ridors, passages and rooms for the use of the audience, nq including aisles spaced between seats, shall on the first a main floor, where the seating capacity exceeds 500 or mor^ be at least 16 feet clear, back of the last row of seats, an| on each balcony or gallery at least 12 feet clear of the las row of seats. The level of said corridors at the front en^ trance to the building shall be not greater than one ste] above the level of the sidewalk where they begin at the stree entrance. During the performance the doors or gates in tin corridors shall be kept open by proper fastenings ; at othe times they may be closed and fastened by movable bolts o blocks. 5. Aisles. All aisles on the respective floors of the audi torium shall be not less than 3 feet wide where they begin and shall be increased in width toward the exits in a ratio o 1^2 inches to 5 running feet. 6. Gradients. Gradients or inclined planes shall be em ployed instead of steps where possible to overcome sligh difference of level in or between aisles, corridors and pas sages. To overcome any difference of level in and betweei 120 courts, corridors, lobbies, passages and aisles on the ground floor, gradients shall be employed of not over 1 foot in 12 feet, with no perpendicular rises. 7. Gallery exits. Distinct and separate places of exit and entrance shall be provided for each gallery above the first. A common place of exit and entrance may serve for the main floor of the auditorium and the first gallery, provided its capacity be equal to the aggregate capacity of the outlets from the main floor and the said gallery. No passage lead- ing to any stairway communicating with any entrance or exit shall be less than 4 feet in width in any part thereof. From the auditorium opening into the said open courts or on the side street, there shall be not less than 2 exits on each side in each tier from and including the parquet and each and every gallery. 8. Staircases to galleries. Where the seating capacity is for more than 1,000 people, there shall be at least 2 inde- pendent staircases, with direct exterior outlets, provided for each gallery in the auditorium, where there are not more than 2 galleries, and the same shall be located on opposite sides of said galleries. Where there are more than 2 galleries, 1 or more additional staircases shall be provided, the outlets from which shall communicate directly with the principal exit or other exterior outlets. All such staircases shall be of width proportionate to the seating capacity as elsewhere herein prescribed. Where the seating capacity is for 1,000 people, or less, 2 direct lines of staircases only shall be re- quired, located on opposite sides of the galleries, and in both cases shall extend from the sidewalk level to the upper gallery, with outlets from each gallery to each of said stair- cases. All inside stairways leading to the upper galleries of the auditorium shall be inclosed on both sides with walls of fireproof materials. Stairs leading to the first or lower gallery may be left open on one side, in which case they shall be constructed as herein provided for similar ^tairs lead- ing from the entrance hall to the main floor of the audi- torium. But in no case shall stairs leading to any gallery be left open on both sides. No door shall be open immedi- ately upon a flight of stairs, but a landing at least the width of the door shall be provided between such stairs and such door. 9. Stage staircases. At least 2 independent staircases, with direct exterior outlets, shall also be provided for the service of the stage and shall be located on the opposite sides of the same. 10. Stairways. All staircases for the use of the audience shall be inclosed with walls of brick, or of fireproof ma- terials approved by the superintendent of buildings, in the 121 stories through which they pass, and the openings to said staircases from each tier shall be of the full width of said staircase. All stairs within the building shall be constructed of fireproof material throughout. Stairs from balconies and galleries shall not communicate with the basement or cellar. All stairs shall have treads of uniform width and risers of uniform height throughout in each flight. Stairways serving for the exit of 50 people shall be at least 4 feet wide between railings or between walls, and for every additional 50 peo- ple to be accommodated 6 inches must be added to their width. The width of all stairs shall be measured in the clear between hand rails. In no case shall the risers of any stairs exceed 7J4 inches in height, nor shall the treads, exclusive of nosings, be less than 10j4 inches wide in straight stairs. No circular or winding stairs for the use of the public shall be permitted. When straight stairs return directly on them- selves, a landing of the full width of both flights, without any steps, shall be provided. The outer line of landings shall be curved to a radius of not less than 2 feet to avoid square angles. Stairs turning at an angle shall have a proper landing without winders introduced at said turn. In stairs, when 2 side flights connect with one main flight, no winders shall be introduced, and the width of the main flight shall be at least equal to the aggregate width of the side flights. All stairs shall have proper landings introduced at convenient distances. 11. Stairway hand rails. All inclosed staircases shall have, on both sides, strong hand rails firmly secured to the wall about 3 inches distant therefrom and about 3 feet above the stairs, but said hand rails shall not run on level platforms and landings where the same is more in length than the width of the stairs. All staircases 8 feet and over in width shall be provided with a centre hand rail of metal, not less than 2 inches in diameter, placed at a height of about 3 feet above the centre of the treads, and supported on wrought metal or brass standards of sufficient strength, placed not nearer than 4 feet nor more than 6 feet apart, and se- curely bolted to the treads or risers of stairs, or both, and at the head of each flight of stairs, on each landing, the post or standard shall be at least 6 feet in height, to which the rail shall be secured. 12. Fire-escapes. There shall be balconies not less than 6 feet in width in the said open court or courts at each level or tier above the parquet, on each side of the audi- torium, of sufficient length to embrace the 2 exits, and from said balconies there shall be staircases extending to the ground level, with a rise of not over 8^ inches to a step and not less than 9 inches tread, exclusive of the nosing. 122 The staircase from the upper balcony to the next below shall be not less than 48 inches in width clear, and from the first balcony to the ground 4 feet in width in the clear where the seating capacity of the auditorium is for 1,000 people or less, 4 feet 6 inches in the clear where above 1,000 and not more than 1,800 people, and 5 feet in the clear where above 1,800 people and not more than 2,500 people, and not over 5 feet 6 inches in the clear where above 2,500 people. All the before mentioned balconies and staircases shall be con- structed of iron throughout, including the floors, and of ample strength to sustain the load to be carried by them, and they shall be covered with a metal hood or awning, to be con- structed in such manner as shall be approved by the super- intendent of buildings. Where one side of the building borders on the street, there shall be balconies and staircases of like capacity and kind, as before mentioned, carried to the ground. 13. Diagram of exits. A diagram or plan of each tier, gallery or floor, showing distinctly the exits therefrom, each occupying a space not less than 15 square inches, shall be printed in black lines in a legible manner on the programme of the performance. Every exit shall have over the same on the inside the word “Exit"’ painted in legible letters not less than 8 inches high. §528. Partitions and walls. The partitions in that coq portion of the building which contains the auditorium, the entrance and vestibule and every room and passage devoted to the use of the audience shall be constructed of fireproof materials including the furring of outside or other walls. The walls separating the actors* dressing rooms from the stage and the partitions dividing the dressing rooms, to- gether with the partitions of every passageway from the same to the stage, and all other partitions on or about the stage, shall be constructed of fireproof material approved by the superintendent of buildings. All doors in any of said par- titions shall be fireproof. §529. Proscenium construction. A fire wall, built of §29 brick, shall separate the auditorium from the stage. The same shall extend at least 4 feet above the stage roof, or the auditorium roof, if the latter be the higher, and shall be coped. Above the proscenium opening there shall be an iron girder of sufficient strength to safely support the load above, and the same shall be covered with fireproof materials to protect it from the heat. Should there be constructed an orchestra over the stage, above the proscenium opening, the said orchestra shall be placed on the auditorium side of the proscenium fire wall, and shall be entered only from the auditorium side of said wall. The molded frame around the 123 proscenium opening shall be formed entirely of fireproof ma- terials ; if metal be used, the metal shall be filled in solid with non-combustible material and securely anchored to the wall with iron. No doorway or opening through the pros- cenium wall, from the auditorium, shall be allowed above the level of the first floor, and such first floor openings shall have fireproof doors on each face of the wall, and the doors shall be hung so as to be opened from either side at all times. §530. Protective curtain. The proscenium opening shall be provided with a fireproof metal curtain, or a curtain of asbestos or other fireproof material approved by the superin- tendent of buildings, sliding at each end with iron grooves, securely fastened to the brick wall and extending into such grooves to a depth not less than 6 inches on each side of the opening. The proscenium curtains shall be placed at least 3 feet distant from the foot-lights, at the nearest point. Said fireproof curtain shall be raised at the commencement of each performance and lowered at the close thereof, and be operated by approved machinery for that purpose. §531. Roof of auditorium. The roof over the audi- torium and the entire main floor of the auditorium and vesti- bule, also the entire floor of the second story of the front superstructure over the entrance, lobby and corridors, and all galleries and support for the same in the auditorium shall be constructed of iron and steel and fireproof materials, not excluding the use of wood floorboards and necessary sleepers to fasten the same to, but such sleepers shall not mean tim- bers of support, and the space between the sleepers, excepting a portion under the stepping in the galleries, which shall be properly fire stopped, shall be solidly filled with incombusti- ble material up to under side of the floor boards. §532. Seats. All seats in the auditorium, excepting those contained in boxes, shall be not less than 32 inches from back to back, measured in a horizontal direction, and firmly secured to the floor. No seat in the auditorium shall have more than 6 seats intervening between it and an aisle on either side. No stool or seat shall be placed in any aisle. All platforms in galleries formed to receive the seats shall not be more than 21 inches in height of riser, nor less than 32 inches in width of platform. §533. Stage. 1. Construction. All that portion of the stage not comprised in the working of scenery, traps and other mechanical apparatus for the presentation of a scene, usually equal to the width of the proscenium opening, shall be built of iron or steel beams filled in between with fire- proof material, and all girders for the support of said beams shall be of wrought iron or rolled steel. The fly galleries entire, including pin-rails, shall be constructed of iron or steel, and the floors of said galleries shall be composed of iron or steel beams, filled with fireproof materials, and no wood boards or sleepers shall be used as covering over beams, but the said floors shall be entirely fireproof. The rigging- loft shall be fireproof. 2. Skylights. There shall be provided over the stage, metal skylights of an area or combined area of at least ks ' the area of said stage, fitted up with sliding sash and glazed with double thick sheet glass not exceeding 1-12 of an inch thick, and each pane thereof measuring not less than 300 square inches and the whole of which skylight shall be so constructed as to open instantly on the cutting or burning of a hempen cord, which shall be arranged to hold said sky- lights closed, or some other equally simple approved device for opening them may be provided. Immediately underneath the glass of said skylights there shall be wire netting, but wire glass shall not be used in lieu of this requirement. 3. Scenery and fittings. All stage scenery, curtains and decorations made of combustible material, and all woodwork on or about the stage, shall be painted or saturated with some non-combustible material or otherwise rendered safe against fire, and the finishing coats of paint applied to all woodwork through the entire building shall be of such kind as will resist fire to the satisfaction of the superintendent of buildings having jurisdiction. §534. Miscellaneous requirements. 1. Ceilings. The 534 ceiling under each gallery shall be entirely formed of fire- ’'Toof materials. The ceiling of the auditorium shall be formed of fireproof materials. 2. Ceiling coverings. None of the walls or ceilings shall be covered with wood sheathing, canvas or any combustible material. But this shall not exclude the use of wood wain- scoting to a height not to exceed 6 feet, which shall be filled in solid between the wainscoting and the wall with fireproof materials. 3. Fronts of galleries. The fronts of each gallery shall be formed of fireproof materials, except the capping, which may be made of wood. 4. Lathing. All lathing, whenever used, shall be of wire or other metal. 5. Shelving and cupboards. All shelving and cupboards in each and every dressing room, property room or other storage rooms, shall be constructed of metal, slate or some fireproof material. 125 535 §535. Storage rooms; workshops. No workshop, stor- age or general property room shall be allowed above *the auditorium or stage, or under the same or in any of the fly galleries. All of said rooms or shops may be located in the rear or at the side of the stage, but in such cases they shall be separated from the stage by a brick wall, and the open- ings leading into said portions shall have fireproof doors on each side of the openings, hung to iron eyes built into the wall. 536 §536. Use and occupancy, 1. Restrictions. No por- tion of any building hereafter erected or altered, used or in- tended to be used for theatrical or other purposes as in this Section specified, shall be occupied or used as a hotel, board- ing or lodging house, factory, workshop or manufactory, or for storage purposes, except as may be hereafter specially provided for. This restriction relates not only to that por- tion of the building which contains the auditorium and the stage, but applies also to the entire structure in conjunction therewith. No store or room contained in the building, or the offices, stores or apartments adjoining, as aforesaid, shall be let or used for carrying on any business, dealing in arti- cles designated as specially hazardous in the classification of the New York Board of Fire Underwriters, or for manu- facturing purposes. No lodging accommodations shall be al- lowed in any part of the building communicating with the auditorium. When located on a corner lot, that portion of the premises bordering on the side street and not required for the uses of the theatre may, if such portion be not more than 25 feet in width, be used for offices, stores or apart- ments, provided the walls separating this portion from the theatre proper are carried up solidly to and through the roof, and that a fireproof exit is provided for the theatre on each tier, equal to the combined width of exits opening on op- posite sides in each tier, communicating with balconies and staircases leading to the street in manner provided elsewhere in this section; said exit passages shall be entirely cut off by brick walls from* said offices, stores or apartments, and the floors and ceilings in each tier shall be fireproof.. 2. Above theatre. Nothing herein contained shall prevent a roof garden, art gallery or rooms for similar purposes be- ing placed above a theatre or public building, provided the floor of the same, forming the roof over such theatre or building, shall be constructed of iron or steel and fireproof materials, and that said floor shall have no covering boards or sleepers of wood, but shall be of tile or cement. Every roof over said garden or rooms shall have all supports and rafters of iron or steel, and be covered with glass or fire- proof materials, or both, but no such roof garden, aii J26 1 gallery or room for any public purposes shall be placed over or above that portion of any theatre or other building which is used as a stage. §537. Jurisdiction of fire commissioner. The stand 537 pipes, gas pipes, electric wires, hose, foot lights and all ap- paratus for the extinguishing of fire or guarding against the same, as in this article specified, shall be in charge and under control of the fire department, and the fire commis- sioner is hereby directed to see that the provisions of this article relating thereto are carried out and enforced. : §538. Saving clause. The provisions of the foregoing 533 article shall not be construed to mean or made to apply to any theatre, opera house or building intended to be used for theatrical or operatic purposes, lawfully erected prior to June 3, 1904. Section 560. 561. 562. 563. 564. 565. 566. 567. 568. I §560. Definitions. For the purposes of this article : I a — the term elevator shall mean any device within or m connection with a building or structure used for carrying )ersons or things upward or downward ; b — the term passenger elevator shall mean and include am levator designed and used for carrying persons other than hose necessary for its safe operation or for the handling or hings carried by it; c — the term freight elevator shall mean and include an} ijevator designed and used for the carrying of things and of iuch persons only as are necessary for its safe operation 01 jhe handling of things carried by it; Article 26 (Repealed) Article 27 Elevators » (In Effect March 14, 1916) Definitions. Rules. Permits. Certificate. Record of passenger elevators Inspection. Riding on elevators restricted Operators. Accidents. 127 d — the term amusement device shall mean and include alh mechanically operated devices which are rrsed to convey per-^ sons in any direction as a form of amusement. 561 §561. Rules. The superintendent of buildings shall make rules consistent with the provisions of this article, regulating, with a view to safety, the construction, main- tenance and operation of all elevators and amusement de- vices, now existing or hereafter installed. 562 §562. Permits. No passenger or freight elevator shall hereafter be installed or altered in any building nor shall any amusement device be hereafter constructed or altered, until the owner or lessee, or the agent, architect or contractor of either, shall have submitted to the superintendent of build- ings, in such form as the superintendent may prescribe, an application accompanied by plans and drawings showing the proposed construction and mode of operation, and such ap- plication has been approved by the superintendent and a permit has been issued by him. Repairs to elevators and ! amusement devices may be made without filing such appli- | cation, except when such repairs include a change in the type'j of elevator or of its motive power, or when any change in' safety devices or operating mechanism is made. *\ 563 §563. Certificate. Whenever a passenger or freight elevator or an amusement device is hereafter installed orji constnicted, it shall be unlawful for the owner or lessee toJ operate or permit the operation or use of the same until a certificate shall have been obtained from the superintendent of buildings that such elevator or amusement device has been.' inspected and has been found to be safe. The superintendent; of buildings shall within a reasonable time after being re--| quested to do so inspect or cause to be inspected any ele-|| vator or amusement device hereafter installed or constructedjj and if the same is found to be safe and in conformity with»i the provisions of this article and the rules adopted there-^l under, shall issue a certificate to that effect. Nothing here-- in contained shall prevent the temporary use under a cer- tificate issued by the superintendent of buildings of any ele- vator during construction, provided a notice is conspicu- ously posted on or in connection with such elevator to the effect that such elevator has not been officially approved. 564 §564. Record of passenger elevators. Every passengcn elevator shall be given a serial number for purposes of iden^ tification. In the case of elevators hereafter installed such serial number shall be assigned when the first certificate is issued, and in the case of existing elevators, as soon as in- spection can be made for that purpose. A docket of all pas-^ senger elevators shall be kept in each borough, giving under % 7 A' i 128 the corresponding serial number a description of its location , sufficient for identification, together with such other infor- I mation as type of construction, motive power, rise, rated I speed, inspection, etc., as the superintendent of buildings may deem desirable. The owner or lessee, or agent of either, ; shall cause such number, together with the most recent cer- tificate of inspection, to be attached or posted in the ele- vator car in the manner prescribed by the rule^. § 565 . Inspection. The superintendent of , buildings 565 shall cause an inspection of all passenger elevators to be made at least once in every three months and of freight elevators and amusement devices at least twice in each year. Upon notice from the superintendent of buildings, or his duly authorized representative, any repairs found necessary to such elevators or amusement devices shall be made without delay by the owner or lessee, and in case defects are found to exist in the continued use of such elevator or amusement device are dangerous to life or limb, then the use of such elevator or amusement device shall cease, and it shall not again be used until a certificate shall be first obtained from said superintendent of buildings that such elevator or amuse- , ment device has been made safe. After every inspection •which shows any elevator or amusement device to be safe land in conformity with the requirements of this article and I the rules adopted thereunder, the superintendent of buildings ! shall issue a certificate to that effect. § 566 . Riding on elevators restricted. It shall be un- g00 lawful for any person, other than the operator or those neces- sary to handle freight to ride on, or for the owner or lessee of any elevator knowingly to permit any person to ride on any elevator other than a passenger elevator. Every freight elevator shall have a notice posted conspicuously thereon as follows: THIS IS NOT A PASSENGER ELEVATOR. IT IS UNLAWFUL FOR ANY PERSON OTHER THAN THE OPERATOR OR THOSE NECESSARY TO HAN- DLE FREIGHT, TO RIDE ON THIS ELEVATOR. § 567 . Operators. Except as may be specifically pro- g0*7 vided in any other other law or ordinance, every passenger elevator, except full automatic push button elevators and escalators, must be in charge of a competent operator of re- liable and industrious habits, not less than eighteen years of age, with sufficient previous experience in running an ele- vator under the instruction of a competent person. No operators of amusement devices known as electrically oper- ated scenic railroads shall be employed who have not attained the age of twenty-one years and who have not secured a cer- tificate of competency from the superintendent of buildings. 129 In case the superintendent of buildings shall find that th( person engaged in running an elevator is incompetent or no qualified, the owner or lessee of such elevator shall, upot notice from the superintendent of buildings, at once discon tinue the operation of such elevator by such operator. N( person shall employ or permit any person to operate am passenger elevator who does not possess the qualification prescribed therefor by this or any other law or ordinance. 568 §568. Accidents. The owner or lessee, or person ir charge of any passenger or freight elevator or amusemen device shall immediately notify the superintendent of build ings of each and every accident to a person or damage tc apparatus on about or in connection with such elevator oi amusement device, and shall afford the superintendent o buildings or his representative every facility for investigating such accident or damage. The superintendent of building? shall without delay, after being notified, make an investiga- tion, and shall place on file in the bureau of buildings a ful‘ and complete report of such investigation. Such report shal give in detail all material facts and information available and the cause or causes so far as they can be determined; and shall be open to public inspection at all reasonable hours When an accident involves the failure or destruction of an> part of the construction or operating mechanism of a pas-t senger elevator or amusement device, said passenger elevatof or amusement device, shall not be used until it has beer made safe, and the superintendent of buildings may, if deemed necessary, order the discontinuance of the same until a certificate has been issued by him for its use, but nc part of the damaged construction or operating mechanism shall be removed from the premises until permission to dcc so has been granted by the superintendent of buildings or hi| representative. f Article 28 Fire Extinguishing Appliances (In Effect March 7, 1916) Section 580. General provisions. 581. Standpipes. 580 General provisions. Except as otherwise specifi- cally provided in this article or by any law or ordinance, all buildings now existing or hereafter erected, shall be pro- vided with such tanks, standpipes, automatic sprinklers, hose 130 lozzles, wrenches, fire extinguishers, hooks, axes and such other appliances as may be required by and conforming to ;he rules of the fire commissioner, adopted or amended in he manner prescribed by this chapter for the rules of the aiperintendent of buildings. §581. Standpipes. 1. When required. Standpipes, §31 :onstructed and installed as hereinafter required, shall be |)rovided a — in every building now existing and exceeding eighty- ive feet in height, which is not already provided with a hree-inch or larger standpipe. , b— in every building hereafter erected or altered to exceed [;ighty-five feet in height ; and . c — in every building exceeding ten thousand square feet in ;irea. 2. Size. Standpipes hereafter placed in any building shall lot be less than four inches in diameter for buildings or parts jhereof not exceeding one hundred and fifty feet in height, lot less than six inches in diameter for buildings or parts hereof exceeding one hundred and fifty feet and not ex- j-.eeding two hundred and fifty feet in height, and not less ban eight inches in diameter for buildings or parts ^^ereof ■exceeding two hundred and fifty feet in height. [ 3. Number and location. The number of standpipes in Uy building shall be such that all parts of each story are [vithin the reach of at least one stream supplied by hose lot exceeding one hundred feet in length. When a building f-equiring standpipes faces on more than one street, at least one standpipe shall be installed for each street front, pro- dded that for intersecting street fronts one standpipe shall >e sufficient for each intersection. So far as practicable tandpipes shall be placed within stair enclosures; otherwise hey shall be as near the stairs as possible. All standpipes hall extend from the lowest story to and above the roof. 4. Construction. All standpipes hereafter installed shall e constructed as prescribed by the rules of the fire commis- ioner and shall be provided with such outlets and equipped nth such appliances as required by said rules. All stand- I'ipes shall extend to the street and shall be provided at or jiear the sidewalk with approved Siamese connections. When here is more than one standpipe in any building all shall be ross-connected in an approved manner below the sidewalk 2vel. 131 Article 29 Plumbing and Other Systems of Piping (In Effect March 30, 1915) Section 600. Rules. 601. Shut-off valves. 602. Tests of plumbing. 603. Tests of gas-piping. 604. Registration of plumbers. §600. Rules. The plumbing and 600 §600. Rules. The plumbing and drainage system water supply pipes, gas, piping, steam or hot water heatir or power systems, refrigerating systems and other systems c pipes or apparatus for holding or conveying gases, vapors < fluids hereafter installed and maintained in or upon an building in the city shall conform to such rules as may I provided for by law or may be found necessary for tb protection of life, health or property, and adopted by tb superintendent of buildings. No person shall use or perm- the use of any such system, piping or apparatus installed ^ maintained in violation of any of the provisions of this art’ cle or the rules adopted hereunder. Said rules, hereaftc adopted, and any changes thereof, shall be published in tb| City Record on 8 successive Mondays before they shall b< come operative. Nothing herein contained or in the rules adopted hereundc shall require the alteration or reconstruction of any existin work that was lawfully installed, nor prevent repairs or tb' addition of new fixtures to existing work in conformity wi^ the practice followed in the original installation; provider however, that, when such repairs involve the removal alteration of more than one-half of the existing work a^ fected by the repairs, the rules in force at the time of sud repairs shall apply. < 601 §601. Shut off valves. Every building hereafter erecte and also every existing building, other than residence builc ings occupied exclusively by one or two families and havin not more than 15 sleeping rooms, which may be suoplie from some outside source with gas, vapor or fluid, sha have a conveniently accessible stopcock or other suitabl device fixed to the supply pipes leading into the building s a place outside of the building, so arranged as to allow th supply to be shut off. Such stopcock or other device sha! be so marked as to indicate either the contents and purpos of the supply pipe to which it is attached, or the compan to which the device belongs. 132 I §602. Tests of plumbing. No person shall use or 602 |)ermit the use of any new system of plumbing and drainage [lereafter installed in any building before the same has been ;:ested under the supervision of the bureau of buildings and jn accordance with its rules, to insure the tightness of the [ystem, nor until a proper and adequate water supply has i)een provided. The superintendent of buildings shall, within reasonable time after being requested to do so, cause to [)e inspected and tested any system of plumbing and drainage jhat is ready for such inspection and test, and, if the work is j:ound satisfactory and the test requirements are complied ivith, shall issue a certificate to that effect. Nothing herein contained shall prevent the inspection and test of part of a ystem or the issuance of a partial certificate, nor prevent the ise of such part of a larger system provided that such part ;:onstitutes by itself a complete system properly tested and upplied with water. §603. Tests of gas-piping. No person shall use or permit 603 he use of any new system or an extension of an old system |>f gas piping in any building before the same has been in- ipected and tested under the supervision of the bureau of [►uildings and in accordance with its rules, to insure the tight- less of the system. The superintendent of buildings shall, vithin a reasonable time after being requested to do so, cause o be inspected and tested any system of gas piping that is eady for such inspection and test, and if the work is found latisfactory and the test requirements are complied with, he hall issue a certificate to that effect. Nothing herein ontained shall prevent the use of existing systems of gas uping without further inspection or test, unless the super- ntendent of buildings has reason to believe that defects xist which make the system dangerous to life or property. §604. Registration of plumbers. Once in each year every 00^. mploying or master plumber carrying on his trade, business r calling in the city shall register his name and address t the office of the bureau of buildings in the borough of he said city in which he performs work, under such rules s the said bureau may prescribe. No person, corporation r copartnership shall engage in or carry on the trade, busi- .ess or calling of employing or master plumber in the city nless the name and address of such person and the president, ecretary or treasurer of the corporation, or of each and very member of the copartnership shall have been registered s above provided. Article 30 (Repealed) Article 31 Unsafe Buildings and Collapsed Structures (In Effect December 21, 1915) Section 630. 631. 632. 633. 634. 635. 636. 637. 638. 639. Removal or repair of buildings. Record and notice of unsafe buildings. Voluntary abatement. Disregard of notice; survey. Judicial review of survey. Repair or removal under precept. Provision for expense of executing precept. Return of precept ; reimbursement of city. Fallen buildings; buildings imminently dan gerous. Emergency fund. « 630 or repair of buildings. Any buildinj of part of a building, staging or other structure that frori any cause may now be, or shall at any time hereafter be come dangerous or unsafe, shall be taken down and remove^ or made safe and secure. 631 I^ecord and notice of unsafe building. Imme diately upon the receipt of a report by any officer or employe^' of the bureau of buildings that a building or part of ( building, staging or structure is unsafe or dangerous, tE’ superintendent of buildings shall cause the same to be en# tered upon a docket of unsafe buildings to be kept in hi] bureau ; and the owner, or some one of the owners, executor.^ administrators, agents, lessees or any other person who ma.t have a vested or contingent interest in the same, shall bi served with a printed or written notice containing a de< scription of the premises or structure deemed unsafe oi dangerous, a statement of the particulars in which the building or structure is unsafe or dangerous, and an ordei requiring the same to be made safe and secure or removed as may be deemed necessary by the superintendent of build- ings. Such notice shall require the person thus served to ini-| mediately certify to the superintendent his assent or refusal to secure or remove the same. 4 632 §632. Voluntary abatement. If the person served witll a notice specified in §631, shall immediately certify his assent to the securing or removal of said unsafe or danger- ous building, premises or structure, he shall be allowed i i 134 twenty-four hours after the service of such notice, in which to commence the securing or removal of the same ; and he shall employ sufficient labor and assistance to secure or remove the same as expeditiously as can be done. Disregard of notice; survey. 1. Notice of survey. Upon the refusal or neglect of the person served with the notice for which provision is made in §§631 and 632, to comply with any of the requirements thereof, a further notice shall be served upon him, in the manner heretofore prescribed, notifying him that a survey of the premises named in said notice will be made at the time and place therein named, which time shall not be less than twenty-four hours nor more than three days from the time of the service of said notice, by three competent persons, of whom one shall be the superintendent of buildings or an inspector des- ignated in writing by said superintendent, another shall be an architect, appointed either by the New York Chapter or the Brooklyn Chapter of the American Institute of Architects, or by the New York Society of Architects, and the third shall be a practical builder, engineer or architect appointed by the person thus notified. In case the person served with such notice shall neglect or refuse to appoint such surveyor, the other two surveyors shall make the survey, and in case of a disagreement of the latter, shall appoint a third person to take part in such survey, who shall also be a practical builder, engineer or architect of at least ten year’s practice and whose decision shall be final. The notice shall also set forth that in case the prem- ises referred to therein shall be reported unsafe or dangerous under such survey, the said report will be placed before the Supreme Court as indicated in the notice, and that la trial upon the allegations and statements contained in said report, be the report of said surveyors more or less than is contained in the said notice of survey, will be had Defore said court at a time and place therein named, to determine whether said unsafe or dangerous building or premises shall be repaired and secured or taken down and removed, and that a report of said survey, reduced to writing >hall constitute the issue to be placed before the court for rial. 2. Posting report of survey. A copy of the report of ;he survey shall be posted on the building the subject hereof by the persons holding the survey immediately on heir signing such report. 3. Compensation of surveyor. The architect appointed )y the Chapters of the American Institute of Architects, IS hereinbefore provided, who may act on any survey called 633 135 in accordance with the provisions of this article, and th< third surveyor who may have been called in the case o: disagreement provided for in this section, shall be entitlec to and receive each the sum of $25, to be paid by th( comptroller upon the voucher of* the superintendent oi buildings. A cause of action is hereby created for the benefit of the City against the owner of said building staging or structure, and of the lot or parcel of lane on which the same is situated, for the amount so paid witf interest. The amount so collected shall be paid over tc the comptroller in reimbursement of the amounts paid b} him as aforesaid. 634 §634. Judicial review of survey. 1. Institution on proceeding. Whenever the report of any such survey had as aforesaid shall recite that the building, premises or struc- ture thus surveyed is unsafe or dangerous, the corporatior counsel shall at the time specified in the notice place sucb notice and report before the justice holding a special tern' of the court named in the notice. 2. Precedence of proceeding. The determination of the issue in an unsafe building proceeding shall have precedence over every other business of such court, and a trial of th^ issue shall be held without delay at the time specified ir the notice by the justice holding said court, or a refereed whose decision or report in the matter shall be final, unless a jury trial is demanded, in which case the verdict of sucb jury shall be final. 3. Postponement of trial. If for any reason the issue shall not be tried at the time specified in said notice, or tq which the trial may be adjourned, the same may be brought to trial at any time thereafter by the superintendent o| buildings without a new survey, upon not less than thre^ day’s notice of trial to the person upon whom the original notice was served, or to his attorney. Such notice o| trial may be served in the same manner as said original notice. 4. Precept to abate. Upon the rendition of a verdict or decision of the court or referee, if the said verdict or decision shall find the said building, premises or structure to be unsafe or dangerous, the justice trying the cause, or to whom the report of the referee trying said cause shall be presented, shall immediately issue a precept directed to the superintendent of buildings, reciting said verdict or decision, and commanding him forthwith to repair and secure, or take down or remove, as the case may be, the unsafe or dangerous building or part thereof, staging, structure or other premises that shall have been named in the said report, in accordance with such verdict or decision. 136 §635. Repair or removal under precept. 1. Execution 635 of precept. Upon receiving a precept issued under the pro- visions of the preceding section, the superintendent of build- ings referred to therein shall immediately proceed to execute the same, as therein directed, and may employ such labor and assistance and furnish such materials as may be nec- essary for that purpose, provided, nevertheless, that imme- diately upon the issuing of said precept, the owner of said building or part thereof, staging or structure, or premises, or any party interested therein, upon application to the superintendent of buildings, shall, upon the payment of all costs and expenses incurred up to that time by the city, be allowed to perform the requirements of the precept at his own proper cost and expense, if the same shall be done immediately and in accordance with the requirements of said precept. The superintendent of buildings shall have author- ity to modify the requirements of any precept upon applica- tion to him therefor, in writing, by the owner of said building or part thereof, staging or structure, or his representative, when he shall be satisfied that such change shall secure equally well the safety of said building, or part thereof, staging or structure. 2. Interference prohibited. It shall be unlawful for any person, whether interested or not in the property affected, to interfere, obstruct or hinder the superintendent of build- ings or his representative or any person who, acting under the authority conferred on him by such superintendent, is performing the work directed by a precept issued out of any court as in this article provided, or ordered by the superintendent in accordance with such precept under the provisions of this chapter. §636. Provision for expense of executing precept. In 636 and about all preliminary proceedings, as well as the carrying into effect any order of the court or any precept issued by any court, the superintendent of buildings may make re- quisition upon the comptroller for such amount of money as shall be necessary to meet the expenses thereof ; and upon the approval of the statement of expenses thereof by any justice of the court from which the said order or pre- cept was issued, the comptroller shall pay the same, and for that purpose shall borrow and raise upon re\enue bonds, issued as provided by law, the several amounts that may from time to time be required, which shall be reimbursed by the payment of the amount and interest at six per cent, out of any judgment obtained as hereinafter provided, when said amount and interest shall have been collected. §637. Return of precept; reimbursement of city. Upon compliance with any precept issued to him in an unsafe 137 building proceeding, the superintendent of buildings shall make return thereof, with an indorsement of the action thereunder and the cost and expenses thereby incurred, to the justice then holding the special term of the court from which such precept issued, and thereupon said justice shall tax and adjust the amount indorsed upon said precept, and shall adjust and allow the disbursements of the pro- ceeding, together with the preliminary expenses of searches and surveys thereof, which shall be inserted in the judg- ment in said action or proceeding, and shall render judg- ment for such amount, and for the sale of the said premises in the said notice named, together with all the right, title and interest that the person named in the said notice had in the lot, ground or land upon which the said building or structure was placed, at the time of the filing of a notice of lis pendens in the said proceedings, or at the time of the entry of judgment therein to satisfy the same, which shall be in the same manner and with like effect as sales under judgment in foreclosure of mortgages. The notice of lis pendens provided for in this section shall consist of a copy of said notice of survey and shall be filed in the office of a county clerk in the county where the property affected by such action, suit or proceeding is located. 638 §638. Fallen buildings; building imminently dangerous. 1. Recovery of bodies from wrecked building. In case of the falling of any building or part thereof in the city, where persons are known or believed to be buried under the ruins, the superintendent of buildings shall cause an examination of the premises to be made for the recovery of the bodies of the killed and injured. Whenever, in making such ex- amination, it shall be necessary to remove any debris from the premises, the commissioners of the departments of docks, parks and street cleaning, and the superintendent of the appropriate bureau of highways, respectively, when called upon by the superintendent of buildings, shall co- operate with said superintendent in carrying out the purpose of this section and shall provide suitable and convenient places for the deposit of such debris. 2. Temporary safeguards for dangerous buildings. In case there shall be, in the opinion of the superintendent of buildings, actual and immediate danger of the falling of any building or part thereof so as to endanger life or prop- erty, he shall cause the necessary work to be done to render said building or part thereof temporarily safe until the proper proceedings provided for unsafe buildings by this article are instituted. 3. Vacating buildings ; closing streets and sidewalks. The superintendent of buildings is hereby authorized and 138 Empowered in such cases, and also where any building or part thereof has fallen and life is endangered by the occupation thereof, to order and require the inmates and occupants of such building or part thereof to\acate the same forthwith, and the superintendent may, when necessary for the public safety, temporarily close sidewalks, streets, buildings, struc- tures and places adjacent to such building or part thereof, and prohibit the same from being used. The police commis- sioner, when called upon by the superintendent of buildings to co-operate, shall enforce such orders or requirements. 4. Laborers and materials. For the purposes of this sec- tion, the superintendent of buildings shall employ such laborers and materials as may be necessary to perform said work as speedily as possible. §639. Emergency fund. 1 . Sources. The corporation 639 counsel shall, on the first day ot each and every month, render to each superintendent of buildings an account ot and pay over to him the amount of such penalties and costs received by him, together with his bill for all necessary dis- bursements incurred or paid in said suits, keeping a separate account for each superintendent. Each superintendent shall pay over monthly the amount of such penalties and costs so collected to the comptroller, as a fund for the use and benefit of his bureau. 2. Purposes. The fund aforesaid shall be used for the purpose of paying expenses incurred by the several super- intendents of buildings under §638 of this chapter, and also for the purpose of carrying into effect any order or pre- cept issued by any court, judge or justice to any superin- tendent of buildings. Upon the requisition of the super- intendent having jurisdiction the comptroller shall pay such sums as may be allowed and adjusted by any court of record for such purposes. Article 32 Enforcement of Chapter (In Effect November 29, 1915) Section 650. 651. 652. 653. 654. 655. Notices of requirements or of violations. Emergency measures. Judicial remedies. Judicial orders. Penalties. When violation is a misdemeanor. §650. Notice of requirements or of violations. 1 650 Issue. All notices of the violation of any of the provisions of this chapter, and all notices required or authorized by 139 651 this chapter, directing any thing to be done, including notices that any building, structure, premises, or any part thereof, is deemed to be unsafe or dangerous, shall be issued by the superintendent of buildings, and shall have his name affixed thereto. 2. Contents. Each such notice or order, in addition to the statement of requirements, shall contain a description of the building, premises or property affected. 3. Personal service. All such notices, and any notice or order issued by any court in any proceeding, instituted pur- suant to this chapter, to restrain or remove any violation, or to enforce compliance with any provision or requirement of this chapter, may be served by delivering to and leaving a copy of the same with ^ny person violating, or who may be liable under any provisions of this chapter, or who may be designated as provided in subdivision 4 of §653 of this article. They may be served by any officer or employee of the bureau of buildings, or by any person authorized by the said bureau. 4. Notice by posting. If the person to whom such order or notice is addressed cannot be found within The City of New York after diligent search shall have been made for him, then such notice or order may be served by posting the same in a conspicuous place upon the premises where such violation is alleged to have been placed or to exist, or to which such notice or order may refer, or which may be deemed unsafe or dangerous, and also depositing a copy thereof in a post-office in The City of New York, inclosed in a sealed, postpaid wrapper addressed to said person at his last known place of residence, which shall be equiva- lent to a personal service of said notice or order upon all parties for whom such search shall have been made, whether residents or non-residents of the State of New York. §651. Emergency measures. 1. Stopping work; vacat- ing and securing building. In case there shall be, in the opinion of the superintendent of buildings, danger to life or property by reason of any defective or illegal work in violation of or not in compliance with any of the provisions or*requirments of this chapter, the superintendent, or such person as may be designated by him, shall have the right and he is hereby authorized and empowered to order all further work to be stopped in and about said buliding, and to require all persons in and about said building forthwith to vacate the same, and to cause such work to be done in and about the building as in his judgment may be necessary to remove any danger therefrom. 140 2. Closing street temporarily. The superintendent of build- ings may, when necessary for the public safety, temporarily close the sidewalks, streets, buildings, structures or places adjacent to said building or part thereof, and the police commissioner, or any of his subordinates, when called upon by the said superintendent of buildings to co-operate, shall enforce all orders or requirements made under this section. §652. Judicial remedies. 1. Action or proceeding, generally. 052 Whenever the superintendent of buildings is satisfied that any building or structure, or any portion thereof, or any drainage or plumbing, the erection, construction or alteration, execution or repair of which is regulated, permitted or forbidden by this chapter, is being erected, constructed, altered or repaired, or has been erected, constructed, altered or repaired, in violation of, or not in compliance with, any of the provisions or requirements of this chapter, or in violation of any de- tailed statement of specifications or plans submitted and approved thereunder, or of any certificate or permit issued thereunder, or that any provision or requirement of this chapter, or any order or direction made thereunder has not been complied with, or that plans and specifications for plumbing and drainage have not been submitted or filed as re- quired by this chapter, the superintendent may, in his discre- tion, through the corporation counsel, institute any appro- priate action or proceeding at law or in equity to restrain, correct or remove such violation, or the execution of any work thereon, or to restrain or correct the erection or alter- ation of, or to require the removal of, or to prevent the occupation or use of, the building or structure erected, con- structed, or altered, in violation of, or not in compliance with, any of the provisions of this chapter, or with respect to which the requirements thereof, or of any order or direc- tion made pursuant to any provisions contained therein, shall not have been complied with. Any person who shall main- tain or continue any building or structure, or any portion thereof, or any drainage or plumbing, in violation of any of the provisions of this chapter, after having been duly notified as in this chapter provided that such building or structure, or any portion thereof, or that such drainage or plumbing is in violation of any provision of this chapter, shall be subject to any action or proceeding and any penalty that is provided in this article for the commission of the violation. 2. Corporation counsel to act. The corporation counsel shall institute any and all actions and proceedings, either legal or equitable, that may be appropriate or necessary for the enforcement of the provisions of this chapter. 141 3. Courts having jurisdiction. All courts of civil juris* diction in the city shall have cognizance of and jurisdiction over any and all suits and proceedings authorized by this chapter to be brought for the recovery of any penalty or the enforcement of any provision of this chapter, and shall give preference to such suits and proceedings over all others. No court shall lose jurisdiction of any action hereunder by reason of a plea that the title to real estate is involved ; provided the object of the action is to recover a penalty for the violation of any of the provisions of this chapter. All civil courts in said city are hereby invested with full legal and equitable jurisdiction to hear, try and determine all such actions and proceedings, and to make appropriate orders and render judgment therein according to law, so as to give force and effect to the provisions of this chapter. 4. Restraining order. In any such action or proceeding the city may, in the discretion of the superintendent of buildings and on his affidavit setting forth the facts, apply to any court of record in said city or to a judge or justice thereof, for an order enjoining and restraining all persons from doing, or causing or permitting to be done, any work in or upon such building or structure, or in or upon such part thereof as may be designated in said affidavit, or from occupying or using said building or structure, or such por- tion thereof as may be designated in said affidavit, for any purpose whatever, until the hearing and determination of said action and the entry of final judgment therein. The court, or judge or justice thereof, to whom such application is made, is hereby authorized forthwith to make any or all of the orders above specified, as may be required in such application, with or without notice, and to make such other or further orders or directions as may be necessary to render the same effectual. No undertaking shall be required as a condition to the granting or issuing of such injunction order, or by reason thereof. 5. Judgment. All courts in which any action or proceed- ing is instituted under this chapter shall, upon the rendition of a verdict, report of a referee, or decision of a judge or justice, render judgment in accordance therewith. 6. Lien of judgment. Any judgment rendered in an action or proceeding instituted under this chapter shall be and become a lien upon the premises named in the complaint in such action, to date from the time of filing a notice of lis pendens in the county clerk’s office of the county, wherein the property affected by such action, suit or proceeding, is located. Every such lien may be enforced against said property, in every respect, notwithstanding the same may be transferred subsequent to the filing of the said notice. 142 7. Lis pendens. The notice of lis pendens referred to in this section shall consist of a copy of the notice issued by the superintendent of buildings, requiring the removal of the violation and a notice of the suit or proceedings insti- tuted, or to be instituted thereon. Such notice of lis pendens may be filed at any time after the service of the notice issued by the superintendent as aforesaid ; provided he may deem the same to be necessary, or is satisfied that the owner of the property is about to transfer the same to avoid responsibility for having violated a provision of this chapter. Any notice of lis pendens filed pursuant to the provisions of this chapter may be vacated and cancelled of record upon an order of a justice of the court in which such suit or pro- ceeding was instituted or is pending, or upon the consent in writing of the corporation counsel. The clerk of the county where the notice is filed, is hereby directed and re- quired to mark any such notice of lis pendens, and any record or docket thereof, as vacated and cancelled of record, upon the presentation and filing of a certified copy of an order or of the consent, as aforesaid. 8. Costs. In no case shall a bureau of buildings, or any officer thereof, of the city, be liable for costs in any action, suit or proceeding that may have been, or may hereafter be, instituted or commenced in pursuance of this chapter. 9. Officers not liable for damages. No officer of a bureau of buildings, acting in good faith and without malice, shall be liable for damages by reason of anything done in any action or proceeding instituted under any provision of this chapter, or by reason of any act or omission in the per- formance of his official duties. §653. Judicial orders. 1. To comply with building 653 notices. In case any notice or direction authorized to be issued by this chapter is not complied with within the time designated therein, the city, by the corporation counsel, may, at the request of the superintendent of buildings, apply to the Supreme Court, at a special term thereof, for an order directing the superintendent to proceed to make the altera- tions or remove the violation, as the same may be specified in said notice or direction. 2. To vacate for violations. Whenever any notice or direction so authorized shall have been served as directed in this article, and the same shall not have been complied with within the time designated therein, the corporation counsel shall, at the request of the superintendent of build- ings, in addition to, or in lieu of any other remedy provided for by this chapter, apply to the Supreme Court, at a special term thereof, for an order directing the superintendent to vacate such building or premises, or so much thereof as he 143 may deem necessary, and prohibiting the same to be used or occupied for any purpose specified in said order until such notice shall have been complied with. 3. Responsibility of lessees or occupants. In case any of the notices or orders of the court herein mentioned shall be served upon any lessee or party in possession of the building or premises therein described, it shall be the duty of the person upon whom such service is made to give immediate notice to the owner or agent of the building or premises named in the notice, if such person shall be within the limits of the cit}^, and his residence be known to such person, and, if not within the city, by depositing said notice in any post-office in the city, properly inclosed in a post- paid wrapper addressed to such owner or agent at his then known place of residence. 4. Designation by an owner of a building. Any owner of real estate or of a building thereon may execute and acknowledge a written designation of a resident of said city . as a person upon whom may be served, any notice of viola- tion, notice to make safe, or notice of survey, a summons, ' a mandate, or any paper or process, issued under a provision ■ of this chapter, and may file the same, with the written ! consent of the person so designated, duly acknowledged, m the office of the superintendent of buildings. The designation ; must specify the location of the property with respect to^ which the designation is made and the residences and places of business of the person making it and the person designated. , It shall remain in force during the period specified therein, if any, or until revoked by the death or legal incompetency ’ of either of the parties, or by the filing of a revocation Dy ' either of the parties, duly acknowledged and indorsed with { the consent of the superintendent of buildings. The super- 1 intendent of buildings shall file and index each designation ^ and shall note, upon the original designation and index, ‘ the filing of a revocation. While the designation remains ] in force, as prescribed in this section, a notice of violation, ‘ notice to make safe or notice of survey, a summons, a mandate, or any paper or process under the provisions of this chapter, or either of the same, shall be served upon the person so designated, in like manner and with like effect,, as if it were served personally upon the person making the‘ designation, notwithstanding his presence in the city. 5. Reimbursement of city for expenses. The expenses and’ disbursements incurred in the carrying out of any order^ issued as provided in subdivision 2 of this section, shallj become a lien upon the building or premises named in th^ order, from the time of filing of a copy of the said order! with a notice of the pendency of the action or proceeding! 144 as provided in this chapter, taken thereunder, in the office of the clerk of the county where the property affected by such action, suit or proceeding is located ; and the Supreme Court, to whom application shall be made, is hereby authorized and directed to grant any of the orders above named, and to take such proceedings as shall be necessary to make the same effectual, and any justice to whom application shall be made is hereby authorized and directed to enforce such lien in accordance with the mechanics' lien laws applicable to the city. § 654 . Penalties. 1 . General. Except as hereinafter 654 provided with respect to the amount of the penalty the owner of any building, structure or part thereof, or wall, or any platform, staging or flooring to be used for standing or seating purposes, or the owner of the land where any viola- tion of this chapter shall be placed, or shall exist, and any architect, builder, plumber, carpenter, mason or other person who may be employed or assist in the commission of any such violation, and any and all persons who shall violate any of the provisions of this chapter or fail to comply ! therewith, or any requirement thereof, or who shall violate ior fail to comply with any detailed order or rules made thereunder, or who shall build in violation of any detailed statement of specifications or plans, submitted and approved (thereunder, shall severally, for each and every such violation tand non-compliance, respectively, forfeit and pay a penalty lin the sum of not less than ten dollars nor more than fifty ;dollars. 2. Heating plant and fire prevention violations. Any ^person who shall violate any of the provisions of this chap- ter, as to the construction of chimneys, fireplaces, flues, hot- air pipes and furnaces, or who shall violate any of the pro- visions thereof relating to the framing or trimming of timbers, girders, beams, or other woodwork in proximity to chimney flues or fireplaces, shall forfeit and pay a penalty in the sum of one hundred dollars. 3. 'Continuing violation, after notice. Any person who having been served with a notice as in this chapter prescribed, to remove any violation, or comply with any requirement of this chapter, or with any order or rule made thereunder, shall fail to comply with said notice within ten days after such service or shall continue to violate any requirement of this chapter in the respect named in said notice shall pay a penalty of not less than fifty dollars nor more than two ihundred and fifty dollars. 4. Jurisdiction of penalty actions. For the recovery of any said penalty or penalties an action may be brought in any municipal court, or court of record, in said city in the name 145 of the city; and whenever any judgment shall be renders therefor, the same shall be collected and enforced, as pri scribed and directed by the code of civil procedure of tf state of New York. 5 . Discontinuance of action upon removal of violation, If any violation shall be removed or be in process of remov: within ten days after the service of a notice as in th chapter prescribed, the liability of such penalty shall ceas and the corporation counsel, on request of the superintendei of buildings, shall discontinue any action pending to recov( the same, upon such removal or the completion therec within a reasonable time. 6. Remission of penalty. The superintendent of building through the corporation counsel, is hereby authorized, in h discretion and upon good and sufficient cause being show therefor, to remit any penalty which any person may ha\ incurred, or may hereafter incur, under any of the pn visions of this chapter; but no such penalty shall be remitt^ until the violation shall have been ’removed. Said superir tendent is further authorized in his discretion to remit ah costs allowed or obtained in any penalty suit or any oth^ action or proceeding instituted under the provisions of th; article. 655 § 655 . When violation is a misdemeanor. Any perso! who shall receive and fail to comply with any written pei emptory order of the superintendent of buildings issue only when an immediate compliance with such order is e^ sential to the public peace or safety, within the time specific in such order, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor. ; i > 1 V 146 ELEVATOR REGULATIONS At a conference of the superintendents of buildings the following regulations were adopted to apply uniformly to the five Boroughs of the City of New York. These regula- tions became effective in the Borough of Manhattan on September 1, 1911. ; All elevators installed or altered on or after that date shall oonform to these regulations, except that in cases where :ontracts for the installation of new elevators or the altera- tions of existing elevators have been made prior to that fate, the same may be made to conform to the regulations now in force, provided, however, that notice of such contracts made prior to September 1, 1911, shall be sent to the super- intendent of buildings before that date. I Regulations Governing the Construction, Inspection and , Operation of Elevators in the Borough of Manhattan. 1. The term “elevator’^ as used in these regulations shall mclude all elevators or lifts used for the carrying of passen- gers or employees. The term “dumbwaiter” shall include such special form of elevator, the dimensions of which do not exceed nine square feet in horizontal section, and four feet n height, and which is used for the conveyance of small packages and merchandise. So far as practicable, these !. egulations shall also apply to escalators. Where freight devators are placed within the same shaft enclosure as Passenger elevators, such elevators must conform in all )articulars to the regulations for the construction, inspection ind operation of passenger elevators. All other freight elevators must comply with sections 3, 4, 6, 7, 10, 12, 13, 14. 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 and 22 of the regulations for passenger levators. Any hand power elevator having a rise of more han thirty-five feet shall comply with all the requirements )f these regulations. No belt elevators driven from a ountershaft shall be installed for passenger service. 2. ^ All elevators must be inspected as often as possible by n inspector of the bureau of buildings, known and desig- lated as inspector of elevators, in accordance with the iiles and regulations of the bureau prescribing the duties nd governing the actions of the employees. 3. Before any elevator shall hereafter be installed or dtered in any building, the owner or his agent, architect or mntractor shall • submit, on appropriate blanks furnished '.herefor, to the superintendent of buildings, an application in triplicate stating the construction and mode of operation 'f such elevator to be installed or altered and shall obtain 147 his approval therefor. This application shall be accompanied ' by such plans and drawings as may be necessary. Before any such elevator shall be put into service, the same shall have been duly tested and inspected under the supervisior of an inspector of elevators and a certificate of such inspec- tion issued and a formal approval obtained from the super- intendent of buildings. In making any changes or alterations to elevator shafts, rails, overhead machinery or power, all the work changed or altered must be made to conform to the? present law and regulations. 4. The owner, lessee, manager or other person having charge or control of any elevator now in operation and the manufacturer of any such elevator hereafter placed in an> building, shall cause to be fastened in a conspicuous plac( in said elevator a metal plate, having suitable raised letters on same, which shall designate the number of pounds whici said elevator shall be permitted to carry, but in no easel shall a carrying capacity of less than 75 pounds per square! foot of platform area inside the car be permitted on anji passenger elevator. ,! 4-a. In every elevator used for passenger service the superintendent of buildings shall cause to be posted and maintained in a conspicuous place, for the guidance and information of operators and passengers, such rules, instruct tions and regulations as he may deem necessary to insure public safety. 5. Every elevator, except full automatic push button ele-. vators in private dwellings occupied by one family, must be in charge of a competent operator of reliable and inj dustrious habits, not less than eighteen years of age, witl^ at least one month^s experience in running an elevator unde: the instruction of a competent person. In case the superinu tendent of buildings shall become satisfied that the persor engaged in running any elevator is incompetent or dis-: qualified from any cause to continue to run the same, the owner or person managing or controlling the elevator shall, upon notice from the superintendent of buildings, at once replace the said operator by a competent operator. 6. Elevator shafts and doors of same in non-fireproof buildings must be constructed fireproof and made solid for their full height. Any lights that may be desired in these doors must be provided with wire glass. No onf pane of wire glass shall exceed five square feet in area. No more than one opening in the elevator shaft will be al- lowed on each floor, and all openings in the several stories 148 ishall be one above the other, unless the elevator is used 'exclusively for freight purposes, except that where the oper- ating device of the elevator is so placed that operator can readily control all doors without leaving the car control, more than one opening will be permitted on a floor. 7. In all cases where the law or regulations permit grille work enclosing the shaft or car, it shall be of substantial material and construction, properly braced and carried the jfull height of openings, and there shall be not more than jone and one-half inch space between any two mem- jbers of said grille work except where plain straight bars |are used, not filled in with scroll, when there shall not be |(iiore than one inch space between members. 8. All doors or gates leading to any elevator shaft shall be locked or bolted on the shaft side so as to be opened Dnly by the operator of the car, and said shaft doors or ^ates and car gates shall be closed before the car is put in notion. 9. All entrances to elevator cars must be provided with substantial folding or sliding gates or doors, and where I loor tracks are used the same must be countersunk. All folding gates over three feet wide at entrance to shaft or :ar shall have top and bottom centre braces. 10. All counterweights shall have their sections strongly )olted together. There shall not be less than three feet dearance between the top of counterweigths and the under- side of overhead beams when the car is resting on the mmpers. No continuous forged straps shall be permitted )n counterweights. [I 11. Where counterweights run in the same shaft as the ||:ar they must be protected with a substantial screen of iron ^'Tom the top of rail to a point fifteen feet below, except ivhere the plunger or traction type of elevator is used. I 12. All elevators, except direct plunger elevators and Teight elevators having a rise of fifteen feet or less, shall jiave a governor or speed regulator properly connected to the i.afety devices on the car, in such a manner that the car will be brought to rest with an easy and gradual stop, or in a listance not greater than eight feet for a speed of seven liundred feet per minute, except that on elevators having a peed of 100 feet per minute or less safeties of the instan- taneous type may be used. Every elevator operating on alter- iiating current electricity shall be equipped with an electro :aechanical brake, or some such device as will insure the 149 brake being applied at any time should the current be inter- rupted from the service. All electric car controlling devices shall be self-centering and self -locking in inoperative position. All hoisting machines of the drum type shall have an auto- matic slack cable device that will stop the machine if the hoist or drum weight cables shall become slack from any cause. All elevators shall have upper and lower limit devices on the machine or in the shaft. No elevator shall be used for the carrying of safes or other material of a greater weight than the normal lifting power of such elevator, unless the car is equipped with a locking device which will hold it fixed at any landing independent of the rope while such safe or other material is being loaded or unloaded. 13. The car of all elevators must be constructed of in- combustible materials, except that interior trim and flooring may be of hardwood. There shall be not more than one and one-quarter inches space between the floor of the car and the floor saddles, and where the saddles project into, the shaft the same shall be properly beveled on the under- side. The underside of the car must be of incombustible' materials. Cars for all elevators shall be properly lighted, i ♦ 14. All guide rails for both car and counterweights shall' be of iron or steel, and shall be fastened to the sides of the^ shaft with wrought or cast-iron brackets, so spaced that^ the guide rails will be rigid. ^ 15. There shall be not less than two cables independently connected to the car and to each set of counterweights. The lifting and weight cables shall have at least one full turn of the cable on the drum when they have reached the' limit of travel. Such cables shall be of a diameter to insure^ a factor of safety of five. All cables used in the operations of elevators shall be of steel, iron or “Marlin’" covered.^ Where overhead machines are installed the use of equalizer arms will be permitted on the car and counterweights. 16. No elevator shall be permitted to have attached above,* below or on the inside of the car a freight compartment or similar device. 17. Immediately under the sheaves at the top of every elevator shaft in any building there shall be provided and placed a substantial grating of iron or steel having not more than one and one-half inch space between any two members of said grating, and of such construction as shall be approved by the bureau of buildings. 18. A clear space of not less than three feet must be provided between the bottom of the shaft and the lowest point of the underside of the car floor when the car is at 150 its lowest landing, and between the top of the cross-head o^ the car and the underside of the overhead grating when the car is at its top landing, provided that for elevators of greater speed than 350 feet per minute, the distance between the top of the cross-head of the car and the underside of the overhead grating, when the car is at its top landing, shall be not less than five feet, except in the case of elevators where the rise does not exceed thirty feet and the speed of the elevator is not more than one hundred feet per minute, such clear space at the top of the shaft shall be not less than two feet between the top of the car and the under- side of the overhead grating when the car is at its top landing. 19. All parts of the elevator machinery must be properly enclosed by suitable partitions of incombustible materials, ,and such inclosures must be lighted. Free and safe access must be provided to all parts of elevator machinery. Where the machine is located at the bottom of the shaft the same shall be protected with a substantial pit pan. I 20. The speed of all elevators must not exceed five hun- dred feet per minute, except that express elevators may run seven hundred feet per minute for that portion of the shaft in which no intermediate stops are made. Express elevators [shall mean only such elevators as run eighty feet or more (without stop. The speed of mechanically controlled electric elevators must not exceed one hundred and fifty feet per ninute. ! 21. At the bottom of all elevator shafts there shall be placed substantial buffer springs for car and counterweights. IWhere the car does not travel to the bottom of the shaft i^he bumper beams shall be supported independent of the :ar rails. All plunger or traction type of elevators shall De provided with substantial oil buffers at the bottom of the bhaft for both car and counterweight. 22. The carrying beams for all machinery shall be of wrought iron or steel. 23. Every passenger elevator shall have a trap door in he top of the car of such size as to afford easy egress for passengers, or where two cars are in the same shaft such neans of egress may be provided in the side of each car. 24. Any infraction of these regulations or failure to com- )ly with their provisions after due notice from the super mtendent of buildings shall be treated the same as a violation )f the building code, and shall subject the owner to the •ame penalties as prescribed in section 150 (new section 654), )f the building code for such violation. 151 RULES AND REGULATIONS FOR PLUMBINC AND DRAINAGE, WATER SUPPLY, | GAS PIPING AND VENTILATION OF BUILDINGS Adopted by the superintendents of buildings of The Cit} of New York, and published in accordance with the pro visions of section 141 of the building code and section 40t of the Greater New York Charter as amended. Effectivt April 23, 1912. Once in each year, every employing or master plumbei carrying on his trade, business or calling in the city of New York shall register his name and address at the office oj the bureau of buildings in the borough in which his place oi business is located, under such rules and regulations as saic bureau shall prescribe, in accordance with section 141 (new section 604) of the building code of the city of New York. A plumber proposing to do work in a borough other thaf that in which he is registered shall present his certificate at the office of the bureau of buildings in that borough before commencing work, so that the fact of his having beei; properly registered may be recorded. Filing of Drawings, Descriptions, Etc. \ 1. Drawings and triplicate descriptions, on forms fur: nished by the bureau of buildings for all plumbing and drainage, shall be properly filled in, and filed by the ownei or architect in the said bureau. The plans must be drawti to scale in ink, on cloth, or they must be cloth prints of such scale drawings, and shall consist of such floor plans and sections as may be necessary to show clearly all plumb^ ing work to be done, and must show partitions and method^ of ventilating water-closet apartments. 2. The said plumbing and drainage shall not be commencec?; or proceeded with until said drawings and descriptions shall have been so filed and approved by the superintendent of buildings. 3. No modification of the approved drawings and descrip-' tions will be permitted unless either amended drawings andi triplicate descriptions, or an amendment to the original draw-| ings and descriptions, covering the proposed change or, changes, are so filed and approved by the superintendent of| buildings. I 4. The drainage and plumbing of all buildings, both! public and private, shall be executed in accordance with thej rules and regulations of the bureau of buildings. 5. Repairs or alterations of plumbing or drainage may be made without filing drawings and descriptions in the bureau: H of buildings, but such repairs or alterations shall not be construed to include cases where new vertical lines or horh I zontal branches of soil, waste, vent or leader pipes are pro- ! posed to be used. 6. Notice of such repairs or alterations shall be given to the said bureau before the same are commenced in such cases as shall be prescribed by the rules and regulations of I the said bureau, and the work shall be done in accordance I with the said rules and regulations. ! 7. Where repairs or alterations, ordered by the board of I health or tenement house department for sanitary reasons, include cases where new vertical and horizontal lines of soil, waste, vent or leader pipes are proposed to be used or old ones replaced, drawings and descriptions must be filed with and approved by the superintendent of buildings before same shall be commenced or proceeded with. 8. Repairs and alterations may comply in all respects with the weight, quality, arrangement and venting of the rest of the work in the building. Except when an existing soil, waste or vent line has been damaged by fire or other causes to the extent of 50 per cent, or more of its entire length, same must be replaced by new lines installed in accordance with the rules and regulations governing new lines. 9. No plumbing and drainage or any part thereof shall be commenced until the plumber who is to do the work shall sign the specifications and make affidavit that he is duly authorized to proceed with the work. Affidavit must give the name and address of owner and plumber, etc. No registered plumber shall sign the specifications and act as the agent for a plumber who has not obtained a certificate of competency from the examining board of plumbers as an employing or master plumber. A violation of this rule will be deemed sufficient reason by the superintendent of buildings of the cancellation of a certificate of registration, in accordance with chapter 803, Laws of 1896. (Amended Laws 1913, chapter 754). 10. One set of specifications will be received for not more than ten houses, and then only when on adjoining lots and houses are exactly alike. 11. Written notices must be given to the superintendent of buildings by the plumber when any work is begun, and at such times as the work is ready for inspection. Definition of Terms. 12. The term “private sewer” is applied to main sewers that are not constructed by and under the supervision of the department of public works. 153 13. The term “house sewer'’ is applied to that part of the main drain or sewer extending from a point two feet outside of the outer front wall of the building, vault or area to its connection with public sewer, private sewer or cesspool. 14. The term “house drain” is applied to that part of the main horizontal drain and its branches inside the walls of the building, vault or area and extending to and connecting with the house sewer. 15. The term “soil line” is applied to any vertical line of pipe having outlets above the floor of first story for water closet connections. 16. The term “waste line” is applied to any vertical line of pipe having outlets above the first floor for fixtures other than water closet. 17. The term “vent pipe” is applied to any special pipe, provided to ventilate the system of piping and to prevent trap siphonage and back pressure. = Materials and Workmanship. j 18. All materials must be of the best quality, free from defects, and all work must be executed in a thoroughly* workmanlike manner. 19. All cast-iron pipes and fitttings must be uncoated, sound, cylindrical and smooth, free from cracks, sand holes and other defects, and of uniform thickness, and of the grade ” known in commerce as “extra heavy.” ! 20. Pipe, including the hub, shall weigh not less than the? following average weights per linear foot : | Diameters. Weights Pei- Linear Foot. 2 inches 3 inches 4 inches 5 inches 6 inches 7 inches 27 pounds 8 inches 10 inches 45 pounds 12 inches 21. The size. weight and maker's name must be cast on each length of pipe. .ii 154 22. All joints must be made with picked oakum and molten lead and be made gas-tight. Twelve (12) ounces of fine, soft pig lead must be used at each joint for each inch in the diameter of the pipe. 23. All wrought iron and steel pipe must be equal in quality to “standard” and must be properly tested by the manufacturer. All pipe must be lap-welded. No plain black or uncoated pipe will be permitted. 24. All wrought iron or steel water supply, vent, waste and soil pipes must be galvanized. 25. Where galvanized wrought iron or steel pipe is re- quired the fittings used on same must also be galvanized. 26. Fittings for waste or soil and refrigerator waste- pipes must be the special extra heavy cast-iron recessed and threaded drainage fittings, with smooth interior waterway, and threads tapped, so as to give a uniform grade to branches of not less than one-fourth of an inch per foot. 27. Short nipples on wrought iron or steel pipe, where the unthreaded part of the pipe is less than one and one-half inches long, must be of the thickness and weight known as “extra heavy” or “extra strong.” 28. The pipe shall not be less than the following average thickness and weight per linear foot: Weigths Per Diameters. Thicknesses. Linear Foot. inches 14 inches 2.68 pounds 2 inches 15 inches 3.61 pounds 2^ inches 20 inches 5.74 pounds 3 inches 21 inches 7.54 pounds 3J4 inches 22 inches 9.00 pounds 4 inches 23 inches 10.66 pounds 414 inches 24 inches 12.34 pounds 5 inches 25 inches 14.50 pounds 6 inches 28 inches 18.76 pounds 7 inches 30 inches 23.27 pounds 8 inches 32 inches 28.18 pounds 9 inches 34 inches 33.70 pounds 10 inches 36 inches 40.06 pounds 11 inches 37 inches 45.02 pounds 12 inches 37 inches 48.98 pounds 29. All brass pipe for soil, waste and vent pipes and , solder nipples must be thoroughly annealed, drawn, brass tubing, of standard iron-pipe gauge. 155 i 30. Connections on brass pipe and between brass pipe and traps on iron pipe must not be made with slip joints or couplings. Threaded connections on brass pipe must be of the same size as iron pipe thread for same size of pipe and be tapered. 31. The following average thickness and weights per linear foot will be required : Weights Per Diameters. Thicknesses. Linear Foot. inches 14 inches 2.84 pounds 2 inches 15 inches 3.82 pounds 2^ inches 20 inches 6.08 pounds 3 inches 21 inches 7.92 pounds 334 inches 22 inches 9.54 pounds 4 inches 23 inches 11.29 pounds 4^ inches 24 inches 13.08 pounds 5 inches 25 inches 15.37 pounds 6 inches 28 inches 19.88 pounds 32. Brass ferrules must be best quality, extra heavy, cast brass, not less than four inches long and two and one- , quarter, three and one-half inches and four and one-half i\ inches in diameter, and not less than the following weights : : Diameters. Weights. 234 inches 1 pound 0 ounces ; 3^2 inches 1 pound 12 ounces # 434 inches 2 pounds 8 ounces ] 33. One and one-half inch ferrules are not permitted. c: 34. Soldering nipples must be heavy cast brass or of ! brass pipe, iron pipe-size. When cast they must not be less ‘ than the following weights: Diameters. Weights. 134 inches 0 pound 8 ounces 2 inches 0 pound 14 ounces ' 234 inches 1 pound 6 ounces ' 3 inches 2 pounds 0 ounces t 4 inches 3 pounds 8 ounces? 35. Brass screw caps for cleanouts must be extra heavy,j not less than one-eighth of an inch thick. The screw cap! 156 must have a solid square or hexagonal nut, not less than one inch high, with a least diameter of one and one-half inches. The body of the cleanout ferrule must be at least equal in weight and thickness to the caulking ferrule for the same size of pipe. 36. Where cleanouts are required by rules and by the ap- proved plans, the screw cap must be of brass. The engag- ing part must have not less than six threads of iron-pipe size and be tapered. Cleanouts must be of full size of trap up to four inches in diameter, and not less than four inches for larger traps. 37. The use of lead pipes is restricted to the short branches of the soil and waste pipes, bends and traps, roof connections of inside leaders. “Short branches^' of lead pipe shall be construed to mean not more than : 8 feet of inch pipe. 5 feet of 2 inch pipe. 2 feet of 3 inch pipe. 2 feet of 4 inch pipe.. 38. All connections between lead pipes and between lead and brass or copper pipes must be made by means of “wiped*^ solder joint. 39. All lead waste, soil, vent and flush pipes must be of the best quality, known in commerce as “D” and of not less than the following weights per linear foot : Weights Per Diameters. Linear Foot. 1J4 inches (for flush pipes only) 2^2 pounds 1J4 inches 3 pounds 2 inches 4 pounds 3 inches 6 pounds 4 and 4^2 inches 8 pounds 40. All lead traps and bends must be of the same weights and thicknesses as their corresponding pipe branches. Sheet lead for roof flashings must be six-pound lead, and must ex- tend not less than six inches from the pipe, and the joint made watertight. 41. Copper tubing, when used for inside leader roof con- nections, must be seamless drawn tubing, not less than 22 gauge, and when used for roof flashings must be not less than 18 gauge. 157 General Regulations. 42. Each building must be separately and independently connected with a public or private sewer, or cesspool, ex- cept where a building is located on the rear of the same lot with another building, when its plumbing and drainage system may be connected to the house-drain of the front building behind the house trap and fresh air inlet which shall be used for both buildings if sewer-connected; or may be connected to an existing cesspool of front house and be provided with a separate house trap and fresh air inlet. 43. Every building must have its sewer connections di- rectly in front of the building, unless permission is other- wise granted by the Superintendent of Buildings. 44. Where there is no sewer in the street or avenue, and it is possible to construct a private sewer to connect in an adjacent street or avenue, a private sewer must be con- structed. It must be laid outside the curb, under the road- way of the street. : 45. Cesspools and privy vaults will be permitted only after; it .has been shown to the satisfaction of the superintendent, of buildings that their use is absolutely necessary. 46. When allowed, they must be constructed strictly in- accordance with the terms of the permit issued by the super- intendent of buildings. 47. Cesspools must not be used as privy vaults nor cair privy vaults be used as cesspools. Cesspools and privy vaults must be located at least 15 feet from any building and on, the same lot as the building for w hich their use is intended.: Walls of cesspools and privy vaults when constructed of{ brick must be 8 inches thick; if of stone, 18 inches thick] Bottoms of cesspools and privy vaults must be of stone con-! Crete 6 inches thick. The entire interior surface of cess-^ pools and privy vaults must be finished with a coating of Portland cement mortar 1 inch thick. 48. As soon as it is possible to connect with a public sewer, the owner must have the cesspool and privy vault emptied, cleaned and disinfected and filled with fresh earth, and have a sewer connection made in the manner herewith prescribed. 49. All pipe lines must be supported at the base on brick piers, or by heavy iron hangers from the cellar-ceiling: beams, and along the line by heavy iron hangers at inter- vals of not more than ten feet. 50. All pipes issuing from extensions or elsewhere, which would otherwise open within 20 feet of the window of any building, must be extended above the top of any window 158 located within such distance. When a building exceeds in height that of an adjoining building, and windows or openings are cut in the wall on the lot line within 20 feet of the roof terminal of any soil, waste or vent line now in place or sub- sequently installed in the lower building, the owner of the higher building shall defray the expense of extending said soil, waste or vent lines above the roof of the higher build- ing or shall himself make such alteration. 51. The arrangement of all pipes must be as straight and direct as possible. Offsets will be permitted only when un- avoidable. 52. All pipes and traps should, where possible, be exposed to view. They should always be readily accessible for in- spection and repairing. 53. In every building where there is a leader connected to the drain, if there are any plumbing fixtures, there must be at least one four (4) inch pipe extending above the roof for ventilation. Yard, Area and Other Drains. 54. All yards, areas and courts exceeding 15 square feet in area must be drained into the sewer. A shaft open at the top not exceeding 25 square feet in area, and which cannot be connected in back of a leader, yard, court or area drain trap, may be drained into a publicly-placed, water- supplied, properly-trapped and vented slop sink. 55. These drains, when sewer-connected, must have con- nections not less than three inches in diameter. They should be controlled by one trap — the leader trap, if possible. 56. Floor drains will only be permitted when it can be shown to the satisfaction of the superintendent of buildings that their use is absolutely necessary and arrangements made to maintain a permanent water seal in the traps. 57. Cellar drains may be connected in back of and con- trolled by a leader, yard, court or area drain trap which need not be vented. 58. Subsoil drains should discharge into a sump or re- ceiving tank, the contents of which if discharged by gravity may be discharged into a rain leader, yard, court or area drain behind the trap controlling same or may be discharged through a properly trapped and vented, water supplied re- ceptacle. Where mechanical force is required to discharge the contents into the plumbing and drainage system, a proper automatic cut-off or check valve must be provided on the I connection between house-drain and apparatus used for raising the contents of sump-pit. 159 59. The contents of settling chamber or dust receptacle: for vacuum cleaners may be discharged into a Plumbing anc Drainage system, the same as sub-soil drain sump-pits. Leaders. 60. Every building shall be kept provided with propei metallic gutters and rain leaders for conducting water fron all roofs in such manner as shall protect the walls anc foundations from injury. In no case shall the water fron any rain leader be allowed to flow upon the sidewalk or ad- joining property, but the same shall be conducted by propei pipes to the sewer. If there be no sewer in the street upor which the building fronts, then the water from said leader: may be conducted by proper pipes laid below the surface oi sidewalk to the street gutter, or may be conducted by extr^ heavy cast-iron pipe to a leeching cesspool located at least 20 feet from any building. No plumbing fixtures shall dis- charge into a leeching cesspool. 61. In side leaders must be made of cast iron, wroughi iron or steel, with roof connections made gas and watei tight by means of a heavy lead or copper-drawn tubing wiped to a brass ferrule or nipple caulked or screwed intd the pipe. 62. Outside leaders may be made of sheet metal, but thei must connect with the house drain by means of a cast-iror pipe extending vertically five feet above the grade level. 63. Leaders must be trapped with cast-iron running trap: so placed as to prevent freezing. j 64. Rain-water leaders must not be used as soil, waste oi vent pipes nor shall any such pipe be used as a leader. i The House Sewer, House Drain, House Trap and Fresf{ Air Inlet, ^ 65. Old house sewers can be used in connection with thiii new buildings or new plumbing only when they are found;| on examination by the plumbing inspector, to conform in abj respects to the requirements governing new sewers. | 66. When a proper foundation consisting of a natural' bed of earth, rock, etc., can be obtained, the house seweij can be of earthenware pipe. i 67. Where the ground is made or filled in, or where thej pipes are less than three feet deep, or in any case wherej there is danger of settlement by frost or from any cause, | and when cesspools are used, the house sewer must be oi| extra heavy cast-iron pipe, with lead-caulked joints. I 68. No earthenware house-drain, when found in a leaky or defective condition, shall be repaired or replaced except! with heavy cast-iron pipe. j 160 69. The house drain and its branches must be of extra heavy cast-iron when underground, and of extra heavy cast- iron or galvanized wrought iron or steel when above ground. 70. The house drain must properly connect with the house sewer at a point two feet outside of the outer front vault or area wall of the building. An arched or other proper opening must be provided for the drain in the wall to pre- vent damage by settlement. 71. The house drain if above the cellar floor must be supported at intervals of ten feet by eight-inch brick piers or suspended from the floor beams, or be otherwise properly supported by proper hangers placed not more than 10 feet apart. 72. No steam-exhaust, boiler blow-off or drip-pipe shall be connected with the house-drain. Such pipes must first discharge into a proper condensing tank, and from this a proper outlet to the house sewer outside of the building must be provided. In low pressure steam systems the condensing tank may be omitted, but the waste connections must be otherwise as above required. 73. The house-drain and house-sewer must be run as direct as possible, with a fall of at least one-quarter inch per foot, all changes in direction made with proper fittings, and all connections made with Y branches and one-eighth land one-sixteenth bends. 74. The house sewer and house-drain must be at least 4 inches in diameter when receiving the discharge of a water- idoset. Where rain leaders are connected to the plumbing system, the sizes of house sewer, house drain and leader connections shall be computed according to the square feet of area drained into them. No house sewer or house-drain shall be of less diameter than the largest line of pipe con- nected thereon. The following table is the maximum area allowed to drain into pipes of given diameter: Fall Fall Diameter of Pipe. % Inch Per Foot. ^ Inch Per Foot. ! 3 1,200 square feet. 1,500 square feet. 4 2,500 square feet. 3,200 square feet. 5 4,500 square feet. 6,000 square feet. 6 8,000 square feet. 10,000 square feet. 7 12,400 square feet. 15,600 square feet. 8 18,000 square feet. 22,500 square feet. 9 25,000 square feet. 31,500 square feet. 0 41,000 square feet. 59,000 square feet .2 69,000 square feet. 98,000 square feet. 161 75. Full size Y and T branch fittings for handhole clean ^ out must be provided 'where required on house-drain and it: branches. No clean-out need be larger than 6 inches it diameter. 76. An iron running trap must be placed in the house i drain near the front wall of the house, and on the sew'e: side of all connections, except a Y fitting used to receivti the discharge from an automatic sewage lift, oil separator | or a drip-pipe where one is used. If placed outside of th( ' house or below the cellar floor, it must be made accessible « in a brick manhole, the walls of which must be eight inche: j thick, with an iron or flagstone cover. When outside the ! house it must never be less than three feet below the surface i of the ground. 77. When the plumbing system of any building is alterec by the addition of a new soil, waste or vent line, and nc house trap and fresh air inlet or leader trap exists on the house-drain, same shall be provided. 78. The house trap must have two cleanouts, with brass screw cap ferrules caulked in. j 79. A fresh air inlet pipe must be connected with the house-drain just inside of the house trap and extended to the outer air, terminating with a return bend, with open end one foot above the grade at most available point to be de^ termined by the superintendent of buildings and shown or plans. The fresh air inlet pipe must be of the same diametei as the house-drain. An automatic device approved by the superintendent of buildings may be used, when set in 2 manner satisfactory to him. \ 80. No curb box or similar device with grating placed ir| sidewalk will be permitted for fresh air inlets. Soil and Waste Lines. 81. All main, soil, waste or vent pipes must be of ironji steel or brass. 82. When they receive the discharge of fixtures on any|;« floor above the first, they must be extended in full calibre atjj least one foot above the roof coping, and well away fromi all shafts, windows, chimneys or other ventilating openings. ' When less than four inches in diameter, they must be en- > larged to four inches at a point not less than one foot be-., low the roof surface by an increaser not less than nine (9) 1 inches long. 83. No caps, cowls or bends shall be affixed to the top of such stack. 162 84. In all buildings, wire baskets must be securely fas- tened into the opening of each pipe in an accessible posi- tion. When roofs are used for drying purposes or roof gardens, all pipes shall be extended to a height of seven feet. 85. Necessary offsets above the highest fixture branch must not be made at an angle of less than forty-five degrees :o the horizontal. 86. Soil and waste pipes must have proper Y or TY tranches for all fixture connections. 87. No connection to lead branches for water-closets or ;lop sinks will be permitted, except the required branch vent. 88. Branch soil and waste pipe must have a fall of at east one-quarter inch per foot. • 89. Short TY branches will be permited on vertical lines only. Long one-quarter bends and long TYs are permitted. Short one-quarter bends and double hubs, short roof in- ^:reasers and common offsets, and bands and saddles, are pro- libited. ^ 90. The diameters of soil and waste pipes must not be jess than those given in the following table : ivlain soil stacks 4 inches idain soil stacks for water-closets on 5 or more I. floors 5 inches Branch soil pipes 4 inches jdain waste stacks 2 inches yfain waste stacks for kitchen sinks on 5 or more floors 3 inches Branch wastes for slop sinks 3 inches Branch waste-pipes for laundry tubs inches Yhen set in ranges of three 2 inches ilranch waste for kitchen sinks 2 inches iBranch waste for urinals 2 inches Branch waste for other fixtures VA inches j Vent Pipes. r 91. All traps must be protected from siphonage and back- I 'ressure and the drainage system ventilated by special lines f vent pipes. . 92. All vent pipe lines and main branches must be of iron, teel or brass. They must be increased in diameter and xtended above the roof as required for waste-pipes. They ,iay be connected with the adjoining soil or waste line well fbove the highest fixture, but this will not be permitted /hen there are fixtures on more than six floors. 163 93. All offsets must be made at an angle of not less than forty-five degrees to the horizontal, and all lines must be connected at the bottom with a soil or waste pipe or the drain in such a manner as to prevent the accumulation ol rust scale. 94. Branch vent pipes shall be kept above the top of all connecting fixtures, so as to prevent the use of vent pipes as soil pipes or waste-pipes. Branch vent pipes shouk be connected not less than six inches nor more than twc feet from crown of trap or side of lead bend. 95. Vent connections for water-closets and slop sinks ; must be made from the branch soil or waste-pipe just belovv the trap of the fixture, and this branch vent pipe must b( so connected as to prevent obstruction and no waste-pip( ; connected between it and the fixtures. Earthenware traps j must have no vent horns. 96. No sheet metal, brick or other flue shall be used* as ^ a vent pipe. 97. The sizes of vent-pipes throughout must not be less than the following: For main vents, two inches in diameter ^ for water-closets on three or more floors, three inches ir diameter; for other fixtures on less than seven floors, twnstituting chapter twenty-one of the consolidated laws,” is hereby amended by inserting therein a new article, to ke article four-a thereof, to read as follows: Article 4-a. Supervision and regulation of plastering Section 60. iment. 1 61. ' 62. ■ 63. [ 64. I 65. i 66. ! 67. ^ 68 . Supervision of plastering by building depart- Three coat work required on lath. Key space. First coat or scratch coat. Second coat. Finishing. Cornices or coves. Patent plasters. §60. Supervision of plastering by building department. The building department of every city of the first class shall have jurisdiction over all plastering except where |it conflicts with the duties of any other department or conflicts with any law conferring on any other department supervision of any portion of plastering. For such purpose there shall be appointed in each building department in a city of the first class by the head thereof a sufficient num- ber of inspectors to perform such work as is necessary in the enforcement of this article who, in addition to such qualifications as may be required by the civil service law, shall be competent plasterers of at least ten years* practical experience. §61. Three coat work required on lath. All plastering in tenements, apartments, hospitals, schools and other public buildings when on lath shall be known as three coat work, namely, scratch coat, brown coat and finish. 177 §62. Key space. All ceilings, ^tud partitions a 1 furred walls in tenements, apartments, hospitals, schools a I other public buildings where plastered with lime on wo lath shall have not less than three-eighths space betwe lath. All grounds and jambs shall mean* not less th seven-eighths from the stud. §63. First coat or scratch coat. First or scrat coat shall be of first quality to be scratched thoroughly make a key to retain second coat; and shall be thorougl dry or set before applying second coat. §64. Second coat. Second coat or brown mortar sh; be of first quality. All browning must be straight, true wi no unevenness or irregularity of surface. §65. Finishing. When white mortar, or any oth material of a like character is used for finish coat, it sh; be laid on regular and troweled to a smooth surface showi’ neither deficiencies or brush marks. ; §66. Cornices or coves. All cornices or coves slu be run straight, true and smooth. 5 §67. Patent plaster. When patent plasters, such i ivory, acme, Windsor, etcetera, are used, lathing, if of wo? lath, shall not be less than one-quarter inch key spa^ First coat shall be thoroughly scratched to make key to i tain second coat, and shall be set before second coat applied. §68. Nothing in this article contained shall effect tl tenement house act and the enforcement of the provisio' thereof by the city of New York. { Section 2. This act shall take effect January first, ninete^ hundred and twleve. ! (*Sp in original. Should read “be.”) 178 lULES FOR INSPECTORS OF PLASTERING 1. WOOD LATH. a. All wood lathing shall be done with the best quality liawn white pine or spruce lath set not less than ^ inch lipart for lime or lime and cement mortars and not less than 14 inch apart for hard wall plaster mortars. b. The lath shall not be less than 1 % inches x % inch, lor wider than inches. c. The wood shall be well seasoned and free from bark, apwood or dead knots. d. All wall and ceiling lath shall be nailed with at least bur nails to each lath where studding or furring is 16 nches on centers, and with five nails to each lath where urring is spaced 12 inches on centers. j e. Lath in walls shall be laid horizontally, and in ceilings lhall run in one direction only. The joints shall be broken It least every tenth lath. ! f. Three-coat work, scratch, brown and finish coats, hall be required on wood lath. [ 2. METAL LATH. a. All expanded metal and sheet metal lath shall be not ighter than No. 27 U. S. gauge, galvanized, painted with n asphaltum compound, or japanned. b. All wire lath shall be not lighter than No. 20 U. S. auge, galvanized, painted with an asphaltum compound, or apanned. c. All metal lath shall be lapped at least 1 inch at the nds, and at the sides of the sheet the lath shall be lapped in uch a manner to insure a good job. d. All expanded sheet metal and wire lath shall be of type suitable to form a proper key and firmly retain the faster. e. In furring over structural sheathing or solid wood pvork, metal lath shall be kept at least ^ inch away from ‘ he wood surface by furring strips. f. All metal lath without stiffeners shall be tied or laced t least every six inches vertically to the furring or studs ivith No. 18 U. S. gauge annealed, galvanized wire, and all [.dth with stiffeners at least at 8-inch intervals ; at lap joints -lorizontally, between the studs, a similar tie shall be pro- ided. The ends of all tie wires shall be twisted tight wit!i j. double turn and bent back flush with the face of the lath. g. Expanded or sheet metal lath of No. 24 gauge or less astened to wood studs, shall be stapled at least at 6-inch 179 intervals and the laps between the studs securely lace All stiffened wire lath on wood studs, shall be stapled ov the rod or “V’" stiffener, and the laps between studs proper tied. 3. FURRING AND STUDDING FOR METAL LAT AND PLASTER OR PLASTER BOARD PARTITIOIS AND CEILINGS. a. All furring o: studding for metal lath and plast partitions shall have a minimum spacing of 12 inches and maximum spacing of 16 inches corresponding to the la as specified in Table 1. b. All furring in ceiling shall have a minimum spacir of 12 inches and a maximum spacing of 16 inches correspond ing to the lath as specified in Table 1. c. Table 1. Types of Metal Lath U. S. Standard Gauge. Maximum Studding Spacing < or Furring ( Hung and Clipped Ceilings Solid anc Hollow Partitions; No. 22 gauge expanded metal lath with ribs at least 3-32 in. wide, weighing at least 4 1-3 pounds per square yard 16-inch 16-inch , No. 24 gauge expanded metal lath with ribs at least 2-32 in. wide, weighing at least 3 1-3 pounds per square yard 14-inch .j 16-inch ! No. 24 gauge expanded metal lath of less weight 12-inch 16-inch , No. 27 gauge expanded metal lath or sheet metal lath 12-inch No. 18 gauge wire lath 2 by 2 mesh. 12-inch 14-inch No. 18 gauge wire lath 2^2 by 2^ mesh 12-inch 16-inch No. 20 gauge wire lath 2^ by 2^4 mesh 12-inch 14-inch No. 20 gauge V-stiffened wire lath or with rods or stiffeners 754 or 8 inch on centers 16-inch i 1 ■ 16-inch d. For both solid and hollow metal lath and plaste > partitions, the studs or furring bars shall be 1-inch x J^-incl 1 i x j4-inch, channels or angles, tees or’ flats of equivalent sectional area and strength spaced 12-inch to 16-inch centers iccording to the lath used. Where necessary, the steel fur- ring strips shall be properly braced and bolted laterally; ind shall be securely fastened to floor and ceiling construc- :ion by bent knees, slotted clips or runner plates of approved ::ypes. e. All furring for suspended or clipped ceilings shall be of j|iufficient weight and strength to support the load imposed and ;hail consist of at least ^-inch channels or their equivalent -;or spans up to five feet and not lighter than 1-inch x ^-inch ;;c 34-inch channels or other approved sections of equivalent ij^trength for spans up to seven feet. The spacing of fur- ling bars shall correspond with the type of lath used. For ipans over seven feet, the sectional area and the strength >f furring bars shall be increased proportionately or inter- [nediate supports shall be provided, of hangers or clips Securely fastened to the bottom flanges of steel beams or iLnchored to the arch construction above. All supporting ilips used for the purpose of receiving and supporting the urring bars for ceilings shall be made from stock weighing lot less than 0.4 pounds per lineal foot and of sufficient rtrength to sustain the dead load imposed. [ f. Cross-furred and suspended ceilings shall be constructed if continuous running bars equivalent in strength and sec- iional area to a 134 -inch x 1^-inch x 3-16-inch angle sus- jended by hangers from the lower flanges of the structural iteel framing. The cross-furring shall be securely bolted ;ir clipped to or passed through the running bars. If “hair- fln” clips are used they shall be of not less than No. 9 llnnealed and galvanized wire and shall pass up on both liides of the furring bar and be securely hooked over the anning bar. The hangers shall be of not less than 1-inch x -16-inch flats, clamped to both sides of the steel beams, g. Clipped ceilings shall be not more than 4 inches below le steel beams. h. Bolts used for atttaching running bars to hangers lall be not less than ^-inch in diameter and for attaching T arring irons to running bars not less than 34-inch bolts lall be used. i. In the case of heavy, ornamental ceiling work, special revision shall be made to sustain the load, j. Proper ventilation should be provided where hung /filings are used to take care of the condensation of moisture, k. Three-coat work, scratch, brown and finish coats, shall required on metal lath. I 181 4. PLASTER BOARD. a. All plaster boards consisting of plaster of Paris rein- forced with strong fibre shall be not less than ^-inch thick, except in tenement houses, where a minimum thickness oi }4-inch is required, and shall be of a type approved by the Bureau of Buildings. b. The boards shall be spaced l^-inch apart on all sides [ and shall be nailed directly to all wood studding or furring i with lJ4-inch wire nails at least No. 11J4 gauge, with flat ^-inch heads. The nails shall be spaced not more than 6 inches apart for walls, and not more than 4 inches apart for ceilings. c. The joints shall be broken every other board horizon- tally on walls, and at right angles to the furring on ceilings. . d. All joints and spaces between plaster boards shall be filled with hard wall plaster mortar and allowed to thoroughly set before browning. e. When three-coat work is specified, the joints or spaces : between the boards may be filled at the time of putting on > the scratch coat, using the same material. = f. Plaster boards shall not be wet before plastering. ; g. Two-coat work of hard plaster mortars shall be re-» quired on plaster boards of the above description. 5. LIME. ' a. Lime used for plastering shall be of the best quality evenly and thoroughly burned limestone. It shall be free from clinkers with not more than 15 per cent, of other im-’ purities. It shall slake readily in water, forming a fine,> smooth paste without residue in excess of 15 per cent. ; 6. SAND. j a. The sand shall be of angular grains, sharp, properly! screened and free from loam and other deleterious sub-' stances. ^ 7. HAIR BINDER. ‘ a. The binder shall be water-soaked, well beaten, clean, long winter hair or approved vegetable fibre cut in 2-inch to 3-inch lengths. 8. SCRATCH COAT. a. The scratch coat shall be at least 3-16-inch to ^-inch thick, and shall be well keyed into the lath. It shall be scored or scratched with diagonal lines nearly through its thickness. b. The mortar shall be mixed in the proportions of one barrel of lump lime, 2J4 barrels of clean, sharp sand, and the binder in the proportion of two pounds of hair or three 182 pounds of fibre to 100 pounds of lump lime. Or the mix may be proportioned as follows: to 1,000 pounds of un- slaked lime of standard quality, add one cubic yard of screened, sharp sand and 10 pounds of hair. 9. BROWN COAT. a. The brown coat shall be at least ^-inch thick and shall not be applied until the scratch coat is dry. It shall be brought to a true plane by screeding horizontally or some other acceptable method and floating to an even sur- face. The brown coat must be straight and true. b. The mortar shall be composed of one barrel of lump lime to five barrels of sand with binder in the proportion of one pound of hair or fibre to 100 pounds of lump lime. Or the mix may be proportioned as follows: to 500 pounds of unslaked lime add one cubic yard of screened, sharp sand and 2^ pounds of hair. 10. FINISH COAT. a. The hard finish coat shall be the best quality of pre- pared finish or well slaked lime putty gauged with plaster of Paris, or plaster of Paris with marble dust of white sand in combination. b. The mix shall be proportioned as follows : to one part of plaster add two parts of white mortar. c. If sand finish is used it shall be applied before the brown coat is quite dry, or if dry, the brown coat should oe wet down and the sand coat trowelled or floated to the desired finish. 11. MIXING. a. Scratch coat. The lime shall be thoroughly slaked, the putty being allowed to cool before incorporating the hair :o avoid burning. The proper amount of sand shall then be added and thoroughly mixed and the mortar banked for It least three days. b. Brown coat. The mortar shall be prepared as for icratch coat, and banked for at least three days before using. c. Finish coat or white mortar. The lime shall be horoughly slaked in a box, mixing in a small proportion of vhite sand or marble dust. It shall be then run through i No. 10 mesh wire seive into a storage box and allowed 0 stand for at least 48 hours before gauging with plaster ind applying the finish coat. d. Machine-mixed mortar shall be made from lime putty. e. Hydrated limes of approved brands may be used in ()lace of lump lime. f. All frozen mortar shall be discarded. 183 12. PLASTERING NOTES, a. All plastering on lath in tenements, apartments, hospitals,! schools and other public buildings shall be known as three- coat work, namely scratch coat, brown coat and finish coat. b. On brick and fireproofing, all plastering shall be done in the brown and finishing coats. Where waterproofing is applied to the interior surface of the wall, the same shall be furred down before plastering, or the mortar gauged with plaster of Paris. c. When plastering is applied to concrete surfaces, the surface shall be clean, free from oil and properly prepared for binding and keying the plaster; or the work shall be furred down. d. Walls of brick or stone must be thoroughly cleaned | and the joints left rough or open before the plastering isj applied. | e. The brown coat shall be well floated to a true and even' surface flush with the grounds. j f. No “laid off” work shall be permitted but each coati shall be thoroughly dry or set before the next coat is ap-1 plied. I g. All surfaces shall be straight edged in every direction,, | ceilings level and all jambs and angles straight and true. j h. When plastering is done, the building shall be keptj in working condition and properly enclosed against the i weather. 13. GROUNDS. a. Base grounds. In all rooms and halls there shall be^j e base ground or what is known as a ribbon ground. Soldierj! grounds can be placed from floor to ribbon ground and ifH such are used, they must not extend out past ribbon grounds,! or partition plates on floor. Where picture moulding or Dutch shelf grounds, etc., are used, they should receive the i same treatment as the base grounds. b. Window and door grounds. All windows shall be j grounded top and bottom unless equivalent provision is | made through the use of window frames. All door, portiere or grill openings shall be grounded top ; and sides with bucks formed by turning joist on 4-inch way, | or with a plain ground which shall not extend past base or moulding grounds. j c. On brickwork, concrete and terra cotta, }4-inch grounds j shall be used. Where wood lath is used, the ground and jambs shall project not less than ^-inch from the stud, j and where metal lath is used, not less than f^-inch. ! 184 14. BATH ROOMS. TILE ON METAL LATH. a. Where bath rooms are furred with metal lath to receive tile, the motar shall be composed of one part of Portland cement, three parts of clean, sharp sand and ten per cent, of lime putty or hydrated lime with sufficient hair. b. The scratch coat shall be well keyed into the lath and scratched with diagonal lines to receive the tile. 15. CORNICES, GROINED, DOME AND BARREL CEILINGS. a. All cornices, coves and bull noses shall be run with moulds and properly furred and metal lathed. b. Ornamental ceilings shall be constructed in a manner similar to suspended ceilings with the necessary modifications of brackets, frames and supports to conform to the required outline. All furring should be bolted and clipped together and securely anchored. No furring shall be tied up. 16. PATENT OR HARD WALL PLASTERS. a. Hard wall plasters shall be of approved brands and shall be received at the building operations in the manu- facturers’ original packages and shall be mixed and applied in accordance with his specifications. 17. KEENE CEMENTS. a. Keene cements shall be of approved brands, and shall be applied according to the manufacturers’ specifications. b. The base coat may be prepared with Portland cement in the proportions of one part Portland cement, to three parts clean, sharp sand. c. The finish shall be well trowelled to a polished surface. 185 CODE OF ORDINANCES Excerpt from Chapter 10 — Explosives and Hazardous Trades Regulations of the Municipal Explosives Commission Article 11 GARAGES §152. Construction. 1. General regulations. Except as hereinafter provided in this section, all garages hereafter erected shall be of strictly fireproof construction as to all rooms and compartments, where motor vehicles with gaso- line in their fuel tanks, are stored ; and all garages heretofore erected shall have all walls, ceilings and floors covered with fire retarding material in all rooms and compartments where motor vehicles, with gasoline in their fuel tanks, are stored. 2. N on-fireproof roofs, doors and windows — where per- mitted. Garages not exceeding one story in height may have non-fireproof roofs and garages not exceeding two stories in height may likewise have non-fireproof roofs, provided the same are covered on the inside with approved fire retarding material in all cases where motor vehicles, with volatile in^ flammable oil in their fuel tanks, are stored or kept on the upper floor. Window openings and outside doors in such garages removed at least thirty feet from the nearest ex- posure, may be non-fireproof. 3. Non-fireproof construction, where permitted. Nothing in this section shall prohibit the erection or the granting of a permit for a garage of non-fireproof construction while the following conditions exist: (a) No volatile inflammable oil is stored except in the fuel tanks of the motor vehicles; (b) Fuel tanks of the motor vehicles stored, are not opened, filled or drawn from in the garage; (c) Not more than four motor vehicles are stored; (d) All motor vehicles stored are the property of the owner and not for sale, rent or hire ; (e) The garage is situated at least fifteen feet from the nearest building, unless the nearest wall of such building or the wall of the garage nearest such building is of unpierced fireproof construction; the provisions of this sub-division, however, to apply only to garages hereafter to be erected. 4. Converted buildings. The requirements herein stated for garages hereafter erected shall apply to buildings erected after May 1, 1915, for any purpose, and thereafter converted for use for garage purposes. NOTE. — ^^Opinion of Corporation Counsel, rendered to the Board of Examiners on February 29, 1916, states that “Section 152 of Arti- cle 11, Chapter 10, of the Code of Ordinances should be construed as constituting an exception to the general provisions of Sections 72 and 73 of Article 4, Chapter 5, of the said Code, and that the said Sections 72 and 73 should now be read as limited by the provisions of said Section 152.** 185A CITY OF NEW YORK CODE OF ORDINANCES Excerpts from Chapter 23 — Streets Article 13. OBSTRUCTIONS AND INCUMBRANCES §140. Special uses of streets. No person shall in- ! cumber or obstruct any street or sidewalk which has been I opened, regulated or graded, according to law, with any article or thing whatsoever, without first having obtained t written permission from the president of the borough in I which such street or sidewalk is situated. (C. O., §219.) §141. Building construction, sidewalk bridges. Per- il- sons who desire to erect large buildings may erect and 'maintain a bridge, not to exceed 7 feet in height above the I ‘Sidewalk and 6 feet in width, extending the whole length jof the proposed building; the steps leading to the same to irest upon the sidewalk of the adjoining premises. (C. O., :j§211.) §142. Building material. 1. Permit. The president of each borough shall have the power to grant permits to [builders to occupy not to exceed one-third of the carriage- Iway of any street with building material; provided in his (opinion the interests and convenience of the public will not i suffer thereby. (§1, Brooklyn ords.) : 2. Conditions. Such permits shall provide expressly that ij'they are given upon condition that the sidewalks and gut- : Iters shall at all times be kept clear and unobstructed, and j|that all dirt and rubbish shall be promptly removed from [jtime to time by the party obtaining such permit, and that lall such permits may be revoked by the borough president, jat pleasure. (Id.) : 3. Deposits. Except as otherwise specifically provided in ilthis article, no such permit shall be granted to any builder ij'unless he shall, at the time said permit is granted, have on { deposit with the borough president the sum of $50, as a ■guarantee that he will promptly comply with the conditions of |dl permits which may be so granted, including the prompt • removal of all dirt and rubbish placed upon the street from f:ime to time, and also for the prompt removal, after the 186 1 expiration or revocation of any such permit, of any building material placed upon any street thereunder. Each borough president is hereby authorized and empowered to use so much of the moneys so deposited as may be required to effect the prompt removal of such dirt or rubbish as may, from time to time, be left upon the streets by the party making the deposit, and also for the purpose of removing any building material which may remain thereon, after the expiration or revocation of any permit, under which it was so placed. In case any such deposit shall become impaired or exhausted, by its use by a borough president in the re- moval of dirt, rubbish, or building material, the amount shall be made up immediately, to the sum of $50, on notice from the borough president, and, in default thereof, all permits theretofore issued to the builder failing to com- ply with such notice shall be revoked, and no permit shall be thereafter granted to him until such deposit be made good. Any builder may, at any time, withdraw his deposit ; pro- < vided he shall hold no unexpired permits and have fully complied with all the conditions of all permits theretofore . issued, otherwise said builder shall be only entitled to with- draw and receive as much of the deposit as may remain < unexpended after the provisions of this section, relative to the use of said money for the removal of dirt, rubbish or ' building material, as the case may be, have been carried into effect. (Id.) 4. Restrictions, a. In placing building materials in a ^ street, the material shall be so placed as not to occupy more | than one-third of the width of the carriageway of the street. In a street upon which there is a railroad, materials ^ shall not be placed nearer to the track than 2 feet. (C. O., j § 211 .) ^ b. In no case shall building material be placed upon, nor ; shall mortar, cement or other material be mixed upon the : pavement of a street paved with asphalt, asphalt block or wood, except under a permit issued by the borough president having jurisdiction, which shall contain a provision that such pavement shall be protected by first laying planks thereon. Borough presidents, or other officers issuing per- mits to builders to use the streets, shall insert in each such , permit a clause requiring compliance with this provision. (C. | O., §270.) I 5. Unauthorized obstructions. Whenever any wood, tim- |i ber, stone, iron or other building material has been or shall | be put or placed in or upon any street, without a permit, the borough president having jurisdiction shall forthwith cause the same to be taken up and removed. (C. O., §146.) 187 §150. Storm-doors. Storm-doors not exceeding 10 feet in height, nor more than 2 feet wider than the doorway or entrance of any building, may be temporarily erected with- in the stoop-lines; providing a permit therefor shall have been obtained from the borough president having jurisdic- tion; but in no case shall any storm-door extend more than 6 feet outside the house-line. No structure under the name of “storm-door” shall be lawful which shall practically be an extension of the building front or house front within the stoop-line, or an enlargement of the ground floor of any premises. (C. O., §263.) CODE OF ORDINANCES Chapter 23 Article 14 PROJECTIONS AND ENCROACHMENTS §160. Projections prohibited. No areas, steps or other projections beyond the building line except those indicated in paragraphs c, d, e, f and h of subdivision 4, §170, chap- ter 5 of this Code of Ordinances, shall be built, erected or made upon the following streets, namely: a. Grand Boulevard and Concourse in the Borough of The Bronx, between East 161st Street and Mosholu Park- way; b. On Coney Island Avenue, from the Plaza at Park- side Avenue to Neptune Avenue, in the Borough of Brook- lyn; c. On Newkirk Avenue, between Flatbush Avenue and Coney Island Avenue, in the Borough of Brooklyn. §164. Cellar doors and steps. Every entrance or flight of steps, now existing and projecting beyond the line of the street and descending into any cellar or basement story of any house or other building, where such entrance or flight of steps shall not be covered, shall be enclosed with a railing on each side, permanently put up, from 3 to 354 feet high, with a gate to open inwardly, or with 2 iron chains across the front of the entrance-way, 1 near the top and 1 in the centre of the railing, to be closed during the night, unless there be a burning light over the steps, to prevent accidents. 188 CODE OF ORDINANCES CHAPTER 23 Article 16 SfGNS AND SHOW BILLS Section 210. General provisions 211. Ground signs and roof signs. 212. Ground signs, special provisions. 213. Roof signs, special provisions. 214. Signs on walls. 215. Electric signs. 216. Unsafe signs. 217. Unlawful signs. 218. Alteration of existing signs. 219. Exemptions. 220. Retroactive effect. 221. Inspections. 222. Public signs, protection of. 223. Violations. §210. General provisions. Except as otherwise speci- fied in the succeeding sections of this article, signs, show- ” bills and showhoards may be placed on the fronts of build- i ings, with the consent of the owner thereof. They shall be*^ securely fastened, and shall not project more than 1 foot i from the house wall, except that signs may be hung or at- i tached at right angles to any building and extend not to ex- i ceed 3 feet therefrom in the space between the second floor d (the ground floor being considered the first floor) and a i| point 8 feet in the clear above the level of the sidewalk in | front of such building. Signs may be attached to the sides i of stoops, but not to extend above the railing or beyond the [ stoop-line of any stoop. No sign, showbill or showboard | shall be placed, hung or maintained except as prescribed I in this article. 1 §211. Ground signs and roof signs. 1. Permits re- } quired. No ground sign or roof sign shall be erected until a permit therefor shall have been issued by the superintendent of buildings having jurisdiction. Each superintendent of buildings may prescribe suitable regulations, consistent with | the provisions of this article, concerning the forms and con- j tents of applications for the various forms of permits. Id9 2. Plans and specifications. No such permit shall be is- sued unless plans and specifications, showing the dimen- sions, material and details of construction of the proposed sign, accompanied by the written consent of the owner or lessee of the property upon which it is to be erected, shall have been filed with the superintendent of buildings having jurisdiction, nor until all of the provisions of the Building Code, relating to such structures, shall have been complied with. 3. Electric wiring and appliances. In the case of a sign illuminated by electricity, a certificate must also be procured from the department of water supply, gas and electricity, certifying that the electric wiring and electric appliances of the proposed sign are in conformity with the rules and regu- lations of that department. 4. Fees. Before any permit shall be issued under this section, a fee therefor shall be paid to the appropriate bureau of buildings as follows : For ground signs, $2 ; for roof signs having a tight, closed or solid surface, $5 ; for roof signs not having a tight, closed or solid surface; $10 ; provided that each face of any such sign structure, when fronting on different streets shall be considered to be a separate sign. 5. Existing structures. Permits shall be issued for exist- ing signs not conforming to the requirements of this article, provided such signs were erected in conformity with the legal requirements in effect when they were erected, but no fees shall be charged for permits or registration for ex- isting signs. 6. Registration and identification. Every ground-sign and roof-sign existing or hereafter erected, shall be registered with the bureau of buildings of the borough in which such structure is situated, by the person maintaining the same, and shall have displayed upon the front thereof the name and address of such person, and the serial number of the permit issued for such structure. The bureau of buildings may issue permits in several series so as to distinguish be- tween existing signs and new sign structures erected in con- formity with this article, or between various classes of signs. §212. Ground signs; special provisions. 1. Con- struction. No ground, fence, billboard or sign within the fire limits of the city shall be at any point over 12 feet above the ground ; provided that when the face of any sign, excepting the ornamental moulding thereof, shall be con- structed entirely of metal or of wood covered on all sides with sheet metal, the sign shall not be at any point over 24 feet above the ground. 190 2. Maintenance, Any person, occupying any vacant lot or premises with a billboard, sign or other advertising struc-| ture or device, shall be subject to the same duties and re-j sponsibilities as the owner of the lot or premises, with| respect to keeping the same clean, sanitary, inoffensive and free and clear of all noxious substances in the vicinity of such billboard, sign, structure or device; and with respect to the removal of snow from the sidewalk and curb in front thereof. §213. Roof-signs; special provisions. 1. Construc- tion. All roof sign structures shall be so constructed as to leave a clear space of at least 7 feet between the roof level and the lowest part of the structure, and at least 5 feet between the vertical supports thereof ; such structures shall be set back at least 6 feet from the face of the front and rear walls and shall not interfere with any openings in the roof or with any fire escape. Such structures, excepting thel ornamental surface moulding thereof, shall be constructed! entirely of metal, including the uprights, supports and braces for same, and shall be required to bear a wind pressure of not less than 30 pounds to the square foot of area subject td such pressure. < 2. Restrictions, a. No roof sign structure having a tight, ; closed or solid surface shall be at any point over 31 ieeU above the roof level. ' b. Roof sign structures not having a tight, closed or solid ; surface may be erected upon fireproof buildings to a height j not exceeding 75 feet above the roof level, and upon non- j fireproof buildings to a height not exceeding 50 feet above : the roof level, but the portions of such structures coveredft and exposed to wind pressure shall not exceed 35 per cenb; of the total area. §214. Signs on walls. 1. Construction. No sign shalHi be erected upon the front, rear or side wall of any buildind so as to project above either the roof cornice or parapetj wall, or above the roof level, where there is no cornice or, parapet wall ; except that a sign erected at a right angle to| the building wall, the horizontal width of which sign parallel! to such wall does not exceed 2 feet, may be erected to aj height not exceeding 2 feet above the roof comice or para-| pet wall, nor above the roof level where there is no cornice: or parapet wall. A sign attached to a comer, and parallel | to the vertical line of such corner, shall be deemed erected! at a right angle to the building wall. 2. Restrictions. No such sign shall be so erected as to| cover the doors or windows of any building, or otherwisej^ prevent free ingress or egress to or from any window, door.i or fire escape on any building. j §215. Electric signs. 1. Application of preceding sections. Except as hereinafter specifically prescribed, all provisions of §§211 to 214, inclusive, of this article, shall apply to the continuance, construction, alteration, reconstruc- tion and maintenance of electric signs, as hereinafter defined. 2. Issue of permits. All permits for electric signs shall be issued by the city clerk, upon applications therefor ap- proved by the commissioner of water supply, gas and elec- tricity and the superintendent of buildings having jurisdic- tion. 3. Definition. Any letter, word, model, sign, device or representation, used in the nature of an advertisement, an- nouncement or direction, illuminated by electricity, erected on any building and extending beyond the building line, shall be deemed to be an electric sign. 4. Fee for permit. The applicant for a permit to con- struct or maintain an electric sign shall pay to the city clerk an annual fee of 10 cents for each square foot of sign space or part of square foot of such sign space displayed on such electric sign, to be computed and collected by the city clerk. I The square feet of sign space on one side of an electric sign, however, shall be deemed to be the entire number of square feet of sign space, for the purpose of computing the |license fee herein referred to and required tu be paid. I 5. Consent of owner of adjoining residence. No permit shall be issued for the erection of an electric sign on a build- ing which adjoins another occupied exclusively as a private residence, until the applicant for the permit shall have filed ‘[he written consent of the owner of such residence to the erection of the proposed sign. 6. Restrictions, a. No electric sign shall extend more ;han 8 feet from the building line, nor shall any such sign 3e less than 10 feet in the clear above the level of the side- walk beneath the same. b. All electric signs shall be constructed entirely of metal )r other incombustible material, except the insulation there- of, including the uprights, supports and braces for the same, ind shall be properly and firmly attached to the building, and Eall be so constructed as not to be or become dangerous. §216. Unsafe signs. Should any fence, sign, billboard )r roof sign or sign structure be or become insecure, or in langer of falling, or otherwise unsafe, in the opinion of the .uperintendent of buildings, the owner thereof, or the per- ;on maintaining the same, shall, upon notice from the super- t ntendcnt, forthwith in case of immediate danger, and, in my case within 10 days, secure the same, under the super- ■dsion of and in the manner to be approved by the superin- ! endent, in conformity with the provisions of this article. §217. Unlawful signs. In case any sign or structure shall be attached at other than a right angle to the wall olj the building, extending outside the building line and pro-j jecting above the roof cornice or parapet wall or above the roof level, where there is no cornice or parapet wall, or shall be so erected as to prevent free ingress and egress to and from any door, window or fire escape of any building, the fire commissioner shall notify, by registered mail, the ownei or lessee thereof to alter such sign or structure, so as tc comply with this article, or to remove the same. If sucl; order is not complied with within 60 days, the fire commis-j sioner shall remove such sign or sign structure at the ex-j pense of the owner or lessee thereof. j §218. Alteration of existing signs. No existing fence i sign, billboard or roof sign or sign structure shall be en-j larged, rebuilt, structurally altered or relocated, except ir| accordance with the provisions of this article ; provided thalj this requirement shall not apply to the relettering or rewir- ing of electric signs. I §219. Exemptions. No part of the foregoing sections! of this article shall apply to walls constructed wholly o^| principally of stone, marble, brick, terra cotta, concrete oii other like material composing a masonry or monolithic wall; nor to back yard fences on the ground in the interior of ^ court; nor to picket fences and ornamental metal fences. §220. Retroactive effect. Except as expressly provided in §§216 and 217 hereof, this article shall have no retroactive effect. §221. Inspections. Every sign or sign-structure, fo^ which a permit shall have been issued under any provisiotj of this article, shall be inspected at least once in each cab endar year, by or under the direction of the superintendent; of buildings having jurisdiction. §222. Public signs, protection of. No person shall in^ jure, deface, obliterate, mar, remove, take down, loosen, de- stroy or in any other manner interfere with or disturb an>i signboard containing the name of any street or public place,! whether it be upon public or private property. §223. Violations. 1. Punishment. No person shall violate any provision of this article under a penalty of $100 for each offense. No sign or sign structure shall be main- tained, contrary to the provisions of this article, under a penalty of $10 for each day or part of a day the same shall be so maintained. 2. Abatement. Except as otherwise provided in this arti- cle, any fence, sign, billboard or roof-sign structure erected or maintained in violation of this article shall be subject, upon notice, to abatement by the superintendent of build- ings having jurisdiction. * 193 MOVING PICTURES j LAWS OF NEW YORK, CHAPTER 308 I AN ACT to amend the general business law, in rela- ion to the operation of the cinematograph or any other ap- )aratus for projecting moving pictures. Became a law \.pril 17, 1913. Article 12-A ' \blic Entertainments or Exhibitions by Cinematograph or any Other Apparatus for Projecting Moving Pictures Section 209. 210 . 211 . 212 . 213. 214. 215. 216. Fireproof booth for cinematograph or any other apparatus for projecting moving pic- tures. Construction of booth; approval of plans and specifications. This article not retroactive under certain conditions. Inspection ; certificate for permanent booths. Portable booth for temporary exhibitions. Exemption and requirements for miniature cinematograph machines. Inspection ; certificate for portable booths and inclosures for miniature cinematograph ma- chines. Penalty for violating this article. §209. Fireproof booth for cinematograph or any ther apparatus for projecting moving pictures. No nematograph or any other apparatus for projecting moving ictures, save as excepted in §§211 and 213 of this article, hich appparatus uses combustible films of more than ten iches in length, shall be set up for use or used in any -hiding, place of public assemblage or entertainment, unless ;ich apparatus for the projecting of moving pictures shall e inclosed therein in a booth or inclosure constructed of bncrete, brick, hollow tile or other approved fireproof ma- rial or any approved fireproof framework covered or lined ith asbestos board, or with some other approved fire re- sting material, and unless such booth shall have been mstructed as provided in §210 of this article and the cer- ficate provided in §212 of this article shall have been issued the owner or lessee of the premises wherein such booth situated. ’ §210. Construction of booth; approval of plans id specifications. The booths provided for in §209 of this 194 article shall be constructed according to plans and spec 1 fications which shall have been first approved, in a city, t the mayor or chief executive officer of the city departmeir^ having supervision of the erection of buildings in such cit) 3 in a village, by the president of such village; in a tow f outside the boundaries of a city or village, by the supervise of such town. Provided, however, that no plans and spec fications for the construction of such booths shall be aj proved by any public official, unless the following requin : ments are substantially provided for in such plans an specifications. 1. Dimensions. Such booths shall be at least six feet ii: height. If one machine is to be operated in such booth tl floor space shall be not less than forty-eight square feet. I j more than one machine is to be operated therein, an add k tional twenty-four square feet shall be provided for eac^ additional machine. ^ 2. General Specifications. In case such booth is not coij structed of concrete, brick, hollow tile or other appprovej fireproof material than asbestos, such booth shall be cor, structed with an angle framework of approved fireproof m^ terial, the angles to be not less than one and one-quartc inches by three-sixteenths of an inch thick, the adjacerl members being joined firmly with angle plates of met^l The angle members of the framework shall be spaced nd more than four feet apart on the sides and not more tha| three feet apart on the front and back and top of such bootll The sheets of asbestos board or other approved fire-resisl ing material shall be at least one-quarter of an inch in thicll ness and shall be securely attached to the framework b| means of metal bolts and rivets. The fire-resisting materhj shall completely cover the sides, tops and all joints of suqi booth. The floor space occupied by the booth shall be co^i ered with fire-resisting material not less than three-eighti; I of an inch in thickness. The booth shall be insulated s I that it will not conduct electricity to any other portion c ' the building. There shall be provided for the booth a doci; not less than two feet wide and five feet ten inches higl 1 consisting of an angle frame of approved fireproof materk i covered with sheets of approved fireproof material one quarter of an inch thick, and attached to the framework 0 the booth by hinges, in such a manner that the door sha I be kept closed at all times, when not used for ingress 0 ' egress. The operating windows, one for each machine to be op erated therein and one for the operator thereof, shall be n f: larger than reasonably necessary, to secure the desired servi ice, and shutters of approved fireproof material shall b 195 a provided for each window. When the windows are open, the shutters shall be so suspended and arranged that they will automatically close the window openings, upon the op- erating of some suitable fusible or mechanical releasing device. Where a booth is so built that it may be constructed to open directly on the outside of the building through a window, such window shall be permitted for the comfort of the operator, but such booth shall not be exempted from the requirement of the installation of a vent flue as hereinafter prescribed. Said booth shall contain an ap- iproved fireproof box for the storage of films not on the iprojecting machine. Films shall not be stored in any other place on the premises ; they shall be rewound and repaired either in the booth or in some other fireproof in- closure. The booth in which the picture machine is op- erated shall be provided with an opening or vent flue in its roof or upper part of its side wall leading to the outdoor air. The vent-flue shall have a minimum cross- sectional area of fifty square inches and shall be fire- proof. When the booth is in use there shall be a con- stant current of air passing outward through said open- ing or vent flue at the rate of not less than thirty cubic feet per minute. I §211. This article not retroactive under certain conditions. §§209 and 210 of this article shall not be retroactive for any booth approved by the appropriate pub- lic authority or official prior to this article taking effect, provided such booth have or be so reconstructed of the same material as to have dimensions as specified in §210 of this article ; provided such booth conform to the speci- fication of §210 as regards vent flue, box for storage of films, specifications for windows and doors, and provided such booth be of rigid fireproof material, and be insulated so as not to conduct electricity to any other part of the ! building and be so separated from any adjacent com- bustible material as not to communicate fire through in- [tense heat in case of combustion within the booth. i §212. Inspection; certificate for permanent booths. tAfter the construction of such booth shall have been com- pleted, the public officer charged herein with the duty of I passing upon the plans and specifications therefor shall with- n three days after receipt of notice in writing that such oooth has been completed cause such booth to be inspected. j[f the provisions of §§209 and 210 of this article have been :omplied with, such public officer shall issue to the owner |)r lessee of the premises wherein such booth is situated a 196 certificate stating that the provisions of §§209 and 210 of thil article have been complied with. | §213. Portable booth for temporary exhibitions. Wherj motion pictures are exhibited daily for not more than oni month, or not oftener than three times a week, in educa tional or religious institutions or bona fide social, scientific political or athletic clubs, a portable booth may be subst tuted for the booth required in §§209 and 210 of the article | Such booth shall have a height of not less than six feet an an area of not less than twenty square feet and shall b constructed of asbestos board, sheet steel of no less gaug than twenty-four; or some other approved fireproof terial. Such portable booth shall conform to the specifics tions of §210 of this article with reference to windows an door, but not with reference to vent flues. The floor of sue i booth shall be elevated above the permanent support on whic it is placed by a space of at least one-half inch, sufficiei: : to allow the passage of air between the floor of the bootij and the platform on which the booth rests, and the boot ] shall be insulated so that it will not conduct electricity Ijj any other portion of the building. ♦ §214. Exemption and requirements for miniaturjl cinematograph machines. The above sections, 209, 210, 21 j 212 and 213, referring to permanent and portable booths, shaM not apply to any miniature motion picture machine in whic| the maximum electric current used for light shall be threij hundred and fifty watts. Such miniature machine shall b operated in an approved box of fireproof material constriicte with a fusible link or other approved releasing device t close instantaneously and completely in case of combustid, within the box. The light in said miniature machine shall completely inclosed in a metal lantern box covered with unremovable roof. §215. Inspection; certificate for portable booths anj^ miniature cinematograph machines. Before moving pic tures shall be exhibited with a portable booth, under §213 oj this article, and before a miniature machine without a bootl shall be used as prescribed in §214 of this article, there shai; be obtained from the appropriate authority, as defined in §2l| of this article, a certificate of approval. §216. Penalty for violating this article. The violatioif of any of the provisions of this article shall constitute a mis demeanor. This act shall not apply to cities which have loca[, laws or ordinances now in force which provide for fireprooj booths of any kind for moving picture machines or apparatus| I 197 CHARTER GREATER NEW YORK Chapter 9 Title 2 Bureau of Buildings [ Note — Portions of the text of no special interest to the general public have been omitted. Section 405. 406. 407. 408. 409. 410. 411. 412. 413. 414. 415. 416. Appointmenr oi superintendents ; qualifica- tions; jurisdiction; salaries. Duties of superintendents; appointment and removal of subordinates. Continuation and repeal of existing laws; building code. General provisions relative to existing build- ing laws. Rules and regulations. Power to vary the provisions of law. Appeals. Accounts; annual estimates; expenditures. Record of applications. Books, plans, etc., to be delivered to borough presidents. Annual registration of plumbers in Bureau of Buildings. Carrying on business of plumber in New York City without registration, punishable by fine or imprisonment. §405. Appointment of Superintendents; qualifications; jurisdiction; salaries. There shall be in the office of each borough president a bureau to be known as “the bureau of buildings for the borough of ” The presi- dents of the Boroughs of Manhattan, The Bronx and Brook- lyn shall, each within the borough for which he is elected, appoint a superintendent of buildings for the borough. The presidents of the Boroughs of Queens and Richmond may, whenever appropriation is made therefor by the Board of Aldermen upon the recommendation of the Board of Esti- mate and Apportionment, each within the borough for which he is elected, in like manner appoint a superintendent of buildings for the borough. Every superintendent of build- ings so appointed shall be a competent architect or builder 198 of at least ten years’ experience. The president of a bor- ough may, whenever in his judgment the public interests shall require, remove the superintendent of buildings of his borough. Every such superintendent shall hold office until his successor is appointed and has qualified. * * * L 1897, ch. 378, §644. §406. Duties of superintendents; appointment and re- moval of subordinates. Each superintendent of buildings shall, within the borough or boroughs in which he has juris- diction, have charge of the administration of, and it shall be his duty, subject to and in accordance with the general rules and regulations established by the president of the borough, to enforce such rules and regulations and the pro- visions of this chapter and of such ordinances as may be established by the Board of Aldermen, and of the laws re- lating to the construction, alteration and removal of build- ings or other structures erected or to be erected within such borough. Each superintendent of buildings within the limits of his appropriation shall have the power to appoint subordinate officers, as follows : Such chief inspectors of buildings, and such inspectors of buildings, engineers, clerks, ^ messengers, assistants and other subordinates as in his judg- S ment may be necessary and proper to carry out and enforce such rules and regulations and ordinances and the provisions ! of said laws of this chapter within the borough under his jurisdiction. The chief inspector of buildings shall be a ; competent architect, engineer or builder of at least ten years’ practice. The inspectors shall be competent men, either architects, engineers, masons, carpenters, plumbers, or iron , workers, who shall have served at least five years as such. It ' shall not be lawful for any officer or employee in the build- ^ ing bureau of any borough to be engaged in conducting or | carrying on business as an architect, civil engineer, carpenter, ' plumber, iron worker, mason or builder, while holding office ‘ in the bureau, or to be engaged in the manufacture or sale of ; articles entering into the construction of buildings, or act as agent for any person engaged in the manufacture or sale of such articles, or own stock in any corporation engaged in the manufacture or sale of such articles. Each superintend- ent of buildings shall have power to designate in writing one of the inspectors so appointed by him to act on any sur- vey authorized by law, or to perform such other duties as the said superintendent may direct. Each superintendent of buildings may designate a chief inspector of buildings, who, during the absence or inability of such superintendent shall possess all the powers and perform all his duties so far as they relate to buildings. Each superintendent of build- ings shall have power to punish any employee, for neglect of 199 duty, or omission to properly perform his duty, for violation of rules, or neglect or disobedience of orders, or incapacity, or absence without leave, by forfeiting and withholding pay for a specified time, or by suspension from duty with or without pay not exceeding thirty days, or subject to the re- quirements of the civil service law remove or dismiss any inspector of buildings or other subordinate appointed by him or by any predecessor in office from the service of the bureau at any time in his discretion. Any officer or employee of or in the bureau of buildings of any borough, or police officer thereto detailed, who shall ask, solicit or accept or receive any money or other compensation for enforcing or for modifying or changing any order or requirement of said bureau shall be guilty of a felony. (As amended by L. 1905, ch. 648.) L. 1897, ch. 378, §648. §407. Continuation and repeal of existing laws; build- ing code. The Board of Aldermen is authorized by or- dinance to regulate and restrict the height of buildings to be hereafter erected in the city. * * * building code which shall be in force in The City of New York on the first day of January, nineteen hundred and two, and all then existing provisions of law fixing the penalties for violation of said code, and all then existing laws affecting or relating to the construction, alteration or removal of buildings or other structures within The City of New York are hereby declared to be binding and in force in The City of New York, and shall continue to be so binding and in force except as the same may from time to time be revised, altered, amended or repealed as herein provided. No right or remedy of any character shall be lost or impaired or affected by reason of this chapter. This chapter shall not affect or impair any act done or right accruing, accrued or acquired or penalty, for- feiture or punishment incurred prior to the time when this act takes effect or by virtue of any law repealed or modified by this chapter, but the same may be asserted, enforced, prosecuted or inflicted as fully and to the same extent as if this act had not been passed or said law had not been re- pealed or modified. The board of aldermen shall have power from time to time to amend said building code and said laws and to provide therein for all matters concerning, affecting or relating to the construction, alteration or re- moval of buildings or structures erected or to be erected in The City of New York, and for the purpose of preparing or amending such code to appoint and employ a commission of experts. The said building code which is in force May first, nineteen hundred and four, shall constitute a chapter of the code of ordinances of The City of New York. (As amended 200 oy L. 1904, ch. 628, §2.) L. 1897, ch. 378, §647. Compare L. 1904, ch. 602, also amending this section. §408. General provisions relative to existing building laws. The superintendent of buildings appointed by the president of the Borough of Manhattan shall within such borough in addition to the powers, rights and duties express- ly conferred or imposed upon him by this act, possess and exercise all the powers, rights and duties, and shall be sub- ject to all the obligations heretofore vested in, conferred upon or required of the board of buildings of The City of New York and of the commissioner of buildings appointed for the Boroughs of Manhattan and The Bronx so far as they relate to the Borough of Manhattan and except in su far as the same are inconsistent with or are modified by this act. * * * L. 1897^ ch. 378, §646. §409. Rules and Regulations. Each president of a borough shall have power to establish general rules and regulations for the administration of the building depart- ment of his borough, and such other rules and regulations as were authorized by law at the time of the passage of; chapter three hundred and seventy-eight of the laws o£ eighteen hundred and ninety-seven to be established by the superintendent of buildings in The City of New York, or by the commissioner of the department of buildings in the City of Brooklyn, as said cities were formerly constituted. Such rules and regulations shall, so far as practicable, be uniform in all the boroughs, but the president of the borough shall have power, from time to time, to amend or repeal such rules and regulations when in his opinion it shall seem' necessary or desirable. L. 1897, ch. 378, §645. ^ §410. Power to vary the provisions of law. Each superintendent of buildings shall have power, with the ap-^ proval of the president of the borough in case the superin tendent of buildings is a different individual from the presi- dent of the borough, to vary or modify any rule or regula- tion of the president of the borough or the provisions of this chapter or of any existing law or ordinance relating to the construction, alteration or removal of any building or struc- ture erected or to be erected within his jurisdiction upon an application to him therefor in writing by the owner of such building or structure, or his duly authorized agent, where there are practical difficulties in the way of carrying out the strict letter of the law, so that the spirit of the law shall be observed and public safety secured and sub- stantial justice done. Where such application has been filed with a superintendent of buildings the owner of such build- ings or structure or his duly authorized agent shall have the 201 right to present a petition to such superintendent of buildings, setting forth the grounds for the desired variation or modi- fication, and may appear before him and be heard. The said officer shall fix a date within a reasonable time for a hear- ing upon such application and shall as soon as practicable render a decision thereon, which decision shall be final. The particulars of each such application and of the decision there- on shall be entered upon the records of the building de- partment of such borough, and if the application is granted a certificate therefor, together with a statement of the rea- sons for such decision, shall be issued by the officer to whom the application is made and shall be countersigned by the president of the borough. L. 1897, ch. 378, §650. §411. Appeals. Each superintendent of buildings shall have power and it shall be his duty, subject to the provisions of law and of the ordinances of the Board of Aldermen, and the general rules and regulations established according to law to pass upon any question relative to the mode, manner of construction or materials to be used in the erection or alteration of any building or other structure erected or to be erected within the borough under his jurisdiction which is included within the provisions of this chapter, or of any existing law ap- plicable to such borough relating to the construction, altera- tion or removal of buildings or other structures, and to re- quire that such mode, manner of construction or materials shall conform to the true intent and meaning of the several provisions of this chapter and of the laws and ordinances aforesaid, and the rules and regulations established by the president of the borough. Whenever a superintendent of buildings to whom such question has been submitted shall reject or refuse to approve the mode, manner of construc- tion or materials proposed to be followed or used in the erection or alteration of any such building or structure, or when it is claimed that the rules and regulations of the pres- ident of the borough or the provisions of law or of said ordi- nances do not apply, or that an equally good and more de sirable form of construction can be employed in any specific case, the owner of such building or structure, or his duly authorized agent, may appeal from the decision of such su perintendent where the amount involved by such decisio shall exceed the sum of one thousand dollars. Such appeal shall be heard by a board of examiners consisting of one member of the New York chapter of the American Institute of Architects, one member of the New York Board of Fire Underwriters, two members of the Mechanics and Traders’ Exchange of said city, one of whom shall be a master mason 202 and one a master carpenter, one member of the Society of Architectural Iron Manufacturers of said city, and one mem- ber of the Real Estate Owners and Builders’ Association of said city, who shall be an architect or builder, all of whom shall be appointed by their respective associations, and so certified to annually to the mayor of The City of New York, and the chief of the fire department of The City of New York. The said examiners shall each take the usual oath of office before entering upon the performance of their duties. The mayor shall annually designate one of said ex- aminers as the presiding officer of said board. At least five affirmative votes shall be necessary to the granting of any petition by said board. No member of said board shall pass upon any question in which he is personally interested. The said board shall meet once a week upon notice from any of the superintendents of buildings. The members of said board of examiners shall be entitled to and shall receive ten dollars for each attendance at a meeting of said board, to be paid by the comptroller from an appropriate fund, to be pro- vided by the board of estimate and apportionment and the board of aldermen, upon the voucher of the clerk of said board of examiners. The clerk of the board of examiners shall be appointed and may be removed by the mayor of The City of New York, and shall receive a salary of one thousand five hundred dollars. The appeal authorized by this section may be taken within ten days from the entry of a decision upon the records of the superintendent of buildings by filing with the officer rendering such decision and with the clerk of the board of examiners, and by filing with the clerk of the board of examiners copies of all papers required by law or by the rules and regulations of the president of the borough, to be submitted upon an application for a building permit, and the board of examiners shall thereafter fix a day within a reasonable time for the hearing of such appeal, and upon such hearing the appellant may be represented either in per- son or by his agent or attorney. The decision of the board of examiners, upon such appeal, shall be rendered without unnecessary delay, and such decision shall be final. L. 1897, ch. 378, §649. §412. Accounts; annual estimates; expenditures. * * * L. 1897, ch. 378, §651. §413. Record of applications. Each superintendent of buildings shall keep a record of all applications presented to him concerning, affecting or relating to the construction, al- teration or removal of buildings or other structures. Such record shall include the date of the filing of each such appli cation ; the name and address of the applicant ; the name and address o£ the owner of the land on which the structure men- tioned in such application is situated ; the names and ad- dresses of the architect and builder employed thereon ; a designation of the premises by street number, or otherwise, sufficient to identify the same; a statement of the nature and proposed use of such structure; and a brief statement of the nature of the application, together with a memorandum of the decision of the superintendent upon such application and the date of the rendition of such decision. The books con- taining such records are hereby declared to be public records, and shall be open to inspection at all reasonable times. L. 1897, ch. 378, §652. §414. Books, plans, etc., to be delivered to borough presidents. * * * §415. Annual registration of plumbers in bureau of buildings, (a). Once in each year every employing or master plumber carrying on his trade, business or calling in the City of New York shall register his name and address at the office of the bureau of buildings in the borough of the said city in which he performs work, under such rules and regulations as the said bureau prescribes, and thereupon he shall be entitled to receive a certificate of such registration from said bureau, if, at the time of applying for such regis- tration he holds a certificate from the examining board of plumbers of said city and is a citizen of the United States. Each person obtaining such certificate from the examining board of plumbers after the date fixed by the bureau of buildings for registration, may, however, register with the bureau of buildings within thirty days after the issuance of such certificate. Such registration may be cancelled by the superintendent of buildings for a violation of the rules and regulations for plumbing or drainage of such city duly adopted, or in force pursuant to the provisions of this sec- tion, or whenever the person so registered ceases to hold a certificate from the examining board of plumbers or to be actually engaged in the business of master or employing plumber, after a hearing had before said superintendent, upon prior notice of not less than ten days. (b) The plumbing and drainage of all buildings, both public and private in the City of New York, shall conform to the rules and regulations lawfully adopted by the super- intendents of buildings of the various boroughs. Said rules and regulations hereafter adopted, and any changes thereof, shall be published in the City Record on eight successive Mondays before they shall become operative. Suitable draw- ings and descriptions of plumbing and drainage shall in all cases be submitted and placed on file in the bureau of 204 buildings of the borough in which the work is to be per- formed, and the same shall not be commenced or proceeded with until the said drawings and descriptions shall have been so filed and approved by the superintendent of buildings. Repairs and alterations of plumbing or drainage may be made without the filing and approval of drawings and de- scriptions in the bureau of buildings, where such repairs and alterations do not include the use of new vertical or hori- zontal lines of soil, waste, vent or leader pipes. Notice of such repairs or alterations, however, shall be given to the said bureau before they are commenced, in accordance with the rules and regulations of said bureau. The superintend- ents of buildings shall have power to require sworn state- ments from persons registering under the provisions of this act before granting any permit to proceed with the work. (c) The bureau of buildings in each borough is hereby charged with the enforcement of the provisions of this sec- tion and the next succeeding section, and in addition to such officers or employees as are now provided by law, the super- intendent of buildings may appoint inspectors of plumbing, when appropriation for the salaries of the same shall have been duly made. Inspectors of plumbing shall, under the direction of the superintendents of buildings, in addition to their other duties, ascertain whether persons performing plumbing work in the City of New York are registered, as in this section provided, and shall file written reports in the bureau as to their investigations. (Added by L. 1913, ch. 754.) § 416 . Carrying on business of plumber in New York City without registration punishable by fine or im- prisonment. (a). It shall not be lawful for any person or co-partnership to engage in, perform, or carry on the trade, business or calling of employing or master plumber in the city of New York unless such person or each member of such co-partnership shall have been registered as provided in the foregoing section. (b) It shall be unlawful for any person or co-partner- ship in the city of New York, unless said person or co- partnership shall have complied with the requirements of the preceding paragraph, to hold him or themselves out to the public as a master or employing plumber by the use of the word “plumber” or “plumbing” or words of similar import or meaning on signs, cards, stationery or in any other man- ner whatsoever. (c) No person registered as provided in the preceding section, or who holds a certificate from the examining board of plumbers, shall, for the benefit of any person engaged in 205 the plumbing business who is not so registered, apply for, receive or make use of, any permit granted to him by rea- son of being so registered, or holding such certificate from the examining board of plumbers. (d) Any person violating any of the provisions of this section or the preceding section shall be fined for such of- fense in a sum not exceeding two hundred and fifty dollars or by imprisonment for a term not exceeding three months, or by both, and in addition shall forfeit any certificate of the examining board of plumbers or any certificate of registra- tion he may hold at the time of such conviction. (e) Nothing in this section or the preceding section shall abrogate or impair any of the powers of the health depart- ment, the tenement house department, the board of aider- men, and the board of estimate and apportionment of the city of New York, with respect to the regulation of plumb- ing and drainage in the said city. (Added by L. 1913, ch. 754.) GENERAL INDEX Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page A Abatement of unsafe conditions, voluntary 632 134 Absorption test for hollow build- ing blocks 29 3 14 Accidents, elevator 568 130 Adjoining : chimneys — raising of 392 9 96 roofs and skylights, protec- tion of 193 49 property — excavations affect- ing 230 53 walls affected by excavations.. 230 3 53 Affidavit to accompany appli- cation for permit 3 6 Aggregate : for concrete 28 2 13 for reinforced concrete 332 74 Aisles : and passageways in buildings of public character 491 111 widths of, in theatres 527 5 120 Alcove rooms in residences, light and ventilation of 130 3 34 Alcoves, recesses for 261 2 66 Allowable : stresses and loads for ma- terials 2 11 stresses, under wind loads . . 54 3 20 Alterations : affecting exits 160 43 affecting light and ventilation. 137 36 of buildings, when to be fire- proofed 72 2 24 of buildings, when permitted to be non-fireproof 73 2 24 of existing signs — Sec. 218, Art. 16, Ch. 23, Streets 193 to frame buildings 480 110 Building Code (only) 207 1 Building Code (only) Art. , Sec. Subd. Par. Page Alterations — Continued. to projections beyond build- ing line 172 47 Altered buildings — certificate of occupancy for 5 2 9 Amendment : of rules governing construe- tion 7 3 11 to application 3 5 7 Amusement — theatres and places of 25 116 Anchorage for wind pressure.. 54 2 20 Anchoring wood beams and girders 280 4 67 Anchors for ashlar 255 62 Appeal from Superintendent’s order as to exits 161 43 Appeals to Board of Exam- iners — Charter Sec. 411 .... 202 Appliances, fire extinguishing — general provisions 580 130 Applications : amendments to 3 5 7 for permits 3 6 record of — Charter Sec. 413.. 203 Approval : of application for permit.... 4 1 7 of application for permit, in part 4 2 8 of buildings for theatrical pur- poses 521 116 of fireproof construction and materials, new 358 2 86 of fireproof materials previ- ously granted 358 1 86 of materials after test 22 3 12 of materials — conditions at- taching to 22 4 12 of materials — publication of. . 22 3 12 Approved : defined 2 C 5 masonry defined 250 a 60 materials to be marked or branded 22 4 12 208 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Approved — Continued. materials, appliances and con- struction — publication of lists of 8 Arches : brick, .for floors and roofs... 354 2 door and window 251 6 flat terra cotta floor 354 3 C of masonry 263 of masonry — tierods for 263 material for terra cotta floor. 354 3 a materials for concrete floor. . 354 4 a reinforcement for concrete floor 354 4 b rise of brick floor 354 2 segmental concrete floor . ; . . . 354 4 c segmental terra cotta floor . . 354 3 b strength of terra cotta floor. . 354 3 d trimmer 393 2 Area: buildings of excessive 72 1 1 effective, of reinforced con- crete column 330 d floor, defined 150 a floor, number of exits required from 152 3 c net, for tension members 305 3 number of occupants accord- ing to 152 2 of buildings affecting occu- pancy 72 of frame buildings 471 1 of windows for ventilation... 134 projecting beyond building line 170 4 a Areas, restricted 5 Armories 70 2 Ashlar : anchors for 255 bonding of 257 4 a increased thickness of walls with 257 4 a Assembly Halls 70 2 Assembly — loads for places of.. 53 3 209 I Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page 1" Asylums 70 2 22 Auditorium : in theatres, interior walls for 522 117 in theatres, roof of 531 124 Authority; of Board of Estimate as to projections beyond building line 174 47 of Superintendent to adopt rules as to construction 7 1 10 Authorization of owner 3 2 6 Automatic, defined 370 i 87 iVwnings projecting beyond building line 170 4 i 46 B lacking of metal fronts 312 73 lalconies for fire towers 155 41 balustrades projecting beyond building line 170 4 d 45 ^»arns, car 70 4 22 ^lase courses projecting beyond ; building line 170 4 g 46 lases for columns of iron and steel 302 71 lath houses 70 2 22 lath rooms — light and ventila- tion for 133 35 B^ay and show window construc- 1 tion 446 106 'learn girders — separators for. . 303 2 71 iieams ; anchoring of wood 280 4 67 land girders — fireproofing of.. 351 3 79 and girders — lateral bracing for 303 4 71 bridging for wood 280 3 67 concrete tee 335 2 76 cutting floor 445 106 floor, concentrated load on . . 53 4 19 method of design for steel floor 53 4 19 : supports for wood 280 2 67 210 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Beams — Continued. web reinforcement of concrete 335 4 width of wood 280 1 wood, bearing for ends of . . . 280 2 wood, bevel cuts for 280 2 wood, trimmed around flues. 280 5 a Bearing : capacity of soil — ^presumptive. 231 2 for ends of wood beams 280 2 wall defined 250 b Bedding stone masonry 253 1 Bevel cuts for wood floor beams 280 2 Blast furnace chimneys 395 Blocks : hollow concrete building .... 29 1 hollow terra cotta building... 29 2 Board of : estimate and apportionment — authority of, as to projec- tions beyond building line. 174 examiners — appeals to — Char- ter Sec. 411 survey on fire escapes 161 survey on unsafe conditions.. 633 1 survey — posting of report of. 633 2 Bolt holes for cast iron columns 300 3 c Bodies from wrecked build- ings — recovery of 638 1 Bolting : of steel work 307 of wood construction 282 Bonding of : ashlar 257 4 a brick masonry 252 piers 251 5 stone masonry 253 2 veneer on hollow block walls.. 254 2 walls at intersections 251 4 Booths for projecting machines in motion picture theatres. 504 Bracing : forms for concrete 28 4 lateral, for beams and girders. 303 4 of walls during construction.. 251 8 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page Brackets and lugs—fireproofing of column 351 2 C 79 Branding of approved materials 22 4 12 Brick : arches for floors and roofs... 354 2 80 arches for floors — rise of ... 354 2 80 foundation walls — thickness of 236 3 59 hollow 262 1 66 masonry, bonding of 252 61 quality of 23 13 wetting of 251 3 60 Brickwork stepped up from footings 236 4 59 Bridging for wood beams 280 3 67 Bronx : fire limits 90 2 25 suburban limits 2 30 Brooklyn : fire limits 90 3 27 suburban limits 91 3 31 Builders’ shanties — construction of 477 3 109 Building blocks : absorption of hollow 29 3 14 f hollow concrete 29 1 14 1 hollow terra cotta 29 2 14 Building Code : ' charter Sec. 407 200 : enforcement of 32 139 general provisions of 1 4 matters covered by 1 2 4 remedial 1 3 4 Building laws : p general provisions as to exist- [i ing — Charter Sec. 408 201 power of Superintendent to vary — Charter Sec. 410 .... 201 Building line : ii areas projecting beyond 170 4 a 45 authority of Board of Esti- ; mate as to projections be- ; yond 174 47 1 awnings and marquises pro- i jecting beyond 170 4 i 46 212 Building line — Continued. balustrades projecting beyond base courses projecting beyond columns projecting beyond . . cornices projecting beyond... encroachments beyond, main- tenance of fire escapes projecting beyond footings projecting beyond... hose connections projecting beyond mouldings projecting beyond, ornaments projecting beyond., permissible projectings beyond pilasters projecting beyond... projections beyond projections beyond, general restrictions as to projections beyond, to be re- movable projections beyond, when al- tered rules governing projections beyond rustications and quoins pro- jecting beyond steps projecting beyond structural supports projecting beyond vaults projecting beyond Buildings : altered, when to be fire- proofed altered, when permitted to be non-fireproof appointment of surveyors for damaged area of frame business, defined character of construction in enlarged frame classes of, designated classification of exhibition 213 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page Buildings — Continued. extended, when to be hre- proof 72 . 2 a 24 fireproof 72 1 23 frame, in process of construe- tion 95 32 frame, permitted 96 33 increased in height, when to be fireproof 72 2 b 24 new, when permitted to be non-fireproof 73 1 24 occupancy of 70 21 of doubtful classification .... 70 5 22 of excessive area 72 1 1 23 of mixed occupancy 70 6 22 of public character 23 111 of public character, defined . . 490 111 of public character — aisles and passageways in 491 111 of public character — enforce- ment of Art. 23 492 111 of public character — exemp- tions 493 111 office 70 4 22 on same plot 136 36 public, defined 70 2 22 repair of damaged 630 134 repair or removal of 630 134 required to be fireproof 72 23 residence, defined 70 3 22 survey of damaged 93 2 32 thickness of walls for public 257 3 63 thickness of walls for resi- dence 257 2 63 Bulkhead : construction of 426 2 104 definition of 426 1 a 104 roofs — special construction for 354 6 83 Business Buildings : defined 70 4 22 light and ventilation of rooms in 131 j 34 thickness of walls for 257 ! 3 63 214 Building Code (only) Art. j Sec. 1 Subd. Par. Buttresses and piers : 1 for reinforcement of walls... ! 257 1 e in lieu of increased wall ! thickness 257 1 d C Caissons : foundation piers and 234 open 234 pneumatic 234 Capacity : estimate of floor 55 1 of soil — ^presumptive bearing. 231 2 posting of floor 55 2 revision of estimate for floor 55 1 safe carrying, for materials and forms of construction. 51 Car barns . . » 70 4 Casing for ducts 402 2 Cast iron 30 1 Cast iron columns : bolt holes for 300 3 c flanges for 300 3 b inspection of 300 5 joints for 300 3 a limitation of use of 300 4 minimum dimensions of .... 300 1 unsupported length of 300 1 ({ n a 52 Cast iron lintels: maximum spans for 303 1 minimum thickness of ma- terial for 303 1 Cast steel 30 2 Ceilings : cellar 440 in theatres .534 Cellar : ceilings 440 drainage during construction. 198 floors 441 partitions 442 Cement 26 215 Cement and lime mortar Cement mortar: materials and proportions for prescribed use of Certificate, elevator Certificate of occupancy: contents of for altered buildings for existing buildings for new buildings Change in wall thickness to oc- cur at top of beams Change of occupancy Character of soil to be indicated in application for permit... Charter of City of New York, sections affecting Bureau of Buildings Chases and recesses in walls — limitation of size and spac- ing of ; 1 Chases in walls for pipes Chimneys and heating apparatus Chimneys : defined for cupolas materials and construction of raising and adjoining safety and cleanliness of.... supports for Churches : classified public safety of spires for Classes : of buildings of construction Classification : buildings of doubtful of buildings Cleanliness and safety of chim- neys Cleanout doors for smoke flues « « « (( u Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page 27 2 13 27 1 13 256 62 563 128 5 6 9 5 2 9 5 3 9 5 1 8 j 251 4 60 5 4 9 231 1 54 198 261 4 66 261 3 66 19 93 390 1 a 93 395 98 392 1 95 392 9 96 392 7 96 392 2 95 70 2 22 ! 490 111 475 2 108 70 1 21 71 1 22 70 5 22 4 21 392 7 96 394 1 97 396 99 216 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Clearance for smoke pipes .... 403 2 Clip bonds or ties — increased thickness of walls with 257 4 a Closets — ducts in 402 5 Closing : protectives for openings 375 5 sidewalks 638 3 streets 638 3 « 651 2 Club houses 70 3 Coal pockets 70 4 « « 72 1 j Coarse aggregate for reinforced concrete 332 2 b Cold air ducts 402 8 Collapsed structures and unsafe buildings 31 Colleges 70 2 Column bases 302 Columns : and compression members — unit stresses for cast iron and steel 52 4 and lintels of stone in fire- proof construction 352 and posts of wood 281 bolt holes for cast iron 300 3 c brackets and lugs for — fire- proofing of 351 2 c eccentric loads on concrete . . 337 5 eccentrically loaded 52 3 effective area of reinforced concrete 330 d fireproofing, for embedding pipes in forbidden 351 7 flanges for cast iron 300 3 b in exterior walls — fireproofing of 351 2 a in interior walls — fireproofing of 351 2 b inspection of cast iron 300 5 joints for cast iron 300 3 a joints in steel 301 3 length of reinforced concrete 330 c 217 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page Columns — Continued. limitation of use of cast iron 300 4 70 longitudinally and laterally re- inforced concrete 337 2 77 longitudinally reinforced con- Crete 337 1 76 minimum dimensions of cast iron 300 1 69 minimum thickness of metal for: cast iron 300 2 69 steel and iron 301 2 70 projecting beyond building line 170 4 C 45 reinforced concrete 337 76 stay plates for steel 301 2 70 structural steel and concrete. 337 3 77 unit stresses for wood 52 5 18 unsupported length for con- Crete 337 6 77 unsupported length of 52 2 18 unsupported length of steel.. 301 1 70 working stresses for 52 17 Combustible structures : in fire limits 90 24 partly completed 95 32 moved 94 32 Compensation of surveyor 633 3 135 Completion of frame structures in process of construction.. 95 32 Compression members: and columns — unit stresses for 52 4 18 of iron and steel trusses 305 4 72 Computations for working stresses and loads 50 15 Concentrated loads on floor beams 53 4 19 Concrete : aggregate for 28 2 13 aggregate for reinforced . . . 332 74 beams — web reinforcement for 335 4 76 columns — eccentric loads on. 337 5 77 columns — effective area of re- inforced 330 74 218 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Concrete — Continued. columns — longitudinally and laterally reinforced 337 2 columns — longitudinally rein- forced 337 1 columns — structural steel and 337 3 columns — unsupported length for 337 6 columns — working stresses in reinforced 337 consistency of 28 3 construction — reinforced 16 enclosure walls — reinforced . . 338 for piles 235 3 e floor arches — material for . . . 354 4 a floor arches — reinforcement for 354 4 b floor arches — segmental 354 floor construction — fillers in . . 336 floor construction — ^thickness of 354 4 d footings 233 3 forms for 28 4 foundation walls — thickness of 236 3 gravel for 28 2 hollow building blocks 29 1 in fireproof construction — re- inforced 353 joints between old and new.. 28 5 joints in 28 5 mass 28 2 mixture of 28 1 mixture for reinforced 332 1 piles 235 3 piles — allowable loads on .... 235 3 d piles, molded in place 235 3 c piles, premolded 235 3 b placing of reinforcement for 335 3 precautions against freezing of 28 6 protection of reinforcement for 339 previously adopted rules gov- erning reinforced 341 reinforced, aggregate for .... 332 219 Page Building Code (only) Art. ' Sec. Subd. Par. Concrete — Continued. slab floor construction, work- ing stresses for 354 4 e slabs — thickness of 335 1 specifications for steel rein- forcement for 333 steel fabric reinforcement for 333 steel wire reinforcement for.. 333 structures — load test for rein- forced 340 tamping of 28 3 tee beams 335 2 use of prohibited, after initial set 28 3 working stresses for rein- forced 334 Consistency of concrete 28 3 Construction ; classes of 71 1 in enlarged buildings within fire limits — character of.... 92 safeguards during 10 to agree with plans 4 5 Continuing violation — penalty for 654 3 Convents 70 3 Cooling towers — -construction of 429 Coping for parapet walls 259 Corner lot — theatre on 536 1 Cornices and gutters : construction of 422 1 repairs to 422 2 Cornices projecting beyond building line 170 4 f Corridor levels in theatres 527 4 Corridors and passageways in theatres, lights for 526 2 Corridors in theatres 527 4 Corporation Counsel to insti- tute proceedings 652 2 Corrosion, protection of steel and iron against 310 Costs of proceedings 652 8 Court houses 70 2 82 76 75 75 75 78 14 76 14 75 14 22 32 48 8 145 22 105 66 126 103 103 46 120 118 120 141 73 143 22 220 Building Code (only) Art. Sec Subd. 1 Par. Courts having jurisdiction in proceedings 652 3 Courts : exits to 527 2 for light and ventilation 135 loads for 53 9 Covering : for frame towers 475 3 for steam and hot water pipes 404 2 for theatre ceilings and walls 534 2 of floors during construction, 195 Covers for tanks 428 4 Crushing strength of reinforced concrete 332 1 Cupboards in theatres 534 5 Cupola chimneys 395 Curb defined 2 f Curtain walls — thickness of ... 257 9 Curtains in theatres — protective 530 Cutting fireproof floors 354 10 Cutting floor beams 445 D Damaged buildings: appointment of surveyors for 93 2 repair of 93 1 survey of 93 2 Dance Halls 70 2 Dangerous buildings, safe- guards for 638 2 Defective work, action of Su- perintendent in general as to 652 1 Demolition : notice of 3 3 precautions to be taken during 200 safeguards during construc- tion and 10 Department stores, public safety of 490 Depots : 1 freight 70 4 passenger 70 2 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. 1 Par. Page Design of: footings 233 6 56 steel floor beams — method for 53 4 19 Designation of representative by owner 653 4 144 Diagram of : exits of theatres 527 13 123 lot to be followed 4 6 8 Discontinuance of penalty action 654 5 146 Disputes as to retaining walls. 214 52 Door : fastenings 158 3 42 lintels 251 6 60 Doors : and windows — arches over. . . 251 6 60 and windows of roof houses 426 4 104 cleanout for smoke flues 394 1 97 ft ft ft ft 396 99 hanging of 158 2 42 width of 158 1 42 Doorways of exits 527 3 120 Dormer : and mansard roofs and bulk- heads — special construction for 354 6 83 windows — construction of ... 427 2 105 Dormitories 70 3 22 Drainage of cellar during con- struction 198 50 Dressing rooms in theatres 523 117 Driving : of rivets 306 5 72 wood piles 235 2 b 57 Drying rooms 398 99 Ducts : casing for 402 2 100 cold air 402 8 101 defined 390 1 C 93 horizontal 402 7 101 hot air 402 9 101 in closets 402 5 100 in floors 402 4 100 in general 402 1 100 in partitions 402 3 1 100 222 Buildiivff Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Ducts — Continued. passing through partitions and floors 402 6 Dumbwaiter shafts : defined 370 enclosure for existing 373 8 in non-fireproof buildings.... 373 ^ i protection of openings in.... 373 9 j Duty of policemen and firemen 1 as to fire escapes 162 4 Dwellings classified 70 3 E i Eccentric loads on concrete col- i umns 337 5 i Eccentrically loaded columns . . . 52 3 Edge distance for rivets 306 3 Egress from motion picture theatres 503 Electric signs — Art. 16, Chap. 23 Elevator : accidents 568 and stair recesses in walls 261 1 certificate 563 definitions 560 enclosure for existing 373 7 freight, sign for 566 grain 72 1 it 70 4 in one shaft — restricted num- ber of 373 13 inspection of 565 machinery compartment 373 12 machinery — definition of roof house for 426 1 operators | 567 permits 562 record of passenger 564 regulations rules — making of 561 use of, restrictions as to 566 Elevator shafts : defined 370 in existing residence buildings 373 5 Par. g d j a f ^23 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page Elevator shafts — Continued. protection of openings in ... 373 9 C 90 Embedding of pipes in column fireproofing forbidden 351 7 80 Emergency fund : purposes of 639 2 139 sources of 639 1 139 Emergency measures 651 140 <( (( 638 4 139 Enclosures : for existing dumbv^aiter shafts 373 8 90 for existing elevators 373 7 89 for scaffolds 194 49 for stairs — fireproof 153 2 a 39 for stairs — non-fireproof 153 2 b 39 of shafts at bottom 373 11 90 of shafts at top 373 10 90 openings in stair 153 2 e 39 walls of reinforced concrete. 338 78 Encroachments : and projections — Chap. 23, Art. 14 188 maintenance of existing 173 47 Enforcement : of Art. 10, safeguards during construction 190 48 of Art. 11, partitions, fences i and walls i 215 52 of Art. 23, buildings of a pub- lic character 492 111 of building code 32 139 of Sec. 374, hoistway guards. 374 2 91 Engineers' ladders 152 6 38 Enlarged buildings within fire limits — character of con- struction in 92 32 Entry of officers and employees of Bureau : general right of 10 11 regarding floor capacities .... 55 1 20 Estimates of floor capacities. . . . 55 1 20 Excavations : affecting adjoining walls 230 3 53 and foundations 12 1 53 224 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Excavations — Continued. safeguarding 230 1 Superintendent may act to protect walls adjoining 230 5 when retaining walls are re- quired for 230 2 Excessive : area — ^buildings of 72 1 1 length — increased wall thick- ness due to 257 4 d span — increased wall thickness due to 257 4 c Exemptions, buildings of public character 493 Exhibition buildings 70 2 Existing : buildings — certificate of occu- pancy for 5 3 buildings — exits for 161 dumbwaiter shafts — enclosure for 373 8 elevators, enclosure for 373 7 encroachments beyond build- ing line — maintenance of... 173 projections beyond building line, when altered 172 walls permitted — ^use of 258 1 Exit : diagrams 527 13 facilities 8 facilities, buildings exempted. 151 signs 159 1 Exits : affected by alterations 160 doorways of 527 3 for dressing rooms in theatres 523 for existing buildings 161 from floor areas — number of. 152 3 c from galleries in theatres . . . 527 7 from ground floor — number of 152 3 b from rooms — number of 152 3 a horizontal 156 kind of 152 1 lighting of 159 2 226 Building Code (only) Art. ! Sec. Subd. Par. Page Exits — Continued, location of 152 4 38 obstruction of 159 3 43 stairway 152 5 38 to courts 527 2 119 to streets 527 1 119 Expense : for constructing and maintain- ing retaining walls 211 51 for making examinations .... 55 1 20 Expiration of permits by limita- tion 4 4 8 Extensions to buildings, when to be fireproof 72 2 a 24 Exterior : openings — protection of 375 91 stacks 394 4 98 stairways 154 41 windows — fireproof frames for 357 85 Extinguishing appliances — fire . . 28 130 Eye bars 305 5 72 [ F f^abric reinforcement for con- crete 333 75 : factories : i classified 70 4 22 to be fireproof 72 1 i 23 [^actors of safety 50 2 15 1 •'alien buildings 638 138 •'alse fireplaces 393 5 97 |■''astenings for doors 158 3 42 •'ences : and walls — enforcement of Art. 11 on partition 215 52 and walls — partition 11 50 construction and maintenance of 210 51 frame 477 4 109 temporary, during construc- tion 192 49 'ill for top of fireproof floors. 354 9 83 illers in concrete floor con- struction 336 76 226 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Filling : for floors — fire tests of 354 5 a in walls of frame buildings.. 473 of floors during construction. 195 Finish in fireproof buildings — general restrictions as to interior 356 1 Fire : backs 393 1 commissioner — jurisdiction of, over theatres 537 safeguards against spread of. 18 shutters 375 2 stopping of studded-oif spaces 284 1 stops for wood-furred walls. 262 3 test for protectives for open- ings 376 2 test of floor filling 354 5 a towers — balconies for 155 towers — construction of 155 towers required 152 3 d wall, defined 370 a walls — materials and construc- tion for 371 1 walls — openings in 371 2 Fire escapes : board of survey on 161 construction of 162 1 duty of policemen and fire- men as to 162 4 encumbering 162 2 exit facilities 162 incumbrance notice on 162 3 openings to 375 3 penalty for incumbrances on. 162 5 projecting beyond building line 170 4 j for theatres 527 12 Fire extinguishing: apparatus for theatres 524 appliances 28 appliances — general provisions 580 Fire houses 70 2 Fire limits; Bronx Borough 90 2 227 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page "ire limits — Continued. Brooklyn Borough 90 3 27 Manhattan Borough 90 1 24 Queens Borough 90 4 28 "ire partitions: construction and supports for 372 87 defined 370 b 86 in non-fireproof buildings... 372 2 87 openings in 372 3 87 firemen and policemen — duty of, as to fire escapes 162 4 44 fireplace : false 393 5 97 heaters 393 3 97 mantels 393 4 97 fireproof : alterations to buildings, when to be 72 2 24 buildings increased in height, when to be 72 2 b 24 1 buildings — interior finish in . . 356 1 85 1 buildings required to be 72 24 1 buildings — walls for 350 78 [ buildings — woodwork permit- 1 ted in 356 2 85 ! enclosures for stairs 153 2 a 39 extensions to buildings, when to be 72 2 a 24 floors — cutting and finishing around pipes 354 10 83 floors, omission of tierods from 354 7 83 I floors — tierods for 354 7 83 ■floors — top fill for 354 9 83 ‘frames for exterior windows 357 85 materials and construction. tests of new 358 2 86 materials, previously granted approvals of 358 1 86 when alterations are to be . . 72 2 24 reproof construction: article on 17 78 and materials — new approvals of 358 2 86 228 Building Code (only) Art. Sec Subd. Par. Pa Fireproof construction — Continue ’d. for floors and roofs in gen- eral 354 1 masonry in 352 reinforced concrete in 353 stone columns and lintels in. 352 when required 72 when not required — garages — Sec. 152, Art. 11, Ch. 10, of Ordinance 185 Fireproof partitions: materials for 355 method of construction and support of 355 2 tests of 355 3 Fireproofed wood 356 4 Fireproofing : embedding of pipes in col- umn, forbidden 351 7 for steel and ironwork — thick- ness of 311 i materials 351 6 of beams and girders 351 3 1 of column brackets and lugs. 351 2 C I of columuns in exterior walls 351 2 a t of columns in interior walls. 351 2 b i of steel and iron 311 ( of steel and iron lintels 351 4 a of trusses 351 5 a < omitted from roof trusses . . 351 5 b protection of 351 2 d Flanges for cast iron columns. 300 3 b i Flat concrete floor construc- tion — thickness of 354 4 d Flat terra cotta floor arches . . 354 3 c i Floor : lights 444 U loads 53 3 openings — protection of dur- ing construction 196 £ Floor arches: flat terra cotta 354 3 c 8 material for concrete 354 4 a 8 material for terra cotta 354 3 a 8 229 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page Floor arches — Continued. reinforcement for concrete... 354 4 b 82 segmental concrete 354 80 segmental terra cotta 354 3 b 81 strength of terra cotta 354 3 d 81 Floor areas: defined 150 a 37 number of exits from 152 3 c 38 Floor beams: anchoring wood 280 4 67 bevel cuts for wood 280 2 67 concentrated load on steel . . . 53 4 19 cutting 445 106 Floor capacity: estimate of 55 1 20 posting of 55 2 21 revision of estimate 55 1 20 Floor construction : hollow block fillers, in con- crete 336 76 thickness of flat concrete . . . 354 4 d 82 working stresses for concrete slab 354 4 e 82 Floor filling: fire tests of 354 5 a 83 load tests for 354 5 b 83 maximum span for 354 8 83 Floors : cellar 441 106 ducts in 402 4 100 it (t 402 6 101 loading of 55 3 21 tierods for fireproof 354 7 83 to be covered or filled during construction 195 49 top fill for fireproof 354 9 83 Floors and roofs : brick arches for 354 2 80 in general — fireproof con- struction for 354 1 80 Flues: cleanout doors for smoke... 394 1 97 ti ti « « 396 99 defined 390 1 b 93 230 Building Code (only) Art. 1 Sec. Subd. Par. Flues — Continued. for high-grade heat produc- ing devices 392 5 for low-grade heat producing devices 392 3 for medium-grade heat pro- ducing devices 392 4 or vent stacks containing smoke stacks 394 6 required — certain 392 6 trimming wood beams around 280 5 a underground smoke 396 unlawful use of 392 8 vent 401 Footing stones 233 2 Footings : brickwork stepped up from . . 236 4 concrete 233 3 design of 233 6 loads to be used in determin- ing pressure under 233 5 materials for 233 1 pressure under 233 5 projecting beyond building line 170 3 Forms for concrete 28 4 Foundation piers and caissons. 234 Foundations : and excavations 12 general requirements 232 1 general requirements for pile 235 1 pile 235 protection of metal work in. 232 2 Foundation walls : defined 236 1 materials for 236 2 restricted use of hollow blocks in 236 6 restricted use of rubble stone in 236 5 thickness of 236 3 Foyers in theatres 527 4 Frame buildings: alterations to 480 area of 471 1 231 Building Code (only) Art. 1 Sec. Subd. Par. Page Frame buildings — Continued. article on 22 107 construction of 472 107 filling in walls of 473 107 height of 470 107 masonry walls in 481 110 miscellaneous 479 109 party walls in— construction of 473 2,3 107 permitted 96 33 plot area 471 2 107 repairs to roofing 474 1 108 roof construction for 474 108 Frame : fences 477 4 109 sheds defined 477 1 108 Frame structures: in process of construction — completion of 95 32 miscellaneous 479 109 moved 94 32 within fire limits 90 24 Frames for exterior windows — fireproof 357 85 Framing and connecting iron and steel work 304 71 Freezing : of concrete — precautions against 28 6 14 protection of masonry against 251 2 60 Freight : depots 70 4 22 elevators — sign for 566 129 Fronts : backing of metal 312 73 of galleries in theatres 534 3 125 Frozen materials — use of, for- bidden 251 2 60 Furring of hollow blocks on brick walls 262 2 67 G Gallery : exits 527 i 121 fronts in theatres 534 3 125 232 Building Code (only) Gallery — Continued. staircases Garage defined . . . Art. Sec. Subd. Par 527 8 2 j Garages : occupancy when required to be fireproof when permitted to be non- fireproof, Sec. 152, Art. 11, Ch. 10, of Ordinances Gas : 70 4 72 g connections in theatres piping — rules and regulations for piping — shut off valves in piping — tests of Gates and trap doors for exist- ing hoistways Girders : 526 4 601 603 374 anchoring wood and beams — fireproofing of., and beams — lateral bracing for steel riveted separators for double beam . . Glass and wood or metal for partitions Glazing of skylights Grades of heat producing ap- paratus Gradients in theatre aisles Grading of lots — regulation of. Grain elevators « « Gravel for concrete Grillages, steel Ground floor — number of exits from Ground signs. Art. 16, Ch. 23 . . Guards for existing hoistways. Gutters and cornices: construction of repairs to 280 4 c 351 3 303 4 303 3 303 2 355 1 424 2 h 391 527 6 212 70 4 72 1 28 2 233 4 152 3 b 374 422 1 422 2 233 Page Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. H Halls; assembly 70 2 dance 70 2 lecture 70 2 Hallways 157 Hand rails: for stairs in general 153 6 for theatre stairs 527 11 Hangers required — use of, for wood beams 280 2 Hanging of doors 158 2 Hazardous trade — buildings used for 72 1 h Headers for stone masonry 253 1,2 Heat producing apparatus — grades of 391 Heaters — fireplace 393 3 Heating ; apparatus and chimneys 19 apparatus — notice of installa- tion of 390 2 plant for theatres 525 Height : buildings increased in, when to be fireproof 72 2 b defined 2 g of frame buildings 470 of metal smokestacks 394 2 of retaining walls for exca- vations 230 2 of wall in proportion to thick- ness 257 (t u u « 250 c of wall, unsupported 257 1 e of walls measured to nearest tier of beams 257 1 c High grade heat producing ap- paratus : classification of 391 c flues for 392 22 22 22 42 40 122 67 42 23 61 94 97 93 94 118 24 5 107 98 53 62 60 63 63 94 95 234 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Hoistways : existing 374 guards, gates and trap doors for 374 Hoops for tanks 428 5 Hollow block: for walls — limitation of use of 254 3 foundation walls — thickness of 236 3 furring on brick walls 262 2 in foundation walls — restrict- ed use of 236 6 thickness of walls furred with 262 2 walls — decrease in thickness of 254 1 walls — terra cotta templates for 254 1 walls — thickness of, for resi- dence buildings 257 7 walls — veneering of 254 2 Hollow brick 262 1 Hollow building blocks : absorption of 29 3 masonry 254 of concrete 29 1 of terra cotta 29 2 Hollow walls 260 Hoods over ranges 397 2 Horizontal : exit defined 150 exits 156 ducts 402 7 Hose : connections projecting beyond building line 170 4 for theatres 524 1 Hospitals 70 2 Hot air: ducts 402 9 registers 400 Hot water and steam pipes : coverings for 404 2 protection of 404 1 Page 235 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. ! Par. Page Hotels : classification of 70 3 22 public safety of 1 490 j 111 1 Incombustible trim, when re- quired 356 3 85 Increased height — buildings of, when to be fireproof 72 2 b 24 Increased thickness of walls. when required 257 4 63 Incumbrance : notice — punishment for viola- tion as to 162 5 44 notice on fire escapes on fire escapes — duty of po- 162 3 43 licemen and firemen as to. 162 4 44 Incumbrances and obstructions. 1 Chapter 23, Article 13 .... 186 Incumbring fire escapes 162 2 43 Independent stacks Initial set, concrete may not be 394 3 98 used after 28 3 14 Inspection : of cast iron columns 300 5 70 of elevators Installation of heating appa- 565 129 ratus — notice of 390 2 94 Interior : finish in fireproof buildings — general restrictions as to . . . 356 1 85 stacks 394 5 98 stairs — materials for 153 1 b 39 stairs — strength of walls and partitions for 153 1 a 38 theatres 528 123 walls for residences Iron and steel : 257 11 65 construction 15 69 fireproofing of 311 73 general 30 14 lintels — fireproofing of 351 4 a 79 under water — protection of... 310 2 73 236 Building Code (only) Art. ( Sec. Subd. Iron and steel — Continued, work — framing and connect- ing 304 Iron, cast 30 1 Isolated piers 251 5 Issuance and filing of certificate of occupancy 5 7 J Jails 70 2 Joints : in cast iron columns 300 3 in concrete 28 5 in steel columns 301 3 Judgment in proceedings under building code 652 5 Judicial: order — responsibility of lessee or occupant as to 653 3 order to comply with notices 653 1 order to vacate for violations 653 2 proceedings — cost of 652 8 proceedings instituted by Cor- poration Counsel 652 2 review of survey 634 1 Jurisdiction in penalty actions. 654 4 L Labor Law — ^buildings affected by 72 1 Laboratories 70 4 Laborers — employment of, in emergency 638 4 Ladders — engineers 152 6 Landings : and treads — supports for stair 153 1 for stairs 153 5 Lateral bracing: for beams and girders 303 4 for trusses 305 2 Lathing in theatres 1 534 4 B37 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page Law : building — general provisions as to existing — Charter Sec. 408 201 building — ^power of Superin- tendent to vary provisions of — Charter Sec. 410 201 labor — buildings affected by. 72 1 i 23 plastering, of N. Y. state 177 tenement house, buildings af- fected by 72 1 d 23 Leaders 423 103 Lecture halls 70 2 22 Legal proceedings: cost of 652 8 143 instituted by Corporation Counsel 652 2 141 Length : for cast iron columns, unsup- ported 300 1 69 « « « 52 17 for columns and compression members, unsupported 52 2 18 for concrete columns, unsup- ported 337 6 77 for steel columns, unsup- ported 301 1 70 u a 52 17 of reinforced concrete col- umns 330 c 74 of rivets — maximum 306 4 72 unsupported, for wood col- umns 52 5 18 Lessee responsible as to judicial order 653 3 144 Levels for corridors in theatres 527 4 120 Liability : of officers of the building bureau — exemption from . . 652 9 143 of owners for expenses of in- spections 55 1 20 Libraries 70 2 22 Lien of judgment 1 652 6 142 238 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Sdbd. Par. Page Light and ventilation : alterations affecting 137 36 courts for 135 35 for bath rooms and water closet compartments 133 35 general 7 33 of alcove rooms in residences 130 2 34 of rooms in business buildings 131 34 of rooms in public buildings. 132 34 of rooms in residence build- ings 130 33 Lights : floor 444 106 for corridors and passage- ways in theatres 526 2 118 for theatres — adequacy of 526 1 118 netting for protection of, in theatres 526 5 119 on stage in theatres 526 6 119 ventilators for, in theatres . . 526 7 119 Lighting for exits in general . . 159 2 43 Lime : and cement mortar 27 2 13 mortar 27 3 13 quality of 25 13 Limitation : expiration of permit by 4 4 8 of size and spacing of chases and recesses in walls 261 4 66 of use of cast iron columns. 300 4 70 of use of hollow blocks for walls 254 3 62 Limits : fire, Bronx Borough 90 2 25 fire, Brooklyn Borough 90 3 27 fire, Manhattan Borough . . . 90 1 24 fire. Queens Borough 90 4 28 fire, garages within 72 1 g 23 suburban, Bronx Borough . . . 91 2 30 suburban, Brooklyn Borough. 91 3 31 suburban, Manhattan Borough 91 1 29 suburban, garages within .... 72 1 g 23 tt tt it 91 29 239 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page Lining walls 258 2 65 Lintels : and columns of stone in fire- proof construction 352 80 fireproofing of iron and steel 351 4 a 79 maximum span for cast iron 303 1 71 minimum thickness of ma- terial for cast iron 303 1 71 restriction of use of stone... 351 4 b 79 templates for 251 6 60 timber 251 6 ■ 60 window and door ! . 251 6 60 Lis pendens . . 65,^. 7 143 Lists : , 1 of approved materials .... . . Z2 3 12 of approved materials, appli ances and construction/ — publication of 8 11 Load tests : for floor filling 354 5 b 83 for reinforced concrete struc- tures 340 78 Loading of floors 55 3 21 Loads : ' and working stresses 3 15 and working stresses — compu- tations for 50 1 15 concentrated on floor beams. 53 4 19 court 53 3 19 eccentric, on columns 52 3 18 1 eccentric, on concrete columns 337 5 77 floor 53 3 19 moving 53 5 19 office 53 3 19 on concrete piles — allowable. 235 3 d 58 on pitched roofs 53 6 19 on vertical supports — reduced 53 7 19 on wood piles — allowable .... 235 2 b 57 places of assembly 53 3 19 residence 53 3 19 roof 53 3 19 schools and places of instruc- tion 53 3 19 sidewalk 53 3 19 S40 • Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Pag Loads — Continued, to be used in determining pressure under footings 233 5 5 vibratory 53 5 1 wind 54 2 yard 53 3 1 Lobbies in theatres Location : 527 4 12 of exits 152 4 3 of tanks 428 3 10 Lodge rooms 70 2 2 Lodging houses 70 3 2 [Note — Also see provisions of Greater New York Char- ter.] * Lot : diagram to be followed 4 6 dimensions of a 212 regulation of Low grade heat producing ap- 212 5 t \ paratus : classified 391 a 9 flues for 392 3 9 M Machinery : i 4 compartment for elevators . . . 373 12 on floors 53 5 roof houses for elevator 426 1 a 10 Maintaining retaining walls — expense of 211 s Maintenance : of existing encroachments be- yond building line 173 4 of fences and partition walls — construction and of retaining walls — neglect as 210 5 to 213 5! Manhattan : fire limits 90 1 2 ^ suburban limits Mansard, dormer and bulkhead 91 1 3( roofs — special construction for 354 1 8.- 241 6 1 I Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page Hantels — fireplace 393 4 97 Barkets 70 4 22 Barking of approved materials 22 4 12 parquises projecting beyond building line 170 4 i 46 Jiasonry : approved, defined 250 a 60 approved materials for 251 1 60 [ arches 263 67 ^ bedding of stone 253 1 61 bonding of brick 252 61 bonding of stone 253 2 61 construction 13 59 construction — materials for approved 251 1 60 headers for stone 253 1 61 hollow block, construction for walls of 254 1 62 in fireproof construction 352 80 protection against freezing of 251 2 60 walls in frame buildings 481 110 dass concrete 28 2 13 vTeadow land — pile construction for 235 2 d 57 dechanical ventilation 133 e 35 dedium grade heat producing apparatus : ' classified 391 b 94 flues for 392 4 95 detal : fronts — ^backing of 312 73 1 or wood and glass for parti- tions 355 1 h 84 J smokestacks — construction of. 394 1 97 L smokestacks — height of 394 2 98 : structural members — protec- tion of 351 1 78 1 work in foundations — ^protec- tion of 232 2 55 idinor structures, frame sheds. 477 108 discellaneous : i fire extinguishing apparatus for theatres 524 4 118 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Miscellaneous — Continued. frame structures 479 requirements of Building Code 21 Mixture : for reinforced concrete .... 332 1 of concrete 28 1 Modifications : of the Building Code 6 power of Superintendent to > grant— Charter Sec. 410 Mortar : cement 27 1 cement and lime 27 2 cement, prescribed use of . . . . 256 lime 27 3 Motion picture law, N. Y. State — Chap. 308 Motion picture theatres: booths for projecting ma- chines 504 construction of 502 egress from 503 existing, application of law to 505 general 24 open air 506 plans for 500 prohibited locations 501 restricted locations 501 Mouldings projecting beyond building line 170 4 Moving frame or combustible buildings 94 Moving loads 53 5 Museums 70 2 N Nailing blocks in walls 251 7 Natural cement 26 Neglect to maintain retaining wall 213 Net areas for tension members 305 3 Nettings for protection of lights 526 5 243 Page New : buildings — certificate of occu- pancy work in general — require- ments of code as to Non-bearing walls — thickness of Non-fireproof : buildings — dumbwaiter shafts in buildings — fire partitions in., buildings — vent shafts in .... buildings — when permitted to be construction enclosures for stairs garage — Sec. 152, Art. 11, Ch. 10, of Ordinances shafts — approved construction of i when alterations to buildings may be [Notice : against incumbrances on fire escapes I and record of unsafe building ^ of demolition of installation of heating ap- paratus of requirements or of viola- tion, to be issued by Super- intendent of requirements or of viola- tion order — contents of .... of survey personal service of posting of to build retaining wall Number : of elevators in one shaft — re- stricted of exits from floor areas of exits from ground floor. . of exits from rooms of occupants according to area Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par, 1 257 373 372 373 73 71 153 373 73 162 631 3 390 650 650 633 650 650 215 373 152 152 152 152 6 2 6 1 1, 3 2 13 3 3 3 2 4 64 89 88 89 24 22 39 85A 89 24 43 134 7 94 139 140 135 140 140 52 91 38 38 38 37 Building Code (only) Art Sec. Subd. Par. Pag ■ o Obstruction of exits 159 3 4 Obstructions and incumbrances— Chapter 23, Article 13 18 Occupancy : ] and use of theatre buildings 536 1 12 ] change of 5 4 1 1 for altered buildings— certifi- cate of 5 2 for existing buildings — certifi- cate of 5 3 for new buildings — certificate of 5 1 of buildings, general 70 2: temporary 5 5 Occupant responsible as to ju- dicial order 653 3 14' Occupants — number of, accord- ing to area 152 2 Occupied, defined 2 b i Office : buildings 70 4 2 loads 53 3 P Old: and new concrete — joints be- { tween 28 5 1] material (iron and steel) — use f of 313 7 One story buildings — walls for. 257 5 Open air motion picture theatres 506 111 Open: caissons 234 5( shaft defined 370 d 8( shafts — construction of 373 2 SI shafts — ^protection of openings in 373 9 a 1 9( stair wells 153 2 d 31 ^ Openings : construction of pfotectives for 376 1 95 exterior, protection of 375 Oil fire tests of protectives for.. 376 2 92 il in dumbwaiter shafts — pro- tection of 1 373 1 9 d 9C,. i 245 1 j 1 Page Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Openings — Continued, in elevator shafts — protection of 373 9 C in fire partitions 372 3 in fire walls 371 1 in floors to be protected dur- ing construction 196 in open shafts — protection of 373 9 a in stair inclosures 153 2 e in vent shafts — protection of 373 9 b in walls — allowed percentage of 257 4 e to fire escapes 375 3 Operators — elevator 567 Ordinary repairs 3 6 Ornamental stairs 153 2 c Ornaments projecting beyond building line 170 4 c Out houses — frame construction for 477 2 Outlets for tanks — emergency. . 428 2 Overloading of scaffolding, etc., prohibited 199 Overturning due to wind — sta- bility against 54 2 Owner : authorization of 3 2 defined 2 d designation of representative by 653 4 liable for expense of exam- ination 55 1 P Painting of steel and iron work 310 1 Parapet walls 259 Partial approval of application for permit 4 2 Partitions : and walls in theatres 528 behind ranges 397 1 cellar 442 90 88 87 50 90 39 90 64 92 129 7 39 45 109 105 50 20 6 5 144 20 73 66 8 123 99 106 246 Page Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Partitions — Continued. construction and supports for fire 372 construction and support for fireproof 355 2 ducts in 402 3 u << 402 6 fire, defined 370 b fireproof tests of 355 3 in non-fireproof buildings — fire 372 2 materials for fireproof 355 not to be used as supports for wood beams 280 2 of glass and wood or metal. 355 1 h openings in fire 372 3 stud 283 tests of fireproof 355 3 Partition fences : enforcement of Art. 11, as to 215 and walls 11 and walls — maintenance of. . . 210 Party walls: and side walls — roofing on . . . 421 2 for frame buildings 473 2,3 support of 230 4 Passageways : and aisles in buildings of pub- lic character 491 and corridors in theatres — lights for 526 2 for theatres 527 4 skylights over, protection of. 424 3 Passenger : depots 70 2 elevators — record of 564 Penalty : action — discontinuance of.... 654 5 actions — jurisdiction in 654 4 for failure to build retaining walls 215 for incumbrances on fire escapes 162 5 for violation of Building Code 654 247 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page Pent houses : construction of 426 3 104 defined Percentage of openings in wall — 426 1 b 104 allowable 257 4 e 64 Permissible projections beyond building line 170 4 45 Permits : approval of application for. . 4 1 7 elevator 562 128 expiration of, by limitation., for construction or altera- 4 4 8 tion — procedure to obtain . . for projections beyond build- 3 1 6 ing line may be revoked . . 171 47 partial approval of i .*.* 4 2 8 place of filing application for 3 4 7 revocation of to be signed by Superintend- 4 7 8 ent of Buildings 4 3 8 Piazzas — construction of frame Piers : 476 108 and buttresses for reinforce- ment of walls and buttresses in lieu of in- 257 1 e 63 creased wall thickness .... 257 1 d 63 and caissons — foundation . . . 234 56 bonded into walls 251 4 60 bonding of 251 5 60 construction of 251 5 60 erection of walls and 251 4 60 proportions for Pilasters projecting beyond 251 5 60 building line 170 4 c 45 Pile: construction in meadow land 235 2 d 57 foundations foundations — general require- 235 56 ments for 235 1 56 Piles : concrete 235 3 57 concrete, allowable loads on . . 235 3 d 58 concrete for 235 3 e 58 concrete, molded in place .... 235 3 c 58 248 BuU Art. ding Code (oi Sec. Subd. ily) Par. Piles — Continued. 1 concrete, premolded 235 3 b tests for 235 4 wood 235 2 wood, allowable loads on and driving of 235 2 b wood, quality and size of ... 235 2 a wood, ranging timbers for. . . 235 2 c wood, spacing for 235 2 c Pins and pinholes 305 6 Pipe: chases in walls for 261 3 coverings for steam and hot water 404 2 embedding of in column fire- proofing, forbidden 351 7 smoke, defined 390 1 c steam and hot water, protec- tion of 404 1 Piping : gas, rules and regulations for 600 systems of, rules for 600 systems — shut off valves for. 601 tests for gas 603 Pitched roofs: heights of buildings with 2 Z loads on 53 6 Place of filing application for permit 3 4 Placing of reinforcement 353 3 Planking in roof construction. 421 2 Plans : for motion picture theatres.. 500 to be followed as to construc- tion 4 5 Plastering : law. New York State • rules for inspectors of under wainscoting 284 2 Plot: area of frame buildings 471 2 buildings on same 136 249 Building Cade (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page Plumbers : annual registration of, in Bu- reau of Buildings — Charter Sec. 415 204 in New York City — carrying on business of, without reg- istration — Charter Sec. 416 205 registration of 604 133 Plumbing : and other systems of piping 39 132 and other systems of piping, rules for 600 132 rules and regulations 152 tests of 602 133 Pneumatic caissons 234 56 Pocket — coal 72 1 j 23 Police stations 70 2 22 Policemen and firemen — duty of, as to fire escapes 162 4 44 Portland cement 26 13 Posting : floor capacities 55 2 21 of notices 650 4 139 of report of board of survey. 633 2 135 Postponement of judicial trial of survey 634 3 136 Posts and columns — wood 281 68 Precedence of survey proceed- ings 634 2 136 Precept to abate unsafe condi- tions 634 4 136 Premolded concrete piles 235 3 b 58 Pressure : of wind 54 20 of wind — stability against . . . 54 2 20 under footings 233 5 56 under footings — loads used in determining 233 5 56 Procedure as to adoption of rules governing construe- tion 7 2 10 Proceedings : cost of judicial 652 8 143 Building Code (only) Art. , Sec. Subd. Par. Proceedings — Continued. legal, to be instituted by Cor- poration Counsel 652 2 Prohibited locations for motion picture theatres 501 Projecting machines in motion picture theatres — booths for 504 Projections beyond building line : alterations to 172 and encroachments — Chap. 23, Art. 14 areas 170 4 a authority of board of esti- mate as to 174 awnings and marquises 170 4 i balustrades 170 4 d base course 170 4 g columns, pilasters and orna- mental projections 170 4 c cornices 170 4 f fire escapes 170 4 j footings 170 3 general restrictions as to.... 170 1 hose connections 170 4 1 mouldings, etc 170 4 e ornamental features 170 4 c permissible 170 4 pilasters 170 4 c rules governing 170 5 rustications and quoins 170 4 h steps 170 4 b structural supports 170 3 to be removable 170 2 vaults 170 4 k Proportions for concrete 28 1 Proscenium construction 529 Protection of : adjoining roof and skylights during construction 193 concrete against freezing .... 28 6 exterior openings, when re- quired 375 1 fireproofing 351 2 d 251 Buildinjf Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page Protection of — Continued. floor openings during con- struction 196 50 lights in theatres — netting for 526 5 119 masonry against freezing 251 2 60 metal structural members . . . 351 1 78 metal work in foundations.. 232 2 55 openings in dumbwaiter shafts 373 9 d 90 openings in elevator shafts.. 373 9 C 90 openings in fire partitions . . 372 3 88 opening in fire walls 371 2 87 openings in open shafts .... 373 9 a 90 openings in shafts in general 373 9 e 90 openings in vent shafts .... 373 9 b 90 reinforcement for concrete . . 339 78 skylights 424 3 103 smoke pipes through partitions 403 3 101 steam and hot water pipes . . 404 1 102 steel and iron against corro- sion 310 1 73 steel and iron under water. . 310 2 73 steel and iron work against fire 311 73 woodwork adjacent to lights 526 3 118 Protection from weather dur- ing construction 197 50 Protective curtains in theatres. 530 124 Protectives : for openings — construction for 376 1 92 for openings — fire tests for. . . 376 2 92 to be closed 375 5 92 Public : rooms and passageways — sky- lights over 424 3 103 safety 490 111 Publication of lists of approved materials, appliances and construction 8 11 tt it 22 3 12 Public Buildings : classified 70 2 22 general 72 1 a 23 (( 72 1 b 23 252 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Public Buildings — Continued. light and ventilation in 132 thickness of walls for 257 3 Public character, buildings of a : aisles and passageways in ... 491 classified 490 enforcement of Art. 23 492 exemptions 493 general 23 Pumps in theatres 524 3 Q Quality and size of wood piles 235 2 Queens borough fire limits 90 4 Quoins projecting beyond build- ing line 170 4 R Railroad depots — ^public safety of 490 Rails for stairs 153 6 Raising adjoining chimneys 392 9 Range hoods 397 2 Ranging timbers for wood piles 235 2 Ranges : kitchen 397 1 partitions behind 397 1 Recesses : and chases in walls — limita- tion of size and spacing of 261 4 for alcoves 261 2 stair and elevator, in walls.. 261 1 Record : and notice of unsafe building 631 of applications — Charter Sec. 413 of passenger elevators 564 Recovery of bodies from wrecked buildings 638 1 Reduction of live load on verti- cal supports 53 7 Par. a h c Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page Registers for hot air 400 99 Registration : by plumber, neglect of, pun- ishable — Charter Sec. 416 . . 205 of plumbers in Bureau of Buildings — Charter Sec. 415 204 of plumbers 604 133 Regulation of lots 212 52 Regulations for elevators 147 Reimbursement of city for ex- penses : floor capacity 51 1 16 unsafe buildings 653 5 144 Reinforced concrete : aggregate for 332 74 beams and slabs — spans for. . 330 b 74 columns 337 76 columns — effective area of . . 330 d 74 columns — length of 330 c 74 columns — working stresses for 337 76 construction 16 74 crushing strength of 332 1 74 defined 330 a 74 enclosure walls 338 78 fine aggregate for 332 2 75 in fireproof construction 353 80 mixture for 332 1 74 Reinforced concrete: previously adopted rules gov- erning 341 78 structures — load test for 340 78 use of 331 74 working stresses for 334 75 Reinforcement : of walls — ^buttresses and piers for 257 1 e 63 placing of 335 3 76 Reinforcement for: concrete floor arches 354 4 b 82 concrete — protection of 339 78 concrete — specifications for steel 333 75 354 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Reinforcement for — Continued. concrete — steel fabric and wire 333 webs of concrete tee beams.. 335 4 Remedial — building code 1 3 Remission of penalty 654 6 Removal : of retaining wall 211 5 or repair of unsafe buildings 630 Repair : of cornices and gutters 422 2 of damaged buildings 93 1 of roofing 421 3 of roofing on frame buildings 474 1 or removal of unsafe build- ings 630 ordinary 3 6 Repeal of rules governing con- struction 7 3 Report of survey board — post- ing of 633 2 Requirements of code as to new work in general 1 4 Residence buildings: classified 70 1 it 70 3 elevator shafts in existing... 373 5 piazzas for frame 476 thickness of hollow block walls for 257 7 thickness of walls for 257 2 towers on 475 1 walls for small 257 6 windows required in rooms in 130 1 when to be fireproof 72 1 Residences : classified 70 3 interior walls for 257 11 light and ventilation of alcove rooms in 130 3 loads for 53 3 sizes of rooms in 130 2 Restaurants 70 4 Restraining orders 652 4 ^55 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page Restricted ; areas 5 locations for motion picture theatres use of elevators 501 566 24 112 129 Retaining wall : ! construction of design and construction of... disputes as to expense for constructing and maintaining for excavations — height of... in general neglect to maintain notice to build I penalty for failure to build... removal of j surplus I to conform to street regula- tion I to support adjoining earth... \ when required for excavation Review of survey — judicial Revision of estimate of floor 211 4 237 214 211 230 2 211 213 215 215 211 5 211 3 211 1 211 2 230 2 634 1 51 59 52 51 53 51 52 52 52 51 51 51 51 53 136 capacity Revocation of permit Right of entry of officers and employes « (( (( Rise of brick floor arches Risers and treads Rivet steel Riveted girders Riveting Rivets : driving of edge distance for maximum length of spacing of 55 1 4 7 55 1 10 354 2 153 4 30 3 303 3 306 306 5 306 3 306 4 306 2 20 8 20 11 80 40 15 71 72 73 72 72 73 Roof : access to construction for mansards, dormers and bulkheads — special 425 354 6 104 83 256 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Roo f — C 0 ntinu ed. construction — ^planking gardens over theatres house defined houses, as sun parlors houses, doors and windows of houses for stairways houses for tanks loads of auditorium in theatre scuttle in signs — Chap. 23, Art. 16 structures and roofing — gen- eral trusses — fireproofing of trusses — omission of fire- proofing from 421 536 426 426 426 426 426 53 531 425 420 351 351 2 2 1 5 4 1 1 6 5 b 5 b Roofing : and roof structures and roof structures — general., construction of, for frame buildings for frame buildings, repairs to Materials on side and party walls repairs of Roofs : 20 420 474 474 421 421 421 1 2 3 and floors — brick arches for. and floors in general — fire- proof construction for exits to leaders from protection of adjoining, dur- ing construction slanting Rubble stone : foundation walls — thickness of in foundation walls — restricted use of walls — limitation of use of.. Rubble wall — increase thick- ness of, required 354 2 354 1 425 423 193 427 236 3 236 5 253 3 257 4 b 257 p I Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page j.ules : and regulations for gas pip- 152 and regulations for plastering as to construction — authority 179 of Superintendent to adopt 7 1 10 for elevators 147 forelevators — making of.... for plumbing and other sys- 561 128 terns of piping 600 132 governing construction — amendment of 7 3 11 governing construction — pro- cedure as to adoption of., governing construction — re- 7 2 10 peal of governing reinforced con- 7 3 11 Crete, previously adopted., rustications projecting beyond 341 78 i building line 170 4 h 46 S afeguards : against spread of fire during construction and de- 18 86 molition during construction — enforce- 10 48 [ ment of Art. 10 temporary, for dangerous 190 48 f buildings 638 2 138 afeguarding excavations 230 1 53 afes 55 4 21 afety factors afety and cleanliness of chim- 50 2 15 neys 392 7 96 and — quality of *aving clause in Art. 25 rela- 24 13 ting to theatres •caffolding : 538 127 overloading of, prohibited . . ; safeguards during construc- 199 50 tion or demolition 194 49 258 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Scenery and fittings in theatres 533 3 School buildings : classified 70 2 floor loads for 53 3 Scope of building code 1 Screens over skylights 424 3 Screw ends for eye bars 305 5 Scuttles in roofs 425 Seal of building bureau 9 Seats in theatres — spacing and supports for 532 Securing unsafe buildings 651 1 Segmental : concrete floor arches 354 4 c i terra cotta floor arches 354 3 b ! Self-closing, defined 370 h Separating wood beams in ma- sonry walls 280 5 b Separators for double beam girders 303 2 Service of notices — ^personal . . 650 3 Shaft : defined 370 c number of elevators re- stricted in one 373 13 Shafts : construction of open 373 2 elevator, protection of open- ings in 373 9 b enclosure of, at bottom 373 11 enclosure of, at top 373 10 exceeding 9 square feet in area 373 3 in existing residence build- 1 ings, elevator 373 5 in general — protection of openings in 373 9 e j in non-fireproof buildings — dumbwaiter and vent 373 6 1 not exceeding 9 square feet in area 373 4 non-fireproof, approved con- struction for 373 6 259 i 1 Building Code (only) 1 Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page hafts — Co ntinued. vent, in non-fireproof build- mgs 373 6 89 ; vent, protection of openings in 373 9 b 90 i when required 373 1 88 dianties for builders — construe- tion of 477 3 109 ,.heds : frame 477 1 108 sidewalk 191 48 helving and cupboards in theatres 534 5 125 how and bay window con- struction 446 106 liow bills and signs — Art. 16, Chap. 23 189 how windows — cornices and gutters for 422 1 103 hut-off valves for gas, etc.... 601 132 jhutters — fire 375 2 92 ide and party walls — roofing on 421 2 -102 idewalk : manhole ladders from boiler rooms 152 6 38 sheds 191 48 idewalks : closing 638 3 138 ' discharge of leaders on 423 103 - loads for 53 8 20 ignature of Superintendent of Buildings on each permit.. 4 3 8 igns: alteration of existing — Sec. 218 , Art. 16 , Chap. 23 193 and show bills — Art. 16, Chap. 23 189 1 electric — Sec. 215, Art. 16, Chap. 23 192 exit 159 1 43 ground — Art. 16, Chap. 23 ... 189 on freight elevator 566 129 unsafe — Art. 16, Chap. 23... 189 260 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. P' Size of wood piles — quality and 235 2 a Sizes of rooms in residences... 130 2 Skeleton structures — walls for.. 257 10 Skylights : construction 424 1 ] glazing of 424 2 ] on adjoining buildings — pro- tection of, during construe- tion 193 over public rooms and pas- sageways 424 3 1 over stage in theatre 533 2 ] protection of 424 3 1 screens over 424 3 ] Slab floor construction — work- ing stresses for concrete... 354 4 e Slabs — thickness of concrete... 335 1 < Slanting roofs: » construction of 427 1 dormer windows in 427 1 3 Sleeper fill 354 9 i Smoke flue : defined 390 1 b underground 396 Smoke houses 399 <( (( 70 4 Smoke flues — cleanout doors for 394 1 \ tf (< (( it it 396 i t Smoke pipe defined 390 1 d K Smoke pipes : clearance for 403 2 5 protection through partitions 403 3 restrictions as to 403 1 Smoke stacks: construction of metal 394 1 height of metal 394 2 within flues or vent stacks... 394 6 Soil : bearing capacity of, presump- tive 231 character of, to be stated in application for permit 231 1 presumptive capacities of . . . 231 2 1^' tests 231 3 -i 261 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Pago Space under stairs 153 ■ 7 41 Spacing : and supports of scats in theatres 532 124 of reinforcement for concrete 335 3 76 of rivets 306 2 73 of tierods 308 73 of wood piles 235 2 C 57 Span for reinforced concrete beams and slabs defined... 330 b 74 Spans for floor filling — maxi- mum 354 8 83 Spread of fire — safeguards against 18 86 Sprinkler systems for theatres.. 524 2 117 Sprinklered, defined 150 d 37 Stability against wind pressure — moment of 54 2 20 Stables — classification of 70 4 23 Stacks : exterior 394 4 98 independent 394 3 98 interior 394 5 98 Stage : construction 533 1 124 lights 526 6 119 skylight over 533 2 125 stair cases 527 9 121 Stair : and elevator recesses in walls 261 1 66 enclosures — openings in 153 2 e 39 exit defined 150 b 37 landings 153 5 40 landings and treads — supports for 153 1 c 39 Stair cases : for stages 527 9 121 to galleries 527 8 121 Stairs : fireproof enclosures for 153 2 a 39 hand rails for 153 6 40 in theatres — hand rails for. . 527 11 123 materials for interior 153 1 b 39 non-fireproof — enclosure for.. 153 2 b 39 262 Building Cade (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Stairs — Continued. of ornamental character 153 2 C space under 153 7 strength of interior 153 1 a treads and risers for 153 4 width of 153 3 Stairway : exits 152 5 hand rails in theatres 527 11 Stairways : exterior 154 for theatres, in general 527 10 roof houses for, defined .... 426 1 a Stair wells — open 153^ 2 d Stand pipes : for theatres 524 3 in general . ^ 581 Stations — police, classification of 70 2 Stay plates for steel columns.. 301 2 Steam and hot water pipes : coverings for 404 2 protection of 404 1 Steel : and concrete columns — struc- tural 337 3 cast 30 2 grillages 233 4 reinforcement for concrete... 333 rivet 30 3 structural 30 3 Steel and iron ; bolting of 307 bolting of, when permitted.. 307 1 construction 15 framing and connecting 304 lintels — ^fireproofing of 351 4 a painting 310 1 protection of against corrosion 310 protection of against fire.... 311 templates for 309 under water — protection of.. 310 2 use of old or second hand... 313 Steel columns : joints in 301 3 Page 263 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page Restricted ; areas 5 24 locations for motion picture theatres 501 112 use of elevators 566 129 Retaining wall : construction of 211 4 51 design and construction of^ . . 237 59 disputes as to 214 52 expense for constructing and maintaining 211 51 for excavations — height of... 230 2 53 in general 211 51 neglect to maintain 213 52 notice to build 215 52 penalty for failure to build... 215 52 removal of 211 5 51 surplus 211 3 51 to conform to street regula- tion 211 1 51 to support adjoining earth... 211 2 51 when required for excavation 230 2 53 Review of survey — judicial 634 1 136 Revision of estimate of floor capacity 55 1 20 Revocation of permit 4 7 8 Right of entry of officers and employes 55 1 20 <1 U i( 10 11 Rise of brick floor arches 354 2 80 Risers and treads 153 4 40 Rivet steel 30 3 15 Riveted girders 303 3 71 Riveting 306 72 Rivets : driving of 306 5 72 edge distance for 306 3 72 maximum length of 306 4 72 spacing of 306 2 72 Roof : access to 425 104 construction for mansards, dormers and bulkheads — special 354 6 83 256 fei Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page Roof — Continued. construction — ^planking 421 2 102 gardens over theatres 536 2 126 house defined 426 1 104 houses, as sun parlors 426 5 105 houses, doors and windows of 426 4 104 houses for stairways 426 1 104 houses for tanks 426 1 104 loads 53 6 19 of auditorium in theatre 531 124 scuttle in 425 104 signs — Chap. 23, Art. 16 189 structures and roofing — gen- eral 420 102 trusses — fireproofing of 351 5 b 79 trusses — omission of fire- proofing from 351 5 b 79 Roofing : and roof structures 20 102 and roof structures — general.. 420 102 construction of, for frame buildings 474 108 for frame buildings, repairs to 474 1 108 materials 421 102 on side and party walls 421 2 102 repairs of 421 3 102 Roofs : and floors — ^brick arches for. 354 2 80 and floors in general — fire- proof construction for .... 354 1 80 exits to 425 104 leaders from 423 103 protection of adjoining, dur- ing construction 193 49 slanting 427 105 Rubble stone: foundation walls — thickness of 236 3 59 in foundation walls — restricted use of 236 5 59 walls — limitation of use of. . 253 3 62 Rubble wall — increase thick- ness of, required 257 4 b 63 257 I I Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page Rules : I and regulations for gas pip- I ing ; • • I and regulations for plastering as to construction — authority of Superintendent to adopt for elevators for elevators — making of for plumbing and other sys- tems of piping governing construction — amendment of governing construction — pro- cedure as to adoption of., governing construction — re- peal of governing reinforced con- crete, previously adopted.. Rustications projecting beyond building line S 152 179 7 1 561 600 7 3 7 2 7 3 341 170 4 h 10 147 128 132 11 10 11 78 46 Safeguards : against spread of fire 18 during construction and de- molition 10 during construction — enforce- ment of Art. 10 temporary, for dangerous buildings Safeguarding excavations Safes Safety factors Safety and cleanliness of chim- neys Sand — quality of Saving clause in Art. 25 rela- ting to theatres Scaffolding ; overloading of, prohibited . . safeguards during construc- tion or demolition 190 638 2 230 1 55 4 50 2 392 7 24 538 199 194 86 48 48 138 53 21 15 96 13 127 50 49 258 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Scenery and fittings in theatres 533 3 School buildings : classified 70 2 floor loads for 53 1 3 Scope of building code 1 Screens over skylights 424 1 3 Screw ends for eye bars 305 5 Scuttles in roofs 425 Seal of building bureau 9 Seats in theatres — spacing and supports for 532 Securing unsafe buildings 651 1 Segmental : concrete floor arches 354 4 C terra cotta floor arches 354 3 b ! Self-closing, defined 370 h : Separating wood beams in ma- sonry walls 280 5 b Separators for double beam girders 303 2 Service of notices — personal . . 650 3 Shaft : defined 370 c number of elevators re- stricted in one 373 13 Shafts : construction of open 373 2 elevator, protection of open- ings in 373 9 b enclosure of, at bottom ..... 373 11 enclosure of, at top 373 10 exceeding 9 square feet in area 373 3 in existing residence build- ings, elevator 373 5 in general — protection of openings in 373 9 e in non-fireproof buildings — dumbwaiter and vent 373 6 not exceeding 9 square feet in area 373 4 non-fireproof, approved con- strnction for 373 6 259 Page Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Shafts — Co ntinued. vent, in non-fireproof build- ings vent, protection of openings in when required Shanties for builders — construc- tion of Sheds : frame sidewalk Shelving and cupboards in theatres Show and bay window con- struction Show bills and signs — Art. 16, Chap. 23 Show windows — cornices and gutters for Shut-off valves for gas, etc.... Shutters — fire Side and party walls — roofing on Sidewalk : manhole ladders from boiler rooms sheds Sidewalks : closing discharge of leaders on loads for Signature of Superintendent of Buildings on each permit.. 373 6 373 9 b 373 1 477 3 477 1 191 534 5 446 422 1 601 375 2 421 2 152 6 191 638 3 423 53 8 4 3 Signs : alteration of existing — Sec. 218, Art. 16, Chap. 23 and show bills — Art. 16, Chap. 23 electric — Sec. 215, Art. 16, Chap. 23 exit ground — Art. 16, Chap. 23 . . . on freight elevator unsafe — Art. 16, Chap. 23... 159 1 566 89 90 88 109 108 48 125 106 189 103 132 92 102 38 48 138 103 20 8 193 189 192 43 189 129 189 260 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Size of wood piles — quality and 235 2 a Sizes of rooms in residences... 130 2 Skeleton structures — walls for.. 257 10 Skylights : construction 424 1 glazing of 424 2 on adjoining buildings — ^pro- tection of, during construe- tion 193 over public rooms and pas- sageways 424 3 over stage in theatre 533 2 protection of 424 3 screens over 424 3 Slab floor construction — work- ing stresses for concrete... 354 4 e Slabs — thickness of concrete... 335 1 Slanting roofs : construction of 427 1 dormer windows in 427 1 Sleeper fill 354 9 Smoke flue: defined 390 1 b underground 396 Smoke houses 399 n tt 70 4 Smoke flues — cleanout doors for 394 1 <( tt tt tt tt 396 Smoke pipe defined 390 1 d Smoke pipes: clearance for 403 2 protection through partitions 403 3 restrictions as to 403 1 Smoke stacks: construction of metal 394 1 height of metal 394 2 within flues or vent stacks... 394 6 Soil: bearing capacity of, presump- tive 231 character of, to be stated in application for permit 231 1 presumptive capacities of ... 231 2 tests 231 3 Page 261 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page Space under stairs 153 7 41 Spacing : and supports of seats in theatres 532 124 of reinforcement for concrete 335 3 76 of rivets 306 2 73 of tierods 308 73 of wood piles 235 2 C 57 Span for reinforced concrete beams and slabs defined... 330 b 74 Spans for floor filling — maxi- mum 354 8 83 Spread of fire — safeguards against 18 86 Sprinkler systems for theatres.. 524 2 117 Sprinklered, defined 150 d 37 Stability against wind pressure — moment of 54 2 20 Stables — classification of 70 4 23 Stacks : exterior 394 4 9a independent 394 3 9a interior 394 5 9a Stage : construction 533 1 124 lights 526 6 119 skylight over 533 2 125 stair cases 527 9 121 Stair : and elevator recesses in walls 261 1 66 enclosures — openings in 153 2 e 39 exit defined 150 b 37 landings 153 5 40 landings and treads — supports for 153 1 c 39 Stair cases : for stages 527 9 121 to galleries 527 8 121 Stairs : fireproof enclosures for 153 2 a 39 hand rails for 153 6 40 in theatres — hand rails for.. 527 11 123 materials for interior 153 1 b 39 non-fireproof — enclosure for.. 153 2 b 39 262 Building Code (only) Stairs — Continued, of ornamental character space under strength of interior . . . treads and risers for . . width of Stairway : Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page 153 2 153 7 153 1 153 4 153 3 c a exits hand rails in theatres Stairways : 152 527 5 11 exterior for theatres, in general roof houses for, defined Stair wells — open Stand pipes : for theatres in general Stations — police, classification of Stay plates for steel columns.. Steam and hot water pipes : coverings for protection of Steel : 154 527 426 153 10 1 2 a d 524 3 581 70 2 301 2 404 2 404 1 and concrete columns — struc- tural cast grillages reinforcement for concrete... rivet structural Steel and iron : bolting of bolting of, when permitted.. construction framing and connecting lintels — fireproofing of painting protection of against corrosion protection of against fire templates for under water — protection of. . use of old or second hand... Steel columns : joints in 337 3 30 2 233 4 333 30 3 30 3 307 307 304 351 310 310 311 309 310 313 1 4 1 2 301 3 a 263 Page Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Steel columns — Continued. minimum thickness of ma- terial for stay plates for unsupported length of Stepping of brickwork over footings Steps projecting beyond build- ing line Stirrups for wood beams — re- quired use of Stone : columns and lintels in fire- proof construction lintels — restrictions as to . . . * masonry, bedding masonry, bonding masonry — headers for masonry in fireproof construc- tion masonry, workmanship Stones — footing Stopping work Stops for wood furred walls — fire Storage rooms in theatres Stores, classified Story, defined Street : closing of (( (f exits to, from theatres regulation — retaining walls to conform to Strength : of reinforced concrete, crush- ing of terra cotta arches Stresses allowable : and working loads due to wind loads for columns and compression members of metal for columns of wood 301 301 301 236 170 280 352 351 253 253 253 352 253 233 651 262 535 70 2 638 651 527 211 332 354 3 54 52 52 2 70 2 70 1 70 4 59 4 b 45 2 67 80 79 61 61 61 80 1 61 2 56 1 140 3 4 h 67 126 22 6 3 138 2 141 1 119 1 51 74 81 15 3 20 4 18 5 18 264 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page Stresses allowable — Continued. for concrete slab floor con- struction 354 4 e 82 for materials 51 16 for reinforced concrete 334 75 for reinforced concrete col- umns 337 76 Structural members of metal — protection of 351 1 78 Structural steel 30 3 15 Structural supports beyond building line 170 3 44 Studded off spaces — firestopping of 284 1 68 Studios, classified 70 3 22 Stud partitions: general 283 68 not to be used for supports of wood beams 280 2 67 Subaqueous steel and iron work — protection of 310 2 73 Suburban limits : Bronx Borough 91 2 30 Brooklyn Borough 91 3 31 Manhattan Borough 91 1 30 garages within 72 1 g 23 Sun parlors : construction of 426 5 105 roof houses for 426 5 105 Superintendent of Buildings : appointment and qualifications of — Charter Sec. 405 198 duties of — Charter Sec. 406.. 199 power of, to vary building code — Charter Sec. 410 .... 201 Supports : and construction for fireproof partitions 355 2 84 for chimneys 392 2 95 for fire partitions — construe- tion and 372 1 87 for stair treads and landings 153 1 c 39 for tanks 428 1 105 for party walls 230 4 54 265 Supports — Continued. ; for walls adjoining excavation for wood beams structural, beyond building line temporary, strength of Surplus retaining wall Survey : board of, on fire escapes.... board of, on unsafe conditions judicial review of notice of of damaged buildings posting of report of postponement of judicial trial of proceedings — precedence of . . Surveyors ; compensation of for damaged buildings — ap- pointment of Surveys of damaged buildings. Suspenders T Tamping of concrete Tanks : construction of covers for emergency outlet for hoops for location of roof house for, defined supports for Tee beams — concrete Templates : for lintels for steel work in hollow block walls — terra cotta Temporary : occupancy safeguards for dangerous buildings 266 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page Temporary — Continued. structures — definition and con- struction of 478 109 supports — strength of ... 50 3 15 Tenement house: classified 70 3 22 defined 2 i 6 law — buildings affected by. . . 72 1 d 23 (( (( <( (( 2 i 6 [Note — Also see provisions of Greater New York Char- ter.] Tension members — net area for 305 3 72 Terra cotta: fillers in concrete floor con- struction 336 76 hollow building blocks 29 2 14 Terra cotta floor arches: flat 354 3 c 81 material for 354 3 a 81 segmental 354 3 b 81 strength of 354 3 d 81 Tests : absorption for hollow blocks. 29 3 14 additional 22 5 13 approval of materials after. . 22 3 12 conduct of 22 2 12 for floor filling — load 354 5 b 83 for piles 235 4 58 for protectives for openings — fire 376 2 92 of gas piping 603 133 of fireproof partitions 355 3 84 of floor filling — fire 354 5 a 83 of materials, when required.. 22 1 12 of new fireproof materials and construction 358 2 86 of plumbing 602 133 of reinforced concrete struc- tures — load 340 78 soil 231 3 55 Theatres : adequacy of lights for 526 1 118 267 Page Building Code (only'» Art. Sec. Subd. Par. leatres — Continued. and other places of amuse- ment 25 application of Article 25 as to 520 approval of buildings to be used as 521 ceilings in 534 1 coverings for ceilings and -walls in 534 2 cupboards in 534 5 erected prior to June 3, 1904. 538 exemptions 493 fire escapes for 527 12 foyers in 527 4 gallery fronts in 534 3 1 gas connections in 526 4 handrails for stairways in... 527 11 heating plans for 525 hose for 524 1 jurisdiction of Fire Commis- sioner over 537 lathing in 534 4 lights for corridors and pas- sageways in 526 2 lights on stage in 526 6 netting for protection of lights in 526 5 on corner lots 536 1 partitions and walls in 528 passageways for 527 4 protective curtains in 530 public safety of 490 pumps in 524 3 roof gardens over 536 2 scenery and fittings in 533 3 shelving and cupboards in... 534 5 skylights over stages in 533 2 spacing and supports for seats in 532 sprinkler systems for 524 2 stairways for, in general 527 10 stand pipes for 524 3 storage rooms and workshops in 535 116 116 116 125 125 125 127 111 122 120 125 118 122 118 117 127 125 118 119 119 126 123 120 124 111 117 126 125 125 125 124 117 121 117 126 268 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page Theatres — Continued. use and occupancy of build- ings for 536 126 ventilators for lights in 526 7 119 Theatres — Motion Picture : application of law to existing 505 115 booths for projecting ma- chines in 504 114 egress from 503 113 general 24 111 open air 506 115 plans of 500 112 prohibited locations for 501 112 restricted locations for 501 112 Thickness : buttresses or piers in lieu of increased wall 257 1 d 63 due to excessive length — in- creased wall 257 4 d 64 due to excessive span — in- creased wall 257 4 c 63 increasing of wall, not re- quired under more than one section 257 4 f 64 of concrete slabs 335 1 76 of curtain walls 257 9 64 of fireproofing for steel and iron work 311 73 of flat concrete floor con- struction 354 4 d 82 of foundation walls 236 3 59 of hollow block walls — de- crease in 254 1 62 of hollow block walls for res- idence buildings 257 7 64 of materials for steel col- umns — minimum 301 2 70 of non-bearing walls 257 8 64 of walls 257 62 of walls furred with hollow blocks 262 2 67 of walls to change at top of beams 251 4 60 269 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page Thickness — Continued. of walls, when required — in- creased 257 4 63 Tie rods : for masonry arches 263 67 general 308 73 in fireproof floors 354 7 83 minimum diameter of 308 73 omission of, from fireproof floors 354 7 83 Ties — increased thickness of walls with clip bonds or.. 257 4 a 63 Timber : general • 31 15 in walls 251 7 61 lintels 251 6 60 Timbers for wood piles — rang- ing 235 2 c 58 Top filling for fireproof floors. 354 9 83 Towers : cooling, construction for 429 105 fire 155 41 fire, when required 152 3 d 38 frame 475 108 frame, covering for 475 3 108 on churches 475 2 108 on residence buildings 475 1 108 Trade — buildings used for haz- ardous 72 1 h 23 Trap doors and gates for exist- ing hoistways 374 91 Treads : and landings — support for stair 153 1 c 39 and risers 153 4 40 Trim, when required to be in- combustible 356 3 85 Trimmer arches 393 2 97 Trimming wood beams around flues 280 5 a 68 Trusses : compression members of iron and steel 305 4 72 fireproofing of 351 5 a 79 270 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page T russes — Continued. fireproofing of roof, omitted. 351 5 b 79 lateral bracing for 305 2 72 of iron and steel 305 1 72 tension members of iron and steel 305 3 72 Tubes — concrete filled steel . . . 235 3 a 57 U Underground smoke flues 396 99 Undeveloped localities — con- struction in 1 5 4 Unit stresses 51 16 Unlawful use of flues 392 8 96 Unsafe : buildings and collapsed struc- tures 31 134 building — record and notice of 631 134 buildings — securing of 651 1 140 conditions — board of survey on 633 1 135 conditions — voluntary abate- ment of 632 134 signs — Section 216, Article 16, Chapter 23 192 Unsprinklered, defined 150 d 37 Unsupported : height of walls 257 1 e 63 length of cast iron colums . . 52 17 (( << n << a 300 1 69 length of columns and com- pression members 52 2 18 length of concrete columns.. 337 6 77 length of steel columns .... 52 17 « (( it It 301 1 70 V Vacating buildings 651 1 140 « tt 638 3 138 Valves in piping systems — shut off 601 132 Vaults projecting beyond build- ing line 170 4 k 46 271 Page Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Steel columns — Continued, minimum thickness of ma- terial for 301 2 stay plates for 301 2 unsupported length of 301 1 Stepping of brickwork over footings 236 4 Steps projecting beyond build- ing line 170 4 Stirrups for wood beams — re- quired use of 280 2 Stone : columns and lintels in fire- proof construction 352 lintels — restrictions as to ...» 351 4 masonry, bedding 253 1 masonry, bonding 253 2 masonry — headers for 253 1 masonry in fireproof construe- tion 352 masonry, workmanship 253 1 Stones — footing 233 2 Stopping work 651 1 Stops for wood furred walls — fire 262 3 Storage rooms in theatres 535 Stores, classified 70 4 Story, defined 2 Street : closing of 638 3 (( (( 651 2 exits to, from theatres 527 1 regulation — retaining walls to conform to 211 1 Strength : of reinforced concrete, crush- ing 332 1 of terra cotta arches 354 3 Stresses allowable : and working loads 3 due to wind loads 54 3 for columns and compression members of metal 52 4 for columns of wood 52 5 70 70 70 59 45 67 80 79 61 61 61 80 61 56 140 67 126 22 6 138 141 119 51 74 81 15 20 18 18 264 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page Stresses allowable — Continued. for concrete slab floor con- struction 354 4 e 82 for materials 51 16 for reinforced concrete 334 75 for reinforced concrete col- umns 337 76 Structural members of metal— protection of 351 1 78 Structural steel 30 3 15 Structural supports beyond building line 170 3 44 Studded off spaces — firestopping of 284 1 68 Studios, classified 70 3 22 Stud partitions: general 283 68 nbt to be used for supports of wood beams 280 2 67 Subaqueous steel and iron work — protection of 310 2 73 Suburban limits : Bronx Borough 91 2 30 Brooklyn Borough 91 3 31 Manhattan Borough 91 1 30 garages within 72 1 g 23 Sun parlors : construction of 426 5 105 roof houses for 426 5 105 Superintendent of Buildings : appointment and qualifications of — Charter Sec. 405 198 duties of — Charter Sec. 406.. 199 power of, to vary building code — Charter Sec. 410 201 Supports : and construction for fireproof partitions 355 2 84 for chimneys 392 2 95 for fire partitions — construc- tion and 372 1 87 for stair treads and landings 153 1 c 39 for tanks 428 1 105 for party walls 230 4 54 265 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page Supports — Continued. ; for walls adjoining excavation 230 3 53 for wood beams 280 2 67 structural, beyond building line 170 3 44 temporary, strength of 50 3 15 Surplus retaining wall 211 3 51 Survey : board of, on fire escapes 161 43 board of, on unsafe conditions 633 1 135 judicial review of 634 1 136 notice of 633 1 135 of damaged buildings 93 2 32 posting of report of 633 2 135 postponement of judicial trial of 634 3 136 proceedings — precedence of . . 634 2 136 Surveyors : compensation of 633 3 135 for damaged buildings — ap- pointment of 93 2 32 Surveys of damaged buildings. 93 2 32 Suspenders 307 2 73 T Tamping of concrete 28 3 14 Tanks : construction of 428 105 covers for 428 4 105 emergency outlet for 428 2 105 hoops for 428 5 105 location of 428 3 105 roof house for, defined 426 1 a 104 supports for 428 1 W5 Tee beams — concrete 355 2 76 Templates : for lintels 251 6 60 for steel work 309 73 in hollow block walls — terra cotta 254 1 62 Temporary : occupancy 5 5 9 safeguards for dangerous buildings 638 2 138 266 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page Temporary — Continued. structures — definition and con- St ruction of 478 109 supports — Strength of 50 3 15 Tenement house: classified 70 3 22 defined 2 i 6 law — buildings affected by... 72 1 d 23 (< (( (( <( 2 i 6 [Note — Also see provisions of Greater New York Char- ter.] Tension members — net area for 305 3 72 Terra cotta: fillers in concrete floor con- struction 336 76 hollow building blocks 29 2 14 Terra cotta floor arches: flat 354 3 c 81 material for 354 3 a 81 segmental 354 3 b 81 strength of 354 3 d 81 Tests : absorption for hollow blocks. 29 3 14 additional 22 5 13 approval of materials after. . 22 3 12 conduct of 22 2 12 for floor filling — load 354 5 b 83 for piles 235 4 58 for protectives for openings — fire 376 2 92 of gas piping 603 133 of fireproof partitions 355 3 84 of floor filling — fire 354 5 a 83 of materials, when required.. 22 1 12 of new fireproof materials and construction 358 2 86 of plumbing 602 133 of reinforced concrete struc- tures — load 340 78 soil 231 3 55 Theatres : adequacy of lights for 526 1 118 267 Page Building Code (only'> Art. Sec. Subd. Par. tieatres — Continued. and other places of amuse- ment 25 application of Article 25 as to 520 approval of buildings to be used as 521 ceilings in 534 1 coverings for ceilings and walls in 534 2 cupboards in 534 5 erected prior to June 3, 1904. 538 exemptions 493 fire escapes for 527 12 foyers in 527 4 gallery fronts in 534 3 gas connections in 526 4 handrails for stairways in... 527 11 heating plans for 525 hose for 524 1 jurisdiction of Fire Commis- sioner over 537 lathing in 534 4 lights for corridors and pas- sageways in 526 2 lights on stage in 526 6 netting for protection of lights in 526 5 on corner lots 536 1 partitions and walls in 528 passageways for 527 4 protective curtains in 530 public safety of 490 pumps in 524 3 roof gardens over 536 2 scenery and fittings in 533 3 shelving and cupboards in... 534 5 skylights over stages in 533 2 spacing and supports for seats in 532 sprinkler systems for 524 2 stairways for, in general 527 10 stand pipes for 524 3 storage rooms and workshops in 535 268 116 116 116 135 125 125 127 111 122 120 125 118 122 118 117 127 125 118 119 119 126 123 120 124 111 117 126 125 125 125 124 117 121 117 126 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page Theatres — Continued. use and occupancy of build- ings for 536 126 ventilators for lights in 526 7 119 Theatres — Motion Picture : application of law to existing 505 115 booths for projecting ma- chines in 504 114 egress from 503 113 general 24 111 open air 506 115 plans of 500 112 prohibited locations for 501 112 restricted locations for 501 112 Thickness : buttresses or piers in lieu of increased wall 257 1 d 63 due to excessive length — in- creased wall 257 4 d 64 due to excessive span — in- creased wall 257 4 c 63 increasing of wall, not re- quired under more than one section 257 4 f 64 of concrete slabs ! 335 1 76 of curtain walls 257 9 64 of fireproofing for steel and iron work 311 73 of flat concrete floor con- struction 354 4 d 82 of foundation walls 236 3 59 of hollow block walls — de- crease in 254 1 62 of hollow block walls for res- idence buildings 257 7 64 of materials for steel col- umns — minimum 301 2 70 of non-bearing walls 257 8 64 of walls 257 62 of walls furred with hollow blocks 262 2 67 of walls to change at top of beams 251 4 60 269 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page Thickness — Continued. of walls, when required — in- creased 257 4 63 Tie rods : for masonry arches 263 67 general 308 73 in fireproof floors 354 7 83 minimum diameter of 308 73 omission of, from fireproof floors 354 7 83 Ties — increased thickness of walls with clip bonds or. . 257 4 a 63 Timber : general 31 15 in walls 251 7 61 lintels 251 6 60 Timbers for wood piles — rang- ing 235 2 c 58 Top filling for fireproof floors. 354 9 83 Towers : cooling, construction for 429 105 fire 155 41 fire, when required 152 3 d 38 frame 475 108 frame, covering for 475 3 108 on churches 475 2 108 on residence buildings 475 1 108 Trade — buildings used for haz- ardous 72 1 h 23 Trap doors and gates for exist- ing hoistways 374 91 Treads : and landings — support for stair 153 1 c 39 and risers 153 4 40 Trim, when required to be in- combustible 356 3 85 Trimmer arches 393 2 97 Trimming wood beams around flues 280 5 a 68 Trusses : compression members of iron and steel 305 4 72 fireproofing of 351 5 a 79 270 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page Trusses — Continued. fireproofing of roof, omitted. 351 5 b 79 lateral bracing for 305 2 72 of iron and steel 305 1 72 tension members of iron and steel 305 3 72 Tubes — concrete filled steel . . . 235 3 a 57 U Underground smoke flues 396 99 Undeveloped localities — con- struction in 1 5 4 Unit stresses 51 16 Unlawful use of flues 392 8 96 Unsafe : buildings and collapsed struc- tures 31 134 building — record and notice of 631 134 buildings — securing of 651 1 140 conditions — board of survey on 633 1 135 conditions — voluntary abate- ment of 632 134 signs — Section 216, Article 16, Chapter 23 192 Unsprinklered, defined 150 d 37 Unsupported : height of walls 257 1 e 63 length of cast iron colums . . 52 17 (( ti it it it 300 1 69 length of columns and com- pression members 52 2 18 length of concrete columns.. 337 6 77 length of steel columns 52 17 it it it it 301 1 70 V Vacating buildings 651 1 140 it it 638 3 138 Valves in piping systems — shut off 601 132 Vaults projecting beyond build- ing line 170 4 k 46 271 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. ] Veneering of hollow block walls 254 2 Vent : flue, defined 390 1 b flues 401 shaft, defined 370 e shafts in non-fireproof build- ing 373 6 shafts — protection of openings in 373 9 b stacks or flues containing smoke flues 394 6 Ventilating machinery — roof house for 426 1 a Ventilation : and light 7 and light — alterations affect- ing 137 and light — courts for 135 and light of alcove rooms in residence buildings 130 3 and light of rooms in busi- ness buildings 131 and light of rooms in public buildings 132 area of windows for 134 mechanical 133 e of bath rooms and water closet compartments 133 plumbing and gas piping — rules for Ventilators for lights in theatres 526 7 Vertical : separation of windows 375 4 supports — reduction of loads on 53 7 Vibratory loads 53 5 Violation : a misdemeanor — when 655 of sign ordinance penalty for, of building code 654 Voluntary abatement of unsafe conditions 632 Page 62 93 100 86 89 90 98 104 33 36 35 34 34 34 35 35 35 152 119 92 19 19 146 193 145 134 272 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. J w Wainscoting — plastering under. 284 2 Wall: bearing, defined 250 b fire, defined 370 a height, defined 250 c heights 257 1 b heights measured to nearest tier of beams 257 1 c percentages of openings al- lowed in 257 4 e support of a party 230 4 thickness 257 thickness, for public buildings 257 3 thickness, for residence build- ings 257 2 thickness, increased due to ex- cessive length 257 4 d thickness, increased due to ex- cessive span 257 4 c thickness, increasing of, not required under more than one section 257 4 f thickness, when increase is re- quired 257 4 thickness, with hollow block furring 262 2 thickness to change at tops of beams 251 4 thickness of, for business buildings 257 3 thickness of, with ashlar .... 257 4 a thickness of, with clip or tie bonds 257 4 a Walls : adjoining excavations — sup- port of 230 3 and ceilings in theatres — cov- erings for 534 2 and partitions in theatres.... 528 and piers — erection of 251 4 bonded at intersections 251 4 braced during construction.. 251 8 273 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page Walls — Continued. buttresses and piers for rein- forcement of 257 1 e 63 chases in, for pipes 261 3 66 enclosure, reinforced concrete 338 78 enforcement of Article 10 on partition fences and 215 52 existing, use of permitted... 258 1 65 fire, materials and construe- tion for 371 1 87 fire, openings in 371 2 87 for fireproof buildings 350 78 for one story buildings 257 5 64 for public buildings — thick- ness of 257 3 63 for residence buildings — thickness of 257 2 63 for residence buildings — thickness of hollow block. 257 7 64 for skeleton structures 257 10 65 for small residence buildings 257 6 64 foundation, defined 236 1 58 foundation, materials for . . . 236 2 58 foundation, thickness of 236 3 59 furred with wood — fire stops for 262 3 67 furring of hollow blocks on brick 262 2 67 hollow 260 66 hollow block, decrease in thickness of 254 1 62 hollow block, limitation of use 254 3 62 hollow block, thickness of for residence buildings 257 7 64 interior, for residences 257 11 65 lining of 258 2 65 masonry, in frame buildings. 481 110 masonry, separating wood beams in 280 5 b 68 nailing blocks in 251 7 61 not to be built in advance of each other 251 4 60 of auditorium — interior, for theatres 522 117 274 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page Walls — Continued. of frame buildings, filling in.. 473 107 openings in fire 371 2 87 parapet 259 66 partition, fences and 11 50 partition, maintenance of fences and 210 51 piers bonded into 251 4 60 recesses in, for stairs and elevators 261 1 66 recesses in, limitation of size and spacing of 261 4 66 retaining 211 51 retaining, design and con- struction of 237 59 retaining, disputes as to 214 52 retaining, expense for con- structing and maintaining. 211 51 retaining, penalty for failure to build 215 52 reinforced by buttresses, piers or cross walls 257 1 e 63 roofing over party and side.. 421 2 102 rubble, increased thickness of 257 4 b 63 rubble, limitation of use of.. 253 3 61 signs on — Sec. 214, Art. 16, Chap. 23 191 support of, adjoining an ex- cavation 230 3 53 thickness — buttresses and piers in lieu of increased.. 257 1 d 63 thickness of curtain 257 9 64 thickness of, for business buildings 257 3 63 thickness of foundation 236 3 59 thickness of non-bearing 257 8 64 timber in 251 7 61 unsupported height of 257 1 e 63 veneering of hollow block. . . 254 2 62 when required to be increased in thickness 257 4 63 Warehouses — classification of . . 70 4 22 Washers for bolting wood con- struction 282 68 275 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page Water supply — rules and regu- lations for 152 Water closet compartments — light and ventilation for... 133 35 Waterproofing 443 106 Weather protection during con- struction 197 50 Web reinforcement for con- Crete beams 335 4 76 Weights of materials 21 11 Wetting brick 251 3 60 Width: of aisles in theatres 527 5 120 of doorways 158 1 42 of foyers, lobbies, corridors and passageways in theatres 527 4 120 of stairs 153 3 40 of wood beams 280 1 67 Wind: loads 54 20 loads — allowable stresses for. 54 3 20 pressure 54 1 20 pressure — anchorage for 54 2 20 pressure — stability against . . 54 2 20 Window : construction — bay and show . . 446 106 lintels 251 6 60 Windows : and doors for roof houses... 426 4 104 arches over 251 6 60 fireproof frames for exterior 357 85 for ventilation — area of 134 35 in dressing rooms of theatres 523 117 required in rooms in resi- dence buildings 130 1 33 vertical separation of 375 4 92 Wire : glass — use of 376 3 93 reinforcement for concrete, steel 333 75 Wood: beams and girders — anchor- ing of 280 4 67 beams around flues — trimming 280 5 a 68 276 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page Wood — Continued. beams — bearing for ends of.. 280 2 67 beams — bridging for ’. . . . 280 3 67 beams, hangers required for.. 280 2 67 beams in masonry walls — sep- arating 280 5 b 68 beams not to be supported on stud partitions 280 2 67 beams — stirrups for 280 2 67 beams — supports for 280 2 67 beams — width of 280 1 67 columns and posts 281 68 columns — working stresses for 5 18 construction 14 67 construction — bolting of 282 68 fireproofed 356 4 85 floor beams — bevel cuts for. . 280 2 67 girders — anchoring 280 4 c 68 or metal and glass for parti- tions 355 1 h 84 piles 235 2 57 piles — allowable loads on 235 2 b 57 piles — driving of 235 2 b 57 piles — quality and size of 235 2 a 57 piles — spacing of 235 2 c 57 piles — ranging timbers for . . 235 2 c 57 structures in fire limits pro- hibited 90 24 structures moved 94 32 Woodwork : adjacent to lights — protection of 526 3 118 permitted in fireproof build- ings 356 2 85 Working stresses : and loads 3 15 and loads — computations for. 50 1 15 for columns and compression members of iron and steel. 52 4 18 for concrete slab floor con- struction 354 4 e 82 for materials 51 16 for old iron and steel material 313 74 for reinforced concrete 334 75 277 Building Code (only) Art. Sec. Subd. Par. Page Working stresses — Continued, for steel and iron columns and compression members.. 52 4 18 for wood columns in reinforced concrete col- 52 5 18 umns 337 1-4 76 Workshops in theatres Wrecked buildings — recovery of 535 126 bodies from 638 1 138 278 /I i 1 UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS-URBANA IMPORTANT NOTICE March M, 1916 Chapter 5 of the new Code of Ordinances of The City of New York, knov/n as the BUILD- ING CODE, has been revised, — except Article 6 entitled “Height, Size and Arrangement” and Article 25 entitled “Theatres and Other Places of Amusement.” Articles 26 and 30 have been repealed. This pamphlet contains all revisions of the Building Code passed by the Board of Aldermen on or before Decem- ber 14, 1916, to take effect on or before March 14,vl916. As the Building Code will likely be further revised by the Board of Aldermen, it is suggested that cdl persons desiring up-to- date information should either follow the pro- ceedings of the Board of Aldermen as pub- lished in THE CITY RECORD, or ask for bulletins of future revisions at the Information Desk in the BUREAU OF BUILDINGS, BOROUC.. OF MANHATTAN. Form 45 — 1916